Fix small typo

authdd -> authd

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+name: CI
+
+on:
+  push:
+    branches: 
+      - main
+    paths-ignore:
+      - 'doc/oper-guide/**'
+      - 'CREDITS'
+      - 'LICENSE'
+      - 'NEWS.md'
+      - 'README.md'
+  pull_request:
+    branches:
+      - main
+    paths-ignore:
+      - 'doc/oper-guide/**'
+      - 'CREDITS'
+      - 'LICENSE'
+      - 'NEWS.md'
+      - 'README.md'
+
+jobs:
+  linux:
+    name: Linux
+
+    runs-on: ${{ matrix.os }}
+
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        include:
+          # Debian 10 Buster
+          - os: ubuntu-20.04
+            compiler: gcc-8
+          - os: ubuntu-20.04
+            compiler: clang-7
+          # Ubuntu 20.04 Focal
+          - os: ubuntu-20.04
+            compiler: gcc-9
+          - os: ubuntu-20.04
+            compiler: clang-10
+          # Debian 11 Bullseye
+          - os: ubuntu-22.04
+            compiler: gcc-10
+          - os: ubuntu-22.04
+            compiler: clang-11
+          # Ubuntu 22.04 Jammy
+          - os: ubuntu-22.04
+            compiler: gcc-11
+          - os: ubuntu-22.04
+            compiler: clang-14
+          # next
+          - os: ubuntu-22.04
+            compiler: gcc-12
+
+    env:
+      CC: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
+
+    steps:
+    - name: Install dependencies
+      run: |
+        sudo apt-get update
+        sudo apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends \
+          ${CC} \
+          automake \
+          autoconf \
+          libtool \
+          libsqlite3-dev \
+          libhyperscan-dev \
+          # EOF
+    - uses: actions/checkout@v2
+    - name: autogen.sh
+      run: bash autogen.sh
+    - name: configure
+      run: CFLAGS="-Werror -Wno-unused-value -Wno-unused-parameter" ./configure --enable-assert=hard --enable-warnings
+    - name: make
+      run: make -j2
+    - name: make check
+      run: make check
+    - name: make install
+      run: make install

.github/workflows/docs.yaml

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+name: Oper Guide
+
+on:
+  push:
+    branches:
+      - main
+    paths:
+      - 'doc/oper-guide/**'
+  pull_request:
+    branches:
+      - main
+    paths:
+      - 'doc/oper-guide/**'
+      
+jobs:
+  build:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-18.04
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Install dependencies
+        run: |
+          sudo apt-get update
+          sudo apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends \
+            python-sphinx \
+            texinfo \
+            # EOF
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v2
+      - name: Build
+        run: make -C doc/oper-guide html man info

.gitignore

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 tags
 Makefile
 *~
+*.a
 *.o
 *.so
 *.lo
@@ -9,31 +10,71 @@ Makefile
 *.log
 *.sw?
 .deps
+.dirstamp
 .libs
-autom4te.cache
+authd/authd
 bandb/bandb
-bandb/bantool
+bandb/solanum-bantool
+autom4te.cache
+aclocal.m4
+compile
+confdefs.h
+config.guess
+config.sub
+depcomp
+ltmain.sh
+missing
 config.log
 config.status
+configure
+stamp-h1
+libltdl/
+librb/configure
+librb/compile
+librb/depcomp
+librb/aclocal.m4
+librb/include/librb_config.h
+librb/include/librb_config.h.in
+librb/include/librb-config.h
+librb/include/serno.h
+librb/librb.pc
+librb/ltmain.sh
+librb/missing
+librb/libratbox.pc
+librb/libtool
+librb/src/version.c
+librb/src/version.c.last
+scripts/*.tar.bz2
+scripts/*.tar.gz
 include/setup.h
-libratbox/include/libratbox_config.h
-libratbox/include/librb-config.h
-libratbox/include/stamp-h1
-libratbox/libratbox.pc
-libratbox/libtool
-libratbox/src/version.c
-libratbox/src/version.c.last
-scripts/*.tbz2
-scripts/*.tgz
-servlink/servlink
-src/ircd
-src/lex.yy.c
-src/version.c
-src/version.c.last
-src/y.tab.h
-src/y.tab.c
+include/setup.h.in
+ircd/solanum
+ircd/ircd_parser.c
+ircd/ircd_parser.h
+ircd/ircd_lexer.c
+ircd/version.c
+ircd/version.c.last
 ssld/ssld
+wsockd/wsockd
+testsuite/ircd.pid.*
+tools/solanum-mkpasswd
+tools/solanum-mkfingerprint
 tools/genssl
 tools/mkpasswd
 tools/viconf
 include/serno.h
+ircd/solanum
+ircd/version.c
+ircd/version.c.last
+/libtool
+Makefile.in
+m4/argz.m4
+m4/libtool.m4
+m4/ltargz.m4
+m4/ltdl.m4
+m4/ltoptions.m4
+m4/ltsugar.m4
+m4/ltversion.m4
+m4/lt~obsolete.m4
+*.dSYM/
+*.exe

.indent.pro

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/* $Id: .indent.pro 238 2005-09-21 05:26:03Z nenolod $ */
-
-/* copy this file to the source dir then run indent file.c */
-
---gnu-style
-
-/* This is the indent before the brace not inside the block. */
---brace-indent0
-
-/* Indent case: by 2 and braces inside case by 0(then by 0)... */
---case-brace-indentation0
---case-indentation2
-
---indent-level8
-
-/* Put while() on the brace from do... */
---cuddle-do-while
-
-/* Disable an annoying format... */
---no-space-after-function-call-names
-
-/* Disable an annoying format... */
---dont-break-procedure-type
-
-/* Disable an annoying format... */
---no-space-after-casts
-
---line-length200
-
-/* typedefs */
--T boolean_t
--T node_t
--T list_t
--T tld_t
--T kline_t
--T EVH
--T sra_t
--T server_t
--T user_t
--T channel_t
--T chanuser_t
--T myuser_t
--T mychan_t
--T chanacs_t
--T CONFIGENTRY
--T CONFIGFILE
--T Block
--T MemBlock
--T BlockHeap

.mailmap

@@ -1,9 +1,14 @@
 Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org> androsyn <devnull@localhost>
 Alexander Færøy <ahf@0x90.dk> Alexander F?r?y <ahf@0x90.dk>
+Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org> <nenolod@atheme.org>
+Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org> <nenolod@dereferenced.org>
+Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org> nenolod <devnull@localhost>
 Brett Greenham <taros@shadowircd.net> B.Greenham <taros@shadowircd.net>
 Chris Mills <chris@chrisam.net> TheChrisAM <chris@chrisam.net>
 Chris Mills <chris@chrisam.net> freenode!ChrisAM <chris@chrisam.net>
-Elizabeth Jennifer Myers <elizabeth@sporksmoo.net> <elizabeth@sporksirc.net>
+Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me> <elizabeth@sporksirc.net>
+Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me> <elizabeth@sporksmoo.net>
+Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me> <spaz@whotookspaz.org>
 Elly Fong-Jones <elly@leptoquark.net> Elly <elly@leptoquark.net>
 Jilles Tjoelker <jilles@stack.nl> jilles <devnull@localhost>
 Nathan Phillip Brink <binki@gentoo.org> <ohnobinki@ohnopublishing.net>
@@ -13,5 +18,5 @@ Valeriy Yatsko <dwr@shadowircd.net> <darkwire@darkwire.ru>
 Valeriy Yatsko <dwr@shadowircd.net> <darkwire@ircd-charybdis.ru>
 Valeriy Yatsko <dwr@shadowircd.net> <darkwire@sellcenter.ru>
 Valeriy Yatsko <dwr@shadowircd.net> <dwr@it-penza.org>
-William Pitcock <nenolod@dereferenced.org> <nenolod@atheme.org>
-William Pitcock <nenolod@dereferenced.org> nenolod <devnull@localhost>
+Christine Dodrill <shadow.h511@gmail.com> <quora@lavabit.com>
+Christine Dodrill <shadow.h511@gmail.com> <quorawings@gmail.com>

CREDITS

@@ -1,30 +1,28 @@
-Charybdis started as an evolution from ircd-ratbox. Its development
-is led by a team of dedicated developers who have put a lot of time
-into the project, and it has seen use on a variety of different
-network configurations.
- 
-The charybdis core team is listed in nick-alphabetical order:
- 
+Solanum is based on Charybdis, which was based on ircd-ratbox.
+
+Development is led by a group of representatives from Libera Chat
+and OFTC:
+
+amdj, Aaron Jones <amdj@libera.chat>
+dwfreed, Doug Freed <dwfreed@mtu.edu>
+ilbelkyr, Nicole Kleinhoff <ilbelkyr@libera.chat>
+mcintosh, Richie McIntosh <richiemcintosh@gmail.com>
+Myon, Christoph Berg <myon@oftc.net>
+spb, Stephen Bennet <spb@libera.chat>
+tomaw, Tom Wesley <tom@tomaw.net>
+
+The Charybdis team was:
+
+amdj, Aaron Jones <aaronmdjones -at- gmail.com>
+Ariadne, Ariadne Conill <ariadne -at- dereferenced.org>
+Elizafox, Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth -at- interlinked.me>
+jdhore, JD Horelick <jdhore1 -at- gmail.com>
 jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
 mr_flea, Keith Buck <mr_flea -at- esper.net>
-kaniini, William Pitcock <nenolod -at- dereferenced.org>
-spb, Stephen Bennett <spb -at- attenuate.org>
- 
-The following people have made contributions to the Charybdis releases,
-in nick-alphabetical order:
- 
-AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
-anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
-beu, Elfyn McBratney <elfyn.mcbratney -at- gmail.com>
-dwr, Valery Yatsko <dwr -at- shadowircd.net> 
-Elizacat, Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth -at- interlinked.me>
-Entrope, Michael Poole <mdpoole -at- trolius.org> 
-gxti, Michael Tharp <gxti -at- partiallystapled.com>
-jdhore, JD Horelick <jdhore1 -at- gmail.com>
-Taros, Brett Greenham <taros -at- shadowircd.net>
-ThaPrince, Jon Christopherson <jon -at- vile.com>
-twincest, River Tarnell <river -at- attenuate.org>
-w00t, Robin Burchell <surreal.w00t -at- gmail.com>
- 
-Visit the Charybdis website at: http://www.charybdis.io
-Visit us on IRC at: irc.freenode.net #charybdis
+viatsko, Valerii Iatsko <dwr -at- codingbox.io>
+
+A full list of contributors to Charybdis and its predecessors
+is in doc/credits-past.txt.
+
+Visit the Solanum website at: https://solanum.chat/
+Visit us on IRC at: irc.libera.chat #solanum

GIT-Access

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-The Charybdis GIT repository can be checked out using the following command:
-	git clone git://github.com/charybdis-ircd/charybdis.git charybdis-devel
-
-Charybdis's GIT repository depot can be browsed over the internet at 
-the following address:
-	http://github.com/charybdis-ircd/charybdis

INSTALL

@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-                           Charybdis INSTALL Document
-
-   $Id: INSTALL 3384 2007-04-03 22:45:04Z jilles $
-
-   Copyright (c) 2001 by ircd-hybrid team
-   Copyright (c) 2002-2004 ircd-ratbox development team
-   Copyright (c) 2005-2008 charybdis development team
-
-     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-                                  HOW TO BUILD
-
-   As of hybrid-4, the distribution uses GNU autoconf instead of the old
-   Config script. The Makefile has also been updated to include CFLAGS
-   defines for popular modern OSes.
-
-   1. 
-
-       Read the NEWS file to find out about the exciting new features in
-       this version. Other good reads are BUGS, doc/ircd.conf.example, and
-       README.FIRST.
-
-   2. 
-
-       Run the configure script. It will create include/setup.h and the
-       Makefiles to match your system. In ircd-ratbox, the paths are now handled
-       with the --prefix option to configure, not in config.h.
-       /usr/local/ircd is the default if no prefix is specified.
-
-       ./configure --prefix="/usr/local/ircd"
-
-         Note: There are some special optional parameters to the configure
-         script that some admins may wish to use.
-
-          * 
-
-            --enable-kqueue - Use the superior kqueue(2) system call as
-            opposed to the default poll(2). This is currently only available
-            on FreeBSD 4.1 or higher.
-
-          * 
-
-            --enable-devpoll - Enable the superior /dev/poll support on
-            Solaris. Linux /dev/poll is broken and will not work with this
-            option.
-
-          * 
-
-            --enable-epoll - Enable the superior Linux Edge-Triggered Polling
-            system. This is currently only available on 2.5 Linux kernel
-            versions or later.
-
-          * 
-
-            --enable-openssl - Enable the openssl dependent crypto functions.
-            This will allow CHALLENGE to work and encrypted links. On systems
-            where the configure script can automatically detect OpenSSL, this
-            option is not necessary. If configure cannot find OpenSSL, you
-            must specify a path with this option
-            (--enable-openssl=/path/to/openssl)
-
-          * 
-
-            --enable-ipv6 - Enable IPv6 support.
-
-          * 
-
-            --enable-assert[=OPTION] - Enable some debugging code. OPTION is
-            either 'soft' or 'hard' (default: hard). 'hard' should never be
-            used on production servers as it may generate unnecessary cores.
-            'soft' prevents cores from being generated but still imposes some
-            additional load.
-
-          * 
-
-            --enable-small-net - Tunes the server for smaller networks by
-            reducing the startup memory footprint. This should really only be
-            used for *small* networks, as this tends to be a performance hit
-            on larger networks.
-
-          * 
-
-            --with-nicklen=LENGTH - Sets the maximum NICK length. Note that
-            this must be consistent across your entire network.
-   3. 
-
-       make should build ircd.
-
-   4. 
-
-       make install will install the server, modules, and tools in the
-       the prefix specified when configure was run.
-
-   5. 
-
-       If you wish to enable the user log, oper log, and failed oper log,
-       issue these commands at the shell prompt (in the prefix directory)
-
- $ touch logs/userlog
- $ touch logs/operlog
- $ touch logs/foperlog
-
-         Note: If you use different names in ircd.conf, you must 'touch' the
-         specific names.
-
-     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-                                HOW TO GET HELP
-
-   Send Check or Money Order to... just kidding! You're on your own for
-   support. Try asking other ircd-ratbox admins on EFnet if you can't fix it
-   yourself. If you do fix anything, however, please send context or unified
-   diffs to ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org so the fixes can be incorporated into
-   the next release of ircd-hybrid. If ratbox crashes on you, PLEASE contact
-   ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org ASAP with a backtrace of the core.
-
-   DISCUSSION: There is a mailing list for discussion of ratbox issues,
-    To subscribe, visit:
-       http://lists.ratbox.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/ircd-ratbox
-       
-     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-                                     NOTES
-
-   The best way to get a backtrace of the core is to follow this sequence of
-   instructions:
-
-   1. 
-
-       Change to the directory containing the core file
-
-   2. 
-
-       Run gdb on the binary and the core file. With an unmodified ircd-ratbox
-       installation, an example command line is below (in the /usr/local/ircd
-       directory)
-
- $ gdb bin/ircd ircd.core
-
-   3. 
-
-       At the "(gdb)" prompt, enter the command "bt"
-
-   4. 
-
-       Save the output of the backtrace command and send it to
-       ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org
-
-   5. 
-
-       Be sure to save the ircd binary, the modules, and the core file in a
-       safe place in case the developers need to look deeper than a backtrace
-       provides.
-
-     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-                                 OPENSSL NOTES
-
-   Older FreeBSD machines sometimes have the obsolete ports version of
-   OpenSSL libcrypto in /usr/local/lib. When configure is used with
-   --enable-openssl, and libintl is detected in /usr/local/lib, the
-   /usr/local/lib directory will be searched BEFORE the system /usr/lib for
-   libraries by the linker. The linker may try to link to the old
-   /usr/local/lib libcrypto instead of the system /usr/lib libcrypto. Some
-   older versions may cause error messages similar to the following:
-
- gcc -g -O2 -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"/home/wcampbel/ircd\" -Wl,-export-dynamic
- -L/usr/local/lib -o ircd blalloc.o channel.o vchannel.o class.o client.o
- dline_conf.o event.o fdlist.o fileio.o hash.o irc_string.o ircd.o ircdauth.o
- ircd_signal.o linebuf.o list.o listener.o m_error.o match.o memdebug.o
- modules.o motd.o mtrie_conf.o oldparse.o numeric.o packet.o parse.o res.o rsa.o
- restart.o s_auth.o s_bsd.o s_bsd_kqueue.o s_conf.o s_debug.o s_gline.o s_log.o
- s_misc.o s_serv.o s_stats.o s_user.o scache.o send.o sprintf_irc.o tools.o
- whowas.o lex.yy.o y.tab.o version.o -lintl -ldescrypt  -lcrypto -lfl
- rsa.o: In function `get_randomness':
- /home/wcampbel/dev/ircd-ratbox/src/rsa.c(.text+0x60): undefined reference to
- `RAND_pseudo_bytes'
- /usr/local/lib/libcrypto.so: undefined reference to `ERR_load_RSAREF_strings'
- /usr/local/lib/libcrypto.so: undefined reference to `RSA_PKCS1_RSAref'
- *** Error code 1
-
-   If this is the case, you may need to rerun configure without the
-   --enable-openssl option, manually edit src/Makefile and modules/Makefile
-   to put -L/usr/lib before the -L/usr/local/lib in LDFLAGS, or remove the
-   old OpenSSL from /usr/local, and recompile all applications that use
-   libcrypto to use the system one.

LICENSE

@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-# $Id: LICENSE 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
 		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 

Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
+
+SUBDIRS = librb
+
+if BUILD_LTDL
+SUBDIRS += libltdl
+endif
+
+SUBDIRS += ircd \
+           ssld \
+           wsockd \
+           authd \
+           bandb \
+           tests \
+           tools \
+           modules \
+           extensions \
+           help \
+           doc
+
+BUILT_SOURCES = include/serno.h
+
+include/serno.h:
+	@if [ -d .git ]; then \
+		revh=`git log -1 --date=format:%Y%m%d --pretty=format:%cd-%h`; \
+		datecode=`git log -1 --pretty=format:%ct`; \
+		if [ -n "$$revh" ]; then \
+			echo '#define SERNO "'$$revh'"' >include/serno.h ; \
+			echo "#define DATECODE $${datecode}UL" >>include/serno.h; \
+		fi \
+	fi
+	@if [ ! -f include/serno.h ]; then \
+		echo '#define SERNO "unknown"' >include/serno.h; \
+		echo '#define DATECODE 0UL' >>include/serno.h; \
+	fi
+
+install-data-hook:
+	test -d ${DESTDIR}${logdir} || mkdir -p ${DESTDIR}${logdir}
+
+install-exec-hook:
+	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${libdir}/*.la
+	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/*.la
+	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/autoload/*.la
+	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/extensions/*.la
+	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${libdir}/*.dll.a
+	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/*.dll.a
+	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/autoload/*.dll.a
+	rm -f ${DESTDIR}${moduledir}/extensions/*.dll.a
+
+distclean-local:
+	rm -f librb/include/librb-config.h
+
+clean-local:
+	rm -f include/serno.h
+	rm -f ircd/ircd_lexer.c
+	rm -f ircd/ircd_parser.c
+	rm -f ircd/ircd_parser.h
+	rm -f ircd/version.c
+	rm -f ircd/version.c.last

Makefile.in

@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
-#************************************************************************
-#*   IRC - Internet Relay Chat, Makefile
-#*   Copyright (C) 1990, Jarkko Oikarinen
-#*
-#*   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#*   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-#*   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
-#*   any later version.
-#*
-#*   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#*   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#*   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-#*   GNU General Public License for more details.
-#*
-#*   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#*   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#*   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-#*
-#*   $Id: Makefile.in 1347 2006-05-17 14:49:13Z nenolod $
-#*/
-
-RM=@RM@
-prefix		= @prefix@
-exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
-bindir		= @bindir@
-mandir		= @mandir@
-libdir          = @libdir@
-pkglibdir       = @pkglibdir@
-moduledir	= @moduledir@
-helpdir		= @helpdir@
-sysconfdir	= @sysconfdir@
-logdir		= @logdir@
-rundir		= @rundir@
-pkgrundir	= @pkgrundir@
-localstatedir	= @localstatedir@
-pkglocalstatedir= @pkglocalstatedir@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME	= @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-
-# Default CFLAGS
-# CFLAGS = -g -O2 -DNDEBUG
-CFLAGS		= @CFLAGS@
-# Developers CFLAGS
-#CFLAGS= -g -O2 -Wunused -Wall -ggdb -pedantic -Wshadow -Wmissing-declarations
-
-# Default make flags - you may want to uncomment this on a multicpu machine
-#MFLAGS = -j 4
-
-#
-# For developers
-#CFLAGS= -g -O2 -Wall
-
-# You may need to define the FD_SETSIZE in order to overrule
-# the system one.
-#CFLAGS= -DNDEBUG -g -O2 -D"FD_SETSIZE=1024"
-SHELL=/bin/sh
-# `extensions' must be after `modules' for proper creation of $(moduledir).
-SUBDIRS=libratbox modules extensions src tools ssld bandb doc help
-CLEANDIRS = ${SUBDIRS}
-RSA_FILES=rsa_respond/README rsa_respond/respond.c rsa_respond/Makefile
-
-all:	build
-
-
-autoconf: configure.ac
-	autoconf
-	autoheader
-	${RM} -f config.cache
-
-build:
-	-@if [ ! -f include/setup.h ] ; then \
-		echo "Hmm...doesn't look like you've run configure..."; \
-		echo "Doing so now."; \
-		sh configure; \
-	fi
-	@if [ -d .git ] ; then \
-		revh=`git log -1 --date=short --pretty=format:%cd_%h 2>/dev/null | sed -e s/-//g -e s/_/-/`;\
-		[ -z "$$revh" ] || echo '#define SERNO "'$$revh'"' >include/serno.h ; \
-	elif [ -d .hg ] ; then \
-		revh=`hg parents --template '{date|shortdate}_{node|short}' 2>/dev/null | sed -e s/-//g -e s/_/-/`;\
-		[ -z "$$revh" ] || echo '#define SERNO "'$$revh'"' >include/serno.h ; \
-	fi
-	@[ -f include/serno.h ] || echo '#define SERNO "unknown"' >include/serno.h
-	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
-		echo "build ==> $$i";\
-		cd $$i;\
-		${MAKE} || exit; cd ..;\
-	done
-
-clean:
-	${RM} -f *~ core rsa_respond.tar rsa_respond.tar.gz
-	@for i in $(CLEANDIRS); do \
-		echo "clean ==> $$i";\
-		cd $$i;\
-		${MAKE} clean; cd ..;\
-	done
-	-@if [ -f include/setup.h ] ; then \
-	echo "To really restart installation, make distclean" ; \
-	fi
-
-distclean:
-	${RM} -f Makefile *~ *.rej *.orig core ircd.core
-	${RM} -f config.status config.cache config.log
-	cd include; ${RM} -f setup.h *~ *.rej *.orig ; cd ..
-	@for i in $(CLEANDIRS); do \
-		echo "distclean ==> $$i";\
-		cd $$i;\
-		${MAKE} distclean; cd ..;\
-	done
-
-depend:
-	@[ -f include/serno.h ] || echo '#define SERNO "unknown"' >include/serno.h
-	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
-		echo "depend ==> $$i";\
-		cd $$i;\
-		${MAKE} depend; cd ..;\
-	done
-
-lint:
-	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
-		echo "lint ==> $$i";\
-		cd $$i;\
-		${MAKE} lint; cd ..;\
-	done
-
-install-mkdirs:
-	@echo "ircd: setting up ircd directory structure"
-	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(prefix); then \
-		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(prefix); \
-	fi
-	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(bindir); then \
-		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(bindir); \
-	fi
-	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); then \
-		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
-	fi
-	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); then \
-		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); \
-	fi
-	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(logdir); then \
-		mkdir -p -m 755 $(DESTDIR)$(logdir); \
-	fi
-	-@if test ! -d '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgrundir)'; then \
-		mkdir -p -m 755 '$(DESTDIR)$(pkgrundir)'; \
-	fi
-	-@if test ! -d '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglocalstatedir)'; then \
-		mkdir -p -m 755 '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglocalstatedir)'; \
-	fi
-
-install: install-mkdirs all
-	@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
-		echo "install ==> $$i";\
-		cd $$i;\
-		${MAKE} install; \
-		cd ..; \
-	done
-
-rsa_respond:
-	@cd tools;\
-	echo "Creating rsa_respond.tar.gz";\
-	tar cf ../rsa_respond.tar $(RSA_FILES);\
-	cd ..;\
-	gzip rsa_respond.tar

NEWS.md

@@ -1,8 +1,203 @@
 # News
 
-This is charybdis 3.5.0, Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Charybdis team.
+This is solanum 1.0-dev.
 See LICENSE for licensing details (GPL v2).
 
+## solanum-1.0
+
+Includes changes from charybdis-4.1.3-dev.
+
+**This release includes breaking changes from charybdis 4.x.** Please pay close attention to
+bolded warnings in the full release notes below.
+
+### build
+- Add `--with-asan` to configure to produce an ASan instrumented build
+
+### server protocol
+- **Breaking:** Don't implicitly abort SASL when connection registration handshake completes;
+  requires updating atheme to include https://github.com/atheme/atheme/pull/833.
+- OPER is now propagated globally, as :operator OPER opername privset
+
+### user
+- **Breaking:** invite-notify is now enabled by loading the invite-notify extension
+- Prioritise older, more important client capabilities for clients that can only accept
+  one line of CAP LS
+- Add the solanum.chat/realhost vendor capability (provided by extensions/cap\_realhost)
+- Add the solanum.chat/identify-msg vendor capability (provided by extensions/identify\_msg)
+- Server-side aliases preserve protocol framing characters
+- Add the +G user mode for soft callerid (implicitly allow users with a common channel)
+- /invite no longer punches through callerid
+- invite-notify now works
+- Rejectcached users are now sent the reason of the ban that caused their reject in most cases
+- Rejectcache entries expire when their corresponding K-lines do
+- One-argument /stats and zero-argument /motd are no longer ratelimited
+- Channel bans don't see through IP spoofs
+- Global /names now respects userhost-in-names
+- The `$j` extban is no longer usable inside ban exceptions
+- TLSv1 connections are accepted. They can still be disabled using OpenSSL config if you don't
+  want them. TLSv1 existing is not thought to be a threat to up-to-date clients.
+
+### oper
+- **Breaking:** Kick immunity for override is now its own extension, override\_kick\_immunity
+- **Breaking:** /stats A output now follows the same format as other stats letters
+- **Breaking:** helpops now uses +h instead of +H
+- **Breaking:** sno\_whois and the spy\_ extensions have been removed
+- **Breaking:** Using /wallops now requires the oper:wallops privilege instead of oper:massnotice
+- Opers now have their privset (identified by name) on remote servers
+- Oper-only umodes are refreshed after rehash and /grant
+- Extension modules can be reloaded
+- Override no longer spams about being enabled/disabled. It continues to spam on each use.
+- Add /testkline, which has the same syntax as /testline but doesn't check if the mask is ilined
+- /privs is now remote-capable and can respond with more than one line
+- Most commands now respect oper hiding
+- Massnotice (notice/privmsg to $$.../$#...) now alerts opers
+- Massnotice no longer imposes any restrictions on the target mask
+- /kline and /dline are hardened to invalid inputs
+- K/D-lines are more consistent about checking for encoded ipv4-in-ipv6 addresses
+- Add extensions/drain to reject new connections
+- Add extensions/filter to filter messages, parts and quits with a Hyperscan database
+- Add extensions/sasl\_usercloak to interpolate SASL account names into I-line spoofs
+
+### conf
+- **Breaking:** Completely overhaul oper privs. All privset configs will need to be rewritten.
+  See reference.conf for details.
+- Add the `kline_spoof_ip` I-line flag to make any spoof opaque to K-line matching
+- Add general::hide\_tkline\_duration to remove durations from user-visible ban reasons
+- Add general::hide\_opers, which behaves as if all opers have oper:hidden
+- Add general::post\_registration\_delay
+- Add general::tls\_ciphers\_oper\_only to hide TLS cipher details in /whois
+- Add channel::opmod\_send\_statusmsg to send messages allowed by +z to @#channel
+- Add class::max\_autoconn, with the behaviour of class::max\_number for servers prior to
+  charybdis 4
+- Add `secure {}` blocks. Networks listed in a secure block gain +Z and can match `need_ssl` I-
+  and O-lines.
+- Remove general::kline\_delay
+- If m\_webirc is loaded, connections that try to use a webirc auth block as their I-line will
+  be disconnected on registration
+
+### misc
+- **Breaking:** WEBIRC now processes the "secure" option as specified by IRCv3. Web gateways that
+  do not set this option will need to be updated or their connections will show as insecure.
+- Successfully changing IP with WEBIRC now drops an identd username
+
+### code
+- Channel lists are now kept sorted. A for-loop macro, `ITER_COMM_CHANNELS`, is introduced to
+  efficiently compare two such lists.
+
+
+## charybdis-4.1.2
+
+### user
+- src/s\_user.c: don't corrupt usermodes on module unload/reload
+
+## charybdis-4.1.1
+
+### security
+- Fix an issue with the PASS command and duplicate server instances.
+
+### misc
+- Fix connection hang with blacklist/opm when ident is disabled.
+- Improve SASL CAP notification when the services server disconnects.
+- MbedTLS: Support ChaCha20-Poly1305 in default cipher suites.
+
+## charybdis-4.1
+
+### misc
+- SCTP is now supported for server connections (and optionally, user connections)
+
+## charybdis-4.0.1
+
+### server protocol
+- SJOIN messages were being constructed in a 1024 byte buffer and truncated to 512 bytes
+  when sending. This caused channels with more than 50 users to fail to propagate all of
+  them during a net join.
+
+## charybdis-4.0
+
+### build
+- Build system has been converted to libtool + automake for sanity reasons.
+- The compile date is now set at configure time rather than build time, allowing for
+  reproducible builds. (#148, #149)
+- Support for GNUTLS 3.4 has been added.
+
+### user
+- Import the ability to exceed MAXCHANNELS from ircd-seven.
+- Implement IRCv3.2 enhanced capability negotiation (`CAP LS 302`).
+- Implement support for receiving and sending IRCv3 message tags.
+- Implement IRCv3.2 capabilities: (#141)
+  - account-tag
+  - echo-message
+  - invite-notify
+  - sasl
+  - server-time
+- SASL: certificate fingerprints are now always sent to the SASL agent, allowing for
+  the certificate to be used as a second authentication factor.
+
+### oper
+- Merge several features from ircd-seven:
+  - Implement support for remote DIE/RESTART.
+  - Implement support for remote MODLOAD et al commands.
+  - Add the GRANT command which allows for temporarily opering a client.
+  - Implement the hidden oper-only channel modes framework.
+  - Implement a channel mode that disallows kicking IRC operators (+M).
+- Enhance the oper override system, allowing more flexibility and detail
+  in network-wide notices.
+- DNS, ident, and blacklist lookups have been moved to a dedicated daemon known
+  as authd. Some cosmetic changes to blacklist statistics and rejection notices
+  have resulted.
+- An experimental OPM scanner has been added to authd. Plaintext SOCKS4,
+  SOCKS5, and HTTP CONNECT proxies can be checked for.
+- The LOCOPS command has been moved from core to an extension.
+- All core modules in charybdis have descriptions, which are shown in MODLIST.
+- Suffixes should not be used when doing /MODLOAD, /MODUNLOAD, /MODRELOAD, etc.
+
+### misc
+- Support for WebSocket has been added, use the listen::wsock option to switch
+  a listener into websocket mode.
+
+### conf
+- Add the ability to strip color codes from topics unconditionally.
+- The obsolete hub option from server info has been removed.
+
+### docs
+- The documentation has been cleaned up; obsolete files have been purged, and
+  files have been renamed and shuffled around to be more consistent.
+
+### code
+- `common.h` is gone. Everything useful in it was moved to `ircd_defs.h`.
+- `config.h` is gone; the few remaining knobs in it were not for configuration
+  by mere mortals, and mostly existed as a 2.8 relic. Most of the knobs live in
+  `defaults.h`, but one is well-advised to stay away unless they know exactly
+  what they are doing.
+- A new module API has been introduced, known as AV2. It includes things such as
+  module datecodes (to ensure modules don't fall out of sync with the code),
+  module descriptions, and other fun things.
+- Alias and module commands are now in m_alias and m_modules, respectively, and
+  can be reloaded if need be. For sanity reasons, m_modules is a core module,
+  and cannot be unloaded.
+- irc_dictionary and irc_radixtree related functions are now in librb, and
+  prefixed accordingly. Typedefs have been added for consistency with existing
+  data structures. For example, now you would write `rb_dictionary *foo` and
+  `RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH`.
+- C99 bools are now included and used in the code. Don't use ints as simple true
+  or false flags anymore. In accordance with this change, the `YES`/`NO` and
+  `TRUE`/`FALSE` macros have been removed.
+- Return types from command handlers have been axed, as they have been useless
+  for years.
+- libratbox has been renamed to librb, as we have diverged from upstream long
+  ago.
+- Almost all 2.8-style hashtable structures have been moved to dictionaries or
+  radix trees, resulting in significant memory savings.
+- The block allocator has been disabled and is no longer used.
+- The ratbox client capabilities have been ported to use the ircd capabilities
+  framework, allowing for modules to provide capabilities.
+- Support for restarting ssld has been added.  ssld processes which are still
+  servicing clients will remain in use, but not service new connections, and
+  are garbage collected when they are no longer servicing connections.
+- Support for ratbox-style 'iodebug' hooks has been removed.
+- New channel types may be added by modules, see `extensions/chantype_dummy.c`
+  for a very simple example.
+
 ## charybdis-3.5.0
 
 ### server protocol
@@ -652,7 +847,7 @@ See LICENSE for licensing details (GPL v2).
 ## charybdis-1.0
 
 - Implement channel mode +L for channel list limit exemptions.
-- Implement channel mode +P primarily as a status mode, permanant 
+- Implement channel mode +P primarily as a status mode, permanant
   channel -- this is usually enforced via services registrations.
 - Change behaviour of /stats p: now displays all staff members instead
   of local ones only.

README.md

@@ -1,66 +1,94 @@
-# charybdis
+# solanum ![Build Status](https://github.com/solanum-ircd/solanum/workflows/CI/badge.svg)
 
-Charybdis is a reference implementation of the IRCv3.1 server component.  It is meant to be
-used with an IRCv3-capable services implementation such as [Atheme][atheme] or [Anope][anope].
+Solanum is an IRCv3 server designed to be highly scalable.  It implements IRCv3.1 and some parts of IRCv3.2.
 
-   [atheme]: http://www.atheme.net/
+It is meant to be used with an IRCv3-capable services implementation such as [Atheme][atheme] or [Anope][anope].
+
+   [atheme]: https://atheme.github.io/
    [anope]: http://www.anope.org/
 
 # necessary requirements
 
  * A supported platform
- * A working dynamic load library.
- * A working lex.  Solaris /usr/ccs/bin/lex appears to be broken, on this system flex should be used.
+ * A working dynamic library system
+ * A working lex and yacc - flex and bison should work
+
+# platforms
+
+Solanum is developed on Linux with glibc, but is currently portable to most POSIX-compatible operating systems.
+However, this portability is likely to be removed unless someone is willing to maintain it.  If you'd like to be that
+person, please let us know on IRC.
+
+# platform specific errata
+
+These are known issues and workarounds for various platforms.
+
+ * **macOS**: you must set the `LIBTOOLIZE` environment variable to point to glibtoolize before running autogen.sh:
+
+   ```bash
+   brew install libtool
+   export LIBTOOLIZE="/usr/local/bin/glibtoolize"
+   ./autogen.sh
+   ```
+
+ * **FreeBSD**: if you are compiling with ipv6 you may experience
+   problems with ipv4 due to the way the socket code is written.  To
+   fix this you must: `sysctl net.inet6.ip6.v6only=0`
+
+ * **Solaris**: you may have to set your `PATH` to include `/usr/gnu/bin` and `/usr/gnu/sbin` before `/usr/bin`
+   and `/usr/sbin`. Solaris's default tools don't seem to play nicely with the configure script. When running
+   as a 32-bit binary, it should be started as:
+
+   ```bash
+   ulimit -n 4095 ; LD_PRELOAD_32=/usr/lib/extendedFILE.so.1 ./solanum
+   ```
+
+# building
+
+```bash
+sudo apt install build-essential pkg-config automake libtool libsqlite3-dev # or equivalent for your distribution
+./autogen.sh
+./configure --prefix=/path/to/installation
+make
+make check # run tests
+make install
+```
+
+See `./configure --help` for build options.
 
 # feature specific requirements
 
  * For SSL/TLS client and server connections, one of:
 
-   * OpenSSL 1.0 or newer
-   * LibreSSL
-   * mbedTLS
-   * GnuTLS
+   * OpenSSL 1.0.0 or newer (`--enable-openssl`)
+   * LibreSSL (`--enable-openssl`)
+   * mbedTLS (`--enable-mbedtls`)
+   * GnuTLS (`--enable-gnutls`)
 
- * For certificate-based oper CHALLENGE, OpenSSL 1.0 or newer.
+ * For certificate-based oper CHALLENGE, OpenSSL 1.0.0 or newer.
    (Using CHALLENGE is not recommended for new deployments, so if you want to use a different TLS library,
     feel free.)
 
- * For ECDHE, OpenSSL 1.0.0 or newer is required. RHEL/Fedora and derivatives like CentOS
-   will need to compile OpenSSL from source, as ECC/ECDHE-functionality is removed from
-   the OpenSSL package in these distributions.
+ * For ECDHE under OpenSSL, on Solaris you will need to compile your own OpenSSL on these systems, as they
+   have removed support for ECC/ECDHE.  Alternatively, consider using another library (see above).
 
 # tips
 
- * To report bugs in charybdis, visit us at irc.freenode.net #charybdis
+ * To report bugs in Solanum, visit us at `#solanum` on [Libera Chat](https://libera.chat)
 
- * Please read doc/index.txt to get an overview of the current documentation.
+ * Please read [doc/readme.txt](doc/readme.txt) to get an overview of the current documentation.
 
- * The files, /etc/services, /etc/protocols, and /etc/resolv.conf, SHOULD be
+ * Read the [NEWS.md](NEWS.md) file for what's new in this release.
+
+ * The files, `/etc/services`, `/etc/protocols`, and `/etc/resolv.conf`, SHOULD be
    readable by the user running the server in order for ircd to start with
-   the correct settings.  If these files are wrong, charybdis will try to use
-   127.0.0.1 for a resolver as a last-ditch effort.
+   the correct settings.  If these files are wrong, Solanum will try to use
+   `127.0.0.1` for a resolver as a last-ditch effort.
 
- * FREEBSD USERS: if you are compiling with ipv6 you may experience
-   problems with ipv4 due to the way the socket code is written.  To
-   fix this you must: "sysctl net.inet6.ip6.v6only=0"
+# git access
 
- * SOLARIS USERS: this code appears to tickle a bug in older gcc and 
-   egcs ONLY on 64-bit Solaris7.  gcc-2.95 and SunPro C on 64bit should
-   work fine, and any gcc or SunPro compiled on 32bit.
+ * The Solanum git repository can be checked out using the following command:
+	`git clone https://github.com/solanum-ircd/solanum`
 
- * SUPPORTED PLATFORMS: this code should compile without any warnings on:
-
-   * FreeBSD 10
-   * Gentoo & Gentoo Hardened ~x86/~amd64/~fbsd
-   * RHEL 6 / 7
-   * Debian Jessie
-   * OpenSuSE 11/12
-   * OpenSolaris 2008.x?
-   * Solaris 10 sparc.
-  
-  Please let us know if you find otherwise.  
-  It probably does not compile on AIX, IRIX or libc5 Linux.
-
- * Please read NEWS for information about what is in this release.
-
- * Other files recommended for reading: BUGS, INSTALL
+ * Solanum's git repository can be browsed over the Internet at the following address:
+	https://github.com/solanum-ircd/solanum

TODO

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/ = in progress, x = done, ? = to be discussed, F = charybdis3.1 or next releases
-
-[/] finish legacy code removal
-  [x] remove 2.8 report_error() in ratbox imported stuff
-  [F] client.c, channel.c is very 2.8 style still. it'd be nice to pack them into their own 
-      namespace and such. moreover, the other 2.8 code needs similar rewriting/reworking too...
-  [x] merge m_join.c and m_sjoin.c in one module (same functions, done in ratbox3)
-  [ ] rewrite s_auth.c
-    [ ] authentication state/lock manager
-    [ ] move resolver/auth checker code into separated modules 
-[x] port to libratbox
-  [x] get it running
-  [x] clean up maxconnections kludges &c
-  [x] in-process SSL
-  [x] port and use ratbox ssld for server links
-  [x] merge with libratbox SVN
-[x] ssl stuff
-  [x] client-to-client ssl
-  [x] server-to-server ssl
-  [x] ssl usermode (+Z)
-  [x] ssl channelmode (done by extban and chm_compat)
-  [x] tool for generating ssl certificates and other stuff
-  [x] gnutls backend for at least SSL connections (replacing libcrypto use in m_challenge would be nice too)
-[x] merge some stuff from ircd-seven directly (to be determined what)
-  [x] remote d:lines support
-  [x] PASS selector:password for auth{} (useful for dynamic IPs)
-[ ] kline/xline/resv sync (what about spb's extension?)
-[x] drop non-TS6 (legacy protocol) support
-[?] Patch or core-feature - libguess on-fly any-charset-to-utf8 translation
-[x] module engine rework
-  [?] MODULE_DEPEND and MODULE_CONFLICT for building extension dependencies (backport from shadowircd)
-  [x] more beautiful way of adding new channel modes by module
-    [x] basic functionality
-    [x] some example modules
-    [x] another idea is too make that work with privilege groups, like "serveradmins" or "ircops"
-  [ ] make nick/user/host validation functions/match tables able to work in separated modules,
-      this will help us making support for native characters sets/slashes in host etc
-  [ ] auth checker module
-  [ ] resolver module
-  [x] privilege system for privilege groups, something like
-     in .conf: helper { kill_global, rehash, kline_local }
-     in modules: privilege_add("kill_global"), has_privilege(source_p, "kill_global") etc, should work the way dynamic cflags/umodes done
-     -- this is done kinda like this, but not really. See HasPrivilege() calls. privilege_add() was not needed ~nenolod
-[x] Remove glines entirely
-[/] test suite as in ircu
-[?] win32
- [?] mingw support
- [R] win32 native support - VS doesn't follow C99, this will require us switching back to C89 with libratbox and (future) core
-[x] Bug fixes
-  [x] Compilation without zlib headers fails - fixed
-  [x] Compilation date and time in server welcome message is in OS locale - looks ugly 'cause often it's not match user's codepage
-[ ] Improvments
-  [ ] ircd shouldn't need bison/byacc/yacc or flex for compilation
---- other stuff
-  [?] internally split out +o/+v "ranks" into a series of permissions. this could allow for configure-defined 
-      special access levels, halfops, etc. (would need to match globally, somehow. extra SVINFO param?)
-      might be backported from shadowircd in future (chanroles planned)
-  [?] somehow hide channel operators like ircnet can do?
-      couldn't be done via extension currently - compilation-time option acceptable?
-  [x] create chmode.h and put there all declarations of chm_* - this will make some modules clean
-  [?] Move oper override server WALLOPS to global server notices?

aclocal.m4

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-# generated automatically by aclocal 1.15 -*- Autoconf -*-
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])])
-m4_include([m4/charybdis.m4])
-m4_include([m4/pkg.m4])

authd/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+pkglibexec_PROGRAMS = authd
+AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS)
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I../include -I../librb/include 
+
+authd_SOURCES =	\
+	authd.c	\
+	dns.c \
+	notice.c \
+	provider.c \
+	res.c \
+	reslib.c \
+	providers/dnsbl.c \
+	providers/ident.c \
+	providers/rdns.c \
+	providers/opm.c
+
+authd_LDADD = ../librb/src/librb.la

authd/authd.c

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* authd/authd.c - main code for authd
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+#include "provider.h"
+#include "notice.h"
+
+#define MAXPARA 10
+
+static void error_cb(rb_helper *helper) __attribute__((noreturn));
+static void handle_reload(int parc, char *parv[]);
+static void handle_stat(int parc, char *parv[]);
+static void handle_options(int parc, char *parv[]);
+
+rb_helper *authd_helper = NULL;
+authd_cmd_handler authd_cmd_handlers[256] = {
+	['C'] = handle_new_connection,
+	['D'] = handle_resolve_dns,
+	['E'] = handle_cancel_connection,
+	['O'] = handle_options,
+	['R'] = handle_reload,
+	['S'] = handle_stat,
+};
+
+authd_stat_handler authd_stat_handlers[256] = {
+	['D'] = enumerate_nameservers,
+};
+
+authd_reload_handler authd_reload_handlers[256] = {
+	['D'] = reload_nameservers,
+};
+
+rb_dictionary *authd_option_handlers;
+
+static void
+handle_stat(int parc, char *parv[])
+{
+	authd_stat_handler handler;
+	unsigned long long rid;
+
+	if(parc < 3)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_stat received too few parameters (at least 3 expected, got %d)", parc);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if((rid = strtoull(parv[1], NULL, 16)) > UINT32_MAX)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_stat got a rid that was too large: %s", parv[1]);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!(handler = authd_stat_handlers[(unsigned char)parv[2][0]]))
+		return;
+
+	handler((uint32_t)rid, parv[2][0]);
+}
+
+static void
+handle_options(int parc, char *parv[])
+{
+	struct auth_opts_handler *handler;
+
+	if(parc < 2)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_options received too few parameters (at least 2 expected, got %d)", parc);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if((handler = rb_dictionary_retrieve(authd_option_handlers, parv[1])) == NULL)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_options got a bad option type %s", parv[1]);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if((parc - 2) < handler->min_parc)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "BUG: handle_options received too few parameters (at least %d expected, got %d)", handler->min_parc, parc);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	handler->handler(parv[1], parc - 2, (const char **)&parv[2]);
+}
+
+static void
+handle_reload(int parc, char *parv[])
+{
+	authd_reload_handler handler;
+
+	if(parc <= 2)
+	{
+		/* Reload all handlers */
+		for(size_t i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+		{
+			if ((handler = authd_reload_handlers[(unsigned char) i]) != NULL)
+				handler('\0');
+		}
+
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (!(handler = authd_reload_handlers[(unsigned char)parv[1][0]]))
+		return;
+
+	handler(parv[1][0]);
+}
+
+static void
+parse_request(rb_helper *helper)
+{
+	static char *parv[MAXPARA + 1];
+	static char readbuf[READBUF_SIZE];
+	int parc;
+	int len;
+	authd_cmd_handler handler;
+
+	while((len = rb_helper_read(helper, readbuf, sizeof(readbuf))) > 0)
+	{
+		parc = rb_string_to_array(readbuf, parv, MAXPARA);
+
+		if(parc < 1)
+			continue;
+
+		handler = authd_cmd_handlers[(unsigned char)parv[0][0]];
+		if (handler != NULL)
+			handler(parc, parv);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+error_cb(rb_helper *helper)
+{
+	exit(EX_ERROR);
+}
+
+static void
+dummy_handler(int sig)
+{
+	return;
+}
+
+static void
+setup_signals(void)
+{
+	struct sigaction act;
+
+	act.sa_flags = 0;
+	act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN;
+	sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+	sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGPIPE);
+	sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGALRM);
+#ifdef SIGTRAP
+	sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGTRAP);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+	sigaddset(&act.sa_mask, SIGWINCH);
+	sigaction(SIGWINCH, &act, 0);
+#endif
+	sigaction(SIGPIPE, &act, 0);
+#ifdef SIGTRAP
+	sigaction(SIGTRAP, &act, 0);
+#endif
+
+	act.sa_handler = dummy_handler;
+	sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0);
+}
+
+int
+main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	setup_signals();
+
+	authd_helper = rb_helper_child(parse_request, error_cb, NULL, NULL, NULL, 256, 256, 256);	/* XXX fix me */
+	if(authd_helper == NULL)
+	{
+		fprintf(stderr, "authd is not meant to be invoked by end users\n");
+		exit(EX_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	rb_set_time();
+	setup_signals();
+
+	authd_option_handlers = rb_dictionary_create("authd options handlers", rb_strcasecmp);
+
+	init_resolver();
+	init_providers();
+	rb_init_prng(NULL, RB_PRNG_DEFAULT);
+
+	rb_helper_loop(authd_helper, 0);
+
+	/*
+	 * XXX this function will never be called from here -- is it necessary?
+	 */
+	destroy_providers();
+
+	return 0;
+}

authd/authd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* authd/dns.h - header for authd DNS functions
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUTHD_H
+#define _AUTHD_H
+
+#include "stdinc.h"
+#include "rb_lib.h"
+#include "rb_dictionary.h"
+
+#include "setup.h"
+#include "ircd_defs.h"
+
+typedef enum exit_reasons
+{
+	EX_ERROR = 1,
+	EX_DNS_ERROR = 2,
+	EX_PROVIDER_ERROR = 3,
+} exit_reasons;
+
+typedef void (*provider_opts_handler_t)(const char *, int, const char **);
+
+struct auth_opts_handler
+{
+	const char *option;
+	int min_parc;
+	provider_opts_handler_t handler;
+};
+
+extern rb_helper *authd_helper;
+
+typedef void (*authd_cmd_handler)(int parc, char *parv[]);
+typedef void (*authd_stat_handler)(uint32_t rid, const char letter);
+typedef void (*authd_reload_handler)(const char letter);
+
+extern authd_cmd_handler authd_cmd_handlers[256];
+extern authd_stat_handler authd_stat_handlers[256];
+extern authd_reload_handler authd_reload_handlers[256];
+
+extern rb_dictionary *authd_option_handlers;
+
+#endif

authd/dns.c

@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+/* authd/dns.c - authd DNS functions
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+#include "notice.h"
+#include "res.h"
+
+static void handle_lookup_ip_reply(void *data, struct DNSReply *reply);
+static void handle_lookup_hostname_reply(void *data, struct DNSReply *reply);
+
+uint64_t query_count = 0;
+
+/* A bit different from ircd... you just get a dns_query object.
+ *
+ * It gets freed whenever the res code gets back to us.
+ */
+struct dns_query *
+lookup_ip(const char *host, int aftype, DNSCB callback, void *data)
+{
+	struct dns_query *query = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dns_query));
+	int g_type;
+
+	if(aftype == AF_INET)
+	{
+		query->type = QUERY_A;
+		g_type = T_A;
+	}
+	else if(aftype == AF_INET6)
+	{
+		query->type = QUERY_AAAA;
+		g_type = T_AAAA;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		rb_free(query);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	query->id = query_count++;
+	query->callback = callback;
+	query->data = data;
+
+	query->query.ptr = query;
+	query->query.callback = handle_lookup_ip_reply;
+
+	gethost_byname_type(host, &query->query, g_type);
+
+	return query;
+}
+
+/* See lookup_ip's comment */
+struct dns_query *
+lookup_hostname(const char *ip, DNSCB callback, void *data)
+{
+	struct dns_query *query = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dns_query));
+	int aftype;
+
+	if(!rb_inet_pton_sock(ip, &query->addr))
+	{
+		rb_free(query);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	aftype = GET_SS_FAMILY(&query->addr);
+
+	if(aftype == AF_INET)
+		query->type = QUERY_PTR_A;
+	else if(aftype == AF_INET6)
+		query->type = QUERY_PTR_AAAA;
+	else
+	{
+		rb_free(query);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	query->id = query_count++;
+	query->callback = callback;
+	query->data = data;
+
+	query->query.ptr = query;
+	query->query.callback = handle_lookup_hostname_reply;
+
+	gethost_byaddr(&query->addr, &query->query);
+
+	return query;
+}
+
+/* Cancel a pending query */
+void
+cancel_query(struct dns_query *query)
+{
+	query->callback = query->data = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Callback from gethost_byname_type */
+static void
+handle_lookup_ip_reply(void *data, struct DNSReply *reply)
+{
+	struct dns_query *query = data;
+	char ip[HOSTIPLEN] = "*";
+
+	if(query == NULL)
+	{
+		/* Shouldn't happen */
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_lookup_ip_reply: query == NULL!");
+		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if(reply == NULL)
+		goto end;
+
+	switch(query->type)
+	{
+	case QUERY_A:
+		if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&reply->addr) == AF_INET)
+			rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&reply->addr, ip, sizeof(ip));
+		break;
+	case QUERY_AAAA:
+		if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&reply->addr) == AF_INET6)
+		{
+			rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&reply->addr, ip, sizeof(ip));
+			if(ip[0] == ':')
+			{
+				memmove(&ip[1], ip, strlen(ip));
+				ip[0] = '0';
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	default:
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_lookup_ip_reply: unknown query type %d",
+				query->type);
+		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
+	}
+
+end:
+	if(query->callback)
+		query->callback(ip, ip[0] != '*', query->type, query->data);
+
+	rb_free(query);
+}
+
+/* Callback from gethost_byaddr */
+static void
+handle_lookup_hostname_reply(void *data, struct DNSReply *reply)
+{
+	struct dns_query *query = data;
+	char *hostname = NULL;
+
+	if(query == NULL)
+	{
+		/* Shouldn't happen */
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_lookup_hostname_reply: query == NULL!");
+		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if(reply == NULL)
+		goto end;
+
+	if(query->type == QUERY_PTR_A)
+	{
+		struct sockaddr_in *ip, *ip_fwd;
+		ip = (struct sockaddr_in *) &query->addr;
+		ip_fwd = (struct sockaddr_in *) &reply->addr;
+
+		if(ip->sin_addr.s_addr == ip_fwd->sin_addr.s_addr)
+			hostname = reply->h_name;
+	}
+	else if(query->type == QUERY_PTR_AAAA)
+	{
+		struct sockaddr_in6 *ip, *ip_fwd;
+		ip = (struct sockaddr_in6 *) &query->addr;
+		ip_fwd = (struct sockaddr_in6 *) &reply->addr;
+
+		if(memcmp(&ip->sin6_addr, &ip_fwd->sin6_addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr)) == 0)
+			hostname = reply->h_name;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Shouldn't happen */
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_lookup_hostname_reply: unknown query type %d",
+				query->type);
+		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
+	}
+end:
+	if(query->callback)
+		query->callback(hostname, hostname != NULL, query->type, query->data);
+
+	rb_free(query);
+}
+
+static void
+submit_dns_answer(const char *reply, bool status, query_type type, void *data)
+{
+	char *id = data;
+
+	if(!id || type == QUERY_INVALID)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: submit_dns_answer gave us a bad query");
+		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if(reply == NULL || status == false)
+	{
+		rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "E %s E %c *", id, type);
+		rb_free(id);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "E %s O %c %s", id, type, reply);
+	rb_free(id);
+}
+
+void
+handle_resolve_dns(int parc, char *parv[])
+{
+	char *id = rb_strdup(parv[1]);
+	char qtype = *parv[2];
+	char *record = parv[3];
+	int aftype = AF_INET;
+
+	switch(qtype)
+	{
+	case '6':
+		aftype = AF_INET6;
+	case '4':
+		if(!lookup_ip(record, aftype, submit_dns_answer, id))
+			submit_dns_answer(NULL, false, qtype, NULL);
+		break;
+	case 'S':
+	case 'R':
+		if(!lookup_hostname(record, submit_dns_answer, id))
+			submit_dns_answer(NULL, false, qtype, NULL);
+		break;
+	default:
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: handle_resolve_dns got an unknown query: %c", qtype);
+		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
+	}
+}
+
+void
+enumerate_nameservers(uint32_t rid, const char letter)
+{
+	char buf[(HOSTIPLEN + 1) * IRCD_MAXNS];
+	size_t s = 0;
+
+	if (!irc_nscount)
+	{
+		/* Shouldn't happen */
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: no name servers!");
+		stats_error(rid, letter, "NONAMESERVERS");
+		exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	for(int i = 0; i < irc_nscount; i++)
+	{
+		char addr[HOSTIPLEN];
+		size_t addrlen;
+
+		rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&irc_nsaddr_list[i], addr, sizeof(addr));
+
+		if (!addr[0])
+		{
+			/* Shouldn't happen */
+			warn_opers(L_CRIT, "DNS: bad nameserver!");
+			stats_error(rid, letter, "INVALIDNAMESERVER");
+			exit(EX_DNS_ERROR);
+		}
+
+		addrlen = strlen(addr) + 1;
+		(void)snprintf(&buf[s], sizeof(buf) - s, "%s ", addr);
+		s += addrlen;
+	}
+
+	if(s > 0)
+		buf[--s] = '\0';
+
+	stats_result(rid, letter, "%s", buf);
+}
+
+void
+reload_nameservers(const char letter)
+{
+	/* Not a whole lot to it */
+	restart_resolver();
+}

authd/dns.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* authd/dns.h - header for authd DNS functions
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUTHD_DNS_H
+#define _AUTHD_DNS_H
+
+#define DNS_REQ_IDLEN 10
+
+#include "stdinc.h"
+#include "res.h"
+#include "reslib.h"
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	QUERY_INVALID = 0,
+	QUERY_A = '4',
+	QUERY_AAAA = '6',
+	QUERY_PTR_A = 'R',
+	QUERY_PTR_AAAA = 'S',
+} query_type;
+
+/* Similar to that in ircd */
+typedef void (*DNSCB)(const char *res, bool status, query_type type, void *data);
+
+struct dns_query
+{
+	struct DNSQuery query;
+	query_type type;
+	struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr;
+	uint64_t id;
+
+	DNSCB callback;
+	void *data;
+};
+
+extern struct dns_query *lookup_hostname(const char *ip, DNSCB callback, void *data);
+extern struct dns_query *lookup_ip(const char *host, int aftype, DNSCB callback, void *data);
+extern void cancel_query(struct dns_query *query);
+
+extern void handle_resolve_dns(int parc, char *parv[]);
+extern void enumerate_nameservers(uint32_t rid, const char letter);
+extern void reload_nameservers(const char letter);
+
+#endif

authd/notice.c

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* authd/notice.c - send notices back to the ircd and to clients
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "notice.h"
+
+/* Send a notice to a client */
+void
+notice_client(uint32_t cid, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	char buf[BUFSIZE];
+	va_list args;
+
+	va_start(args, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "N %x :%s", cid, buf);
+}
+
+/* Send a warning to the IRC daemon for logging, etc. */
+void
+warn_opers(notice_level_t level, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	char buf[BUFSIZE];
+	va_list args;
+
+	va_start(args, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "W %c :%s", level, buf);
+}
+
+/* Send a stats result */
+void
+stats_result(uint32_t cid, char letter, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	char buf[BUFSIZE];
+	va_list args;
+
+	va_start(args, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "Y %x %c %s", cid, letter, buf);
+}
+
+/* Send a stats error */
+void
+stats_error(uint32_t cid, char letter, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	char buf[BUFSIZE];
+	va_list args;
+
+	va_start(args, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "X %x %c %s", cid, letter, buf);
+}
+
+void
+stats_done(uint32_t cid, char letter)
+{
+	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "Z %x %c", cid, letter);
+}

authd/notice.h

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* authd/notice.h - send notices back to the ircd and to clients
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SOLANUM_AUTHD_NOTICE_H__
+#define __SOLANUM_AUTHD_NOTICE_H__
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	L_DEBUG = 'D',
+	L_INFO = 'I',
+	L_WARN = 'W',
+	L_CRIT ='C',
+} notice_level_t;
+
+void notice_client(uint32_t cid, const char *fmt, ...);
+void warn_opers(notice_level_t level, const char *fmt, ...);
+void stats_result(uint32_t cid, char letter, const char *fmt, ...);
+void stats_error(uint32_t cid, char letter, const char *fmt, ...);
+void stats_done(uint32_t cid, char letter);
+
+#endif /* __SOLANUM_AUTHD_NOTICE_H__ */

authd/provider.c

@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+/* authd/provider.c - authentication provider framework
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* The basic design here is to have "authentication providers" that do things
+ * like query ident and DNSBLs and even open proxies.
+ *
+ * Providers are registered in the auth_providers linked list. It is planned to
+ * use a bitmap to store provider ID's later.
+ *
+ * Providers can either return failure immediately, immediate acceptance, or do
+ * work in the background (calling set_provider to signal this).
+ *
+ * Provider-specific data for each client can be kept in an index of the data
+ * struct member (using the provider's ID).
+ *
+ * All providers must implement at a minimum a perform_provider function. You
+ * don't have to implement the others if you don't need them.
+ *
+ * Providers may kick clients off by rejecting them. Upon rejection, all
+ * providers are cancelled. They can also unconditionally accept them.
+ *
+ * When a provider is done and is neutral on accepting/rejecting a client, it
+ * should call provider_done. Do NOT call this if you have accepted or rejected
+ * the client.
+ *
+ * Eventually, stuff like *:line handling will be moved here, but that means we
+ * have to talk to bandb directly first.
+ *
+ * --Elizafox, 9 March 2016
+ */
+
+#include "stdinc.h"
+#include "rb_dictionary.h"
+#include "rb_lib.h"
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "provider.h"
+#include "notice.h"
+
+static EVH provider_timeout_event;
+
+rb_dictionary *auth_clients;
+rb_dlink_list auth_providers;
+
+static rb_dlink_list free_pids;
+static uint32_t allocated_pids;
+static struct ev_entry *timeout_ev;
+
+/* Set a provider's raw status */
+static inline void
+set_provider_status(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider, provider_status_t status)
+{
+	auth->data[provider].status = status;
+}
+
+/* Set the provider as running */
+static inline void
+set_provider_running(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
+{
+	auth->providers_active++;
+	set_provider_status(auth, provider, PROVIDER_STATUS_RUNNING);
+}
+
+/* Provider is no longer operating on this auth client */
+static inline void
+set_provider_done(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
+{
+	set_provider_status(auth, provider, PROVIDER_STATUS_DONE);
+	auth->providers_active--;
+}
+
+/* Initalise all providers */
+void
+init_providers(void)
+{
+	auth_clients = rb_dictionary_create("pending auth clients", rb_uint32cmp);
+	timeout_ev = rb_event_addish("provider_timeout_event", provider_timeout_event, NULL, 1);
+
+	/* FIXME must be started before rdns/ident to receive completion notification from them */
+	load_provider(&dnsbl_provider);
+	load_provider(&opm_provider);
+
+	/* FIXME must be started after dnsbl/opm in case of early completion notifications */
+	load_provider(&rdns_provider);
+	load_provider(&ident_provider);
+}
+
+/* Terminate all providers */
+void
+destroy_providers(void)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+
+	/* Cancel outstanding connections */
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		auth_client_ref(auth);
+
+		/* TBD - is this the right thing? */
+		reject_client(auth, UINT32_MAX, "destroy",
+			"Authentication system is down... try reconnecting in a few seconds");
+
+		auth_client_unref(auth);
+	}
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, auth_providers.head)
+	{
+		struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
+
+		if(provider->destroy)
+			provider->destroy();
+
+		rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &auth_providers);
+	}
+
+	rb_dictionary_destroy(auth_clients, NULL, NULL);
+	rb_event_delete(timeout_ev);
+}
+
+/* Load a provider */
+void
+load_provider(struct auth_provider *provider)
+{
+	/* Assign a PID */
+	if(rb_dlink_list_length(&free_pids) > 0)
+	{
+		/* use the free list */
+		provider->id = RB_POINTER_TO_UINT(free_pids.head->data);
+		rb_dlinkDestroy(free_pids.head, &free_pids);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if(allocated_pids == MAX_PROVIDERS || allocated_pids == UINT32_MAX)
+		{
+			warn_opers(L_WARN, "Cannot load additional provider, max reached!");
+			return;
+		}
+
+		provider->id = allocated_pids++;
+	}
+
+	if(provider->opt_handlers != NULL)
+	{
+		struct auth_opts_handler *handler;
+
+		for(handler = provider->opt_handlers; handler->option != NULL; handler++)
+			rb_dictionary_add(authd_option_handlers, handler->option, handler);
+	}
+
+	if(provider->stats_handler.letter != '\0')
+		authd_stat_handlers[(unsigned char)provider->stats_handler.letter] = provider->stats_handler.handler;
+
+	if(provider->init != NULL)
+		provider->init();
+
+	rb_dlinkAdd(provider, &provider->node, &auth_providers);
+}
+
+void
+unload_provider(struct auth_provider *provider)
+{
+	if(provider->opt_handlers != NULL)
+	{
+		struct auth_opts_handler *handler;
+
+		for(handler = provider->opt_handlers; handler->option != NULL; handler++)
+			rb_dictionary_delete(authd_option_handlers, handler->option);
+	}
+
+	if(provider->stats_handler.letter != '\0')
+		authd_stat_handlers[(unsigned char)provider->stats_handler.letter] = NULL;
+
+	if(provider->destroy != NULL)
+		provider->destroy();
+
+	rb_dlinkDelete(&provider->node, &auth_providers);
+
+	/* Reclaim ID */
+	rb_dlinkAddAlloc(RB_UINT_TO_POINTER(provider->id), &free_pids);
+}
+
+void
+auth_client_free(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	rb_dictionary_delete(auth_clients, RB_UINT_TO_POINTER(auth->cid));
+	rb_free(auth->data);
+	rb_free(auth);
+}
+
+/* Cancel outstanding providers for a client (if any). */
+void
+cancel_providers(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	if(auth->providers_cancelled)
+		return;
+
+	auth->providers_cancelled = true;
+
+	if(auth->providers_active > 0)
+	{
+		rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+		RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
+		{
+			struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
+
+			if(provider->cancel != NULL && is_provider_running(auth, provider->id))
+				/* Cancel if required */
+				provider->cancel(auth);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/* Provider is done */
+void
+provider_done(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+	lrb_assert(is_provider_running(auth, id));
+	lrb_assert(id != UINT32_MAX);
+	lrb_assert(id < allocated_pids);
+
+	set_provider_done(auth, id);
+
+	if(auth->providers_active == 0 && !auth->providers_starting)
+	{
+		/* All done */
+		accept_client(auth);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
+	{
+		struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
+
+		if(provider->completed != NULL && is_provider_running(auth, provider->id))
+			/* Notify pending clients who asked for it */
+			provider->completed(auth, id);
+	}
+}
+
+/* Reject a client and cancel any outstanding providers */
+void
+reject_client(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, const char *data, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+	char buf[BUFSIZE];
+	va_list args;
+
+	va_start(args, fmt);
+	vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, args);
+	va_end(args);
+
+	/* We send back username and hostname in case ircd wants to overrule our decision.
+	 * In the future this may not be the case.
+	 * --Elizafox
+	 */
+	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "R %x %c %s %s %s :%s",
+		auth->cid, id != UINT32_MAX ? auth->data[id].provider->letter : '*',
+		auth->username, auth->hostname,
+		data == NULL ? "*" : data, buf);
+
+	if(id != UINT32_MAX)
+		set_provider_done(auth, id);
+
+	cancel_providers(auth);
+}
+
+/* Accept a client and cancel outstanding providers if any */
+void
+accept_client(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	rb_helper_write(authd_helper, "A %x %s %s", auth->cid, auth->username, auth->hostname);
+	cancel_providers(auth);
+}
+
+/* Begin authenticating user */
+static void
+start_auth(const char *cid, const char *l_ip, const char *l_port, const char *c_ip, const char *c_port, const char *protocol)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	unsigned long long lcid = strtoull(cid, NULL, 16);
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+	if(lcid == 0 || lcid > UINT32_MAX)
+		return;
+
+	auth = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct auth_client));
+	auth_client_ref(auth);
+	auth->cid = (uint32_t)lcid;
+
+	if(rb_dictionary_find(auth_clients, RB_UINT_TO_POINTER(auth->cid)) == NULL)
+		rb_dictionary_add(auth_clients, RB_UINT_TO_POINTER(auth->cid), auth);
+	else
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "provider: duplicate client added via start_auth: %s", cid);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	auth->protocol = strtoull(protocol, NULL, 16);
+
+	rb_strlcpy(auth->l_ip, l_ip, sizeof(auth->l_ip));
+	auth->l_port = (uint16_t)atoi(l_port);	/* should be safe */
+	(void) rb_inet_pton_sock(l_ip, &auth->l_addr);
+	SET_SS_PORT(&auth->l_addr, htons(auth->l_port));
+
+	rb_strlcpy(auth->c_ip, c_ip, sizeof(auth->c_ip));
+	auth->c_port = (uint16_t)atoi(c_port);
+	(void) rb_inet_pton_sock(c_ip, &auth->c_addr);
+	SET_SS_PORT(&auth->c_addr, htons(auth->c_port));
+
+	rb_strlcpy(auth->hostname, "*", sizeof(auth->hostname));
+	rb_strlcpy(auth->username, "*", sizeof(auth->username));
+
+	auth->data = rb_malloc(allocated_pids * sizeof(struct auth_client_data));
+
+	auth->providers_starting = true;
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
+	{
+		struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
+
+		auth->data[provider->id].provider = provider;
+
+		lrb_assert(provider->start != NULL);
+
+		/* Execute providers */
+		set_provider_running(auth, provider->id);
+		if(!provider->start(auth))
+			/* Rejected immediately */
+			goto done;
+
+		if(auth->providers_cancelled)
+			break;
+	}
+	auth->providers_starting = false;
+
+	/* If no providers are running, accept the client */
+	if(auth->providers_active == 0)
+		accept_client(auth);
+
+done:
+	auth_client_unref(auth);
+}
+
+/* Callback for the initiation */
+void
+handle_new_connection(int parc, char *parv[])
+{
+	if (parc < 6) {
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "provider: received too few params for new connection (6 expected, got %d)", parc);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	start_auth(parv[1], parv[2], parv[3], parv[4], parv[5], parc > 6 ? parv[6] : "0");
+}
+
+void
+handle_cancel_connection(int parc, char *parv[])
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	unsigned long long lcid;
+
+	if(parc < 2)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "provider: received too few params for new connection (2 expected, got %d)", parc);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	lcid = strtoull(parv[1], NULL, 16);
+	if(lcid == 0 || lcid > UINT32_MAX)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "provider: got a request to cancel a connection that can't exist: %s", parv[1]);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if((auth = rb_dictionary_retrieve(auth_clients, RB_UINT_TO_POINTER((uint32_t)lcid))) == NULL)
+	{
+		/* This could happen as a race if we've accepted/rejected but they cancel, so don't die here.
+		 * --Elizafox */
+		return;
+	}
+
+	auth_client_ref(auth);
+	cancel_providers(auth);
+	auth_client_unref(auth);
+}
+
+static void
+provider_timeout_event(void *notused __unused)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+	const time_t curtime = rb_current_time();
+
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+		auth_client_ref(auth);
+
+		RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
+		{
+			struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
+			const time_t timeout = get_provider_timeout(auth, provider->id);
+
+			if(is_provider_running(auth, provider->id) && provider->timeout != NULL &&
+				timeout > 0 && timeout < curtime)
+			{
+				provider->timeout(auth);
+			}
+		}
+
+		auth_client_unref(auth);
+	}
+}

authd/provider.h

@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/* authd/provider.h - authentication provider framework
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SOLANUM_AUTHD_PROVIDER_H__
+#define __SOLANUM_AUTHD_PROVIDER_H__
+
+#include "stdinc.h"
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "rb_dictionary.h"
+
+#define MAX_PROVIDERS 32	/* This should be enough */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	PROVIDER_STATUS_NOTRUN = 0,
+	PROVIDER_STATUS_RUNNING,
+	PROVIDER_STATUS_DONE,
+} provider_status_t;
+
+struct auth_client_data
+{
+	struct auth_provider *provider;	/* Pointer back */
+	time_t timeout;			/* Provider timeout */
+	void *data;			/* Provider data */
+	provider_status_t status;	/* Provider status */
+};
+
+struct auth_client
+{
+	uint32_t cid;				/* Client ID */
+
+	int protocol;				/* IP protocol (TCP/SCTP) */
+
+	char l_ip[HOSTIPLEN + 1];		/* Listener IP address */
+	uint16_t l_port;			/* Listener port */
+	struct rb_sockaddr_storage l_addr;	/* Listener address/port */
+
+	char c_ip[HOSTIPLEN + 1];		/* Client IP address */
+	uint16_t c_port;			/* Client port */
+	struct rb_sockaddr_storage c_addr;	/* Client address/port */
+
+	char hostname[HOSTLEN + 1];		/* Used for DNS lookup */
+	char username[USERLEN + 1];		/* Used for ident lookup */
+
+	bool providers_starting;		/* Providers are still warming up */
+	bool providers_cancelled;		/* Providers are being cancelled */
+	unsigned int providers_active;		/* Number of active providers */
+	unsigned int refcount;			/* Held references */
+
+	struct auth_client_data *data;		/* Provider-specific data */
+};
+
+typedef bool (*provider_init_t)(void);
+typedef void (*provider_destroy_t)(void);
+
+typedef bool (*provider_start_t)(struct auth_client *);
+typedef void (*provider_cancel_t)(struct auth_client *);
+typedef void (*uint32_timeout_t)(struct auth_client *);
+typedef void (*provider_complete_t)(struct auth_client *, uint32_t);
+
+struct auth_stats_handler
+{
+	const char letter;
+	authd_stat_handler handler;
+};
+
+struct auth_provider
+{
+	rb_dlink_node node;
+
+	uint32_t id;			/* Provider ID */
+
+	const char *name;		/* Name of the provider */
+	char letter;			/* Letter used on reject, etc. */
+
+	provider_init_t init;		/* Initalise the provider */
+	provider_destroy_t destroy;	/* Terminate the provider */
+
+	provider_start_t start;		/* Perform authentication */
+	provider_cancel_t cancel;	/* Authentication cancelled */
+	uint32_timeout_t timeout;	/* Timeout callback */
+	provider_complete_t completed;	/* Callback for when other performers complete (think dependency chains) */
+
+	struct auth_stats_handler stats_handler;
+
+	struct auth_opts_handler *opt_handlers;
+};
+
+extern struct auth_provider rdns_provider;
+extern struct auth_provider ident_provider;
+extern struct auth_provider dnsbl_provider;
+extern struct auth_provider opm_provider;
+
+extern rb_dlink_list auth_providers;
+extern rb_dictionary *auth_clients;
+
+void load_provider(struct auth_provider *provider);
+void unload_provider(struct auth_provider *provider);
+
+void init_providers(void);
+void destroy_providers(void);
+void cancel_providers(struct auth_client *auth);
+
+void provider_done(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id);
+void accept_client(struct auth_client *auth);
+void reject_client(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, const char *data, const char *fmt, ...);
+
+void handle_new_connection(int parc, char *parv[]);
+void handle_cancel_connection(int parc, char *parv[]);
+void auth_client_free(struct auth_client *auth);
+
+static inline void
+auth_client_ref(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	auth->refcount++;
+}
+
+static inline void
+auth_client_unref(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	auth->refcount--;
+	if (auth->refcount == 0)
+		auth_client_free(auth);
+}
+
+/* Get a provider by name */
+static inline struct auth_provider *
+find_provider(const char *name)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, auth_providers.head)
+	{
+		struct auth_provider *provider = ptr->data;
+
+		if(strcasecmp(provider->name, name) == 0)
+			return provider;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Get a provider's id by name */
+static inline bool
+get_provider_id(const char *name, uint32_t *id)
+{
+	struct auth_provider *provider = find_provider(name);
+
+	if(provider != NULL)
+	{
+		*id = provider->id;
+		return true;
+	}
+	else
+		return false;
+}
+
+/* Get a provider's raw status */
+static inline provider_status_t
+get_provider_status(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
+{
+	return auth->data[provider].status;
+}
+
+/* Check if provider is operating on this auth client */
+static inline bool
+is_provider_running(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
+{
+	return get_provider_status(auth, provider) == PROVIDER_STATUS_RUNNING;
+}
+
+/* Check if provider has finished on this client */
+static inline bool
+is_provider_done(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
+{
+	return get_provider_status(auth, provider) == PROVIDER_STATUS_DONE;
+}
+
+/* Check if provider doesn't exist or has finished on this client */
+static inline bool
+run_after_provider(struct auth_client *auth, const char *name)
+{
+	uint32_t id;
+
+	if (get_provider_id(name, &id)) {
+		return get_provider_status(auth, id) == PROVIDER_STATUS_DONE;
+	} else {
+		return true;
+	}
+}
+
+/* Get provider auth client data */
+static inline void *
+get_provider_data(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id)
+{
+	return auth->data[id].data;
+}
+
+/* Set provider auth client data */
+static inline void
+set_provider_data(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, void *data)
+{
+	auth->data[id].data = data;
+}
+
+/* Set timeout relative to current time on provider
+ * When the timeout lapses, the provider's timeout call will execute */
+static inline void
+set_provider_timeout_relative(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, time_t timeout)
+{
+	auth->data[id].timeout = timeout + rb_current_time();
+}
+
+/* Set timeout value in absolute time (Unix timestamp)
+ * When the timeout lapses, the provider's timeout call will execute */
+static inline void
+set_provider_timeout_absolute(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id, time_t timeout)
+{
+	auth->data[id].timeout = timeout;
+}
+
+/* Get the timeout value for the provider */
+static inline time_t
+get_provider_timeout(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t id)
+{
+	return auth->data[id].timeout;
+}
+
+#endif /* __SOLANUM_AUTHD_PROVIDER_H__ */

authd/providers/dnsbl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,608 @@
+/*
+ * Solanum: a slightly advanced ircd
+ * dnsbl.c: Manages DNSBL entries and lookups
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2011 charybdis development team
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
+ * met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* Originally written for charybdis circa 2006 (by nenolod?).
+ * Tweaked for authd. Some functions and structs renamed. Public/private
+ * interfaces have been shifted around. Some code has been cleaned up too.
+ * -- Elizafox 24 March 2016
+ */
+
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "defaults.h"
+#include "provider.h"
+#include "notice.h"
+#include "stdinc.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+
+#define SELF_PID (dnsbl_provider.id)
+
+typedef enum filter_t
+{
+	FILTER_ALL = 1,
+	FILTER_LAST = 2,
+} filter_t;
+
+/* dnsbl accepted IP types */
+#define IPTYPE_IPV4	1
+#define IPTYPE_IPV6	2
+
+/* A configured DNSBL */
+struct dnsbl
+{
+	char host[IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1];
+	char reason[BUFSIZE];		/* Reason template (ircd fills in the blanks) */
+	uint8_t iptype;			/* IP types supported */
+	rb_dlink_list filters;		/* Filters for queries */
+
+	bool delete;			/* If true delete when no clients */
+	int refcount;			/* When 0 and delete is set, remove this dnsbl */
+	unsigned int hits;
+
+	time_t lastwarning;		/* Last warning about garbage replies sent */
+};
+
+/* A lookup in progress for a particular DNSBL for a particular client */
+struct dnsbl_lookup
+{
+	struct dnsbl *bl;		/* dnsbl we're checking */
+	struct auth_client *auth;	/* Client */
+	struct dns_query *query;	/* DNS query pointer */
+
+	rb_dlink_node node;
+};
+
+/* A dnsbl filter */
+struct dnsbl_filter
+{
+	filter_t type;			/* Type of filter */
+	char filter[HOSTIPLEN];		/* The filter itself */
+
+	rb_dlink_node node;
+};
+
+/* dnsbl user data attached to auth_client instance */
+struct dnsbl_user
+{
+	bool started;
+	rb_dlink_list queries;		/* dnsbl queries in flight */
+};
+
+/* public interfaces */
+static void dnsbls_destroy(void);
+
+static bool dnsbls_start(struct auth_client *);
+static inline void dnsbls_generic_cancel(struct auth_client *, const char *);
+static void dnsbls_timeout(struct auth_client *);
+static void dnsbls_cancel(struct auth_client *);
+static void dnsbls_cancel_none(struct auth_client *);
+
+/* private interfaces */
+static void unref_dnsbl(struct dnsbl *);
+static struct dnsbl *new_dnsbl(const char *, const char *, uint8_t, rb_dlink_list *);
+static struct dnsbl *find_dnsbl(const char *);
+static bool dnsbl_check_reply(struct dnsbl_lookup *, const char *);
+static void dnsbl_dns_callback(const char *, bool, query_type, void *);
+static void initiate_dnsbl_dnsquery(struct dnsbl *, struct auth_client *);
+
+/* Variables */
+static rb_dlink_list dnsbl_list = { NULL, NULL, 0 };
+static int dnsbl_timeout = DNSBL_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
+
+/* private interfaces */
+
+static void
+unref_dnsbl(struct dnsbl *bl)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
+
+	bl->refcount--;
+	if (bl->delete && bl->refcount <= 0)
+	{
+		RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, bl->filters.head)
+		{
+			rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &bl->filters);
+			rb_free(ptr);
+		}
+
+		rb_dlinkFindDestroy(bl, &dnsbl_list);
+		rb_free(bl);
+	}
+}
+
+static struct dnsbl *
+new_dnsbl(const char *name, const char *reason, uint8_t iptype, rb_dlink_list *filters)
+{
+	struct dnsbl *bl;
+
+	if (name == NULL || reason == NULL || iptype == 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	if((bl = find_dnsbl(name)) == NULL)
+	{
+		bl = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dnsbl));
+		rb_dlinkAddAlloc(bl, &dnsbl_list);
+	}
+	else
+		bl->delete = false;
+
+	rb_strlcpy(bl->host, name, IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1);
+	rb_strlcpy(bl->reason, reason, BUFSIZE);
+	bl->iptype = iptype;
+
+	rb_dlinkMoveList(filters, &bl->filters);
+
+	bl->lastwarning = 0;
+
+	return bl;
+}
+
+static struct dnsbl *
+find_dnsbl(const char *name)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, dnsbl_list.head)
+	{
+		struct dnsbl *bl = (struct dnsbl *)ptr->data;
+
+		if (!strcasecmp(bl->host, name))
+			return bl;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+dnsbl_check_reply(struct dnsbl_lookup *bllookup, const char *ipaddr)
+{
+	struct dnsbl *bl = bllookup->bl;
+	const char *lastoctet;
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+	/* No filters and entry found - thus positive match */
+	if (!rb_dlink_list_length(&bl->filters))
+		return true;
+
+	/* Below will prolly have to change if IPv6 address replies are sent back */
+	if ((lastoctet = strrchr(ipaddr, '.')) == NULL || *(++lastoctet) == '\0')
+		goto blwarn;
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, bl->filters.head)
+	{
+		struct dnsbl_filter *filter = ptr->data;
+		const char *cmpstr;
+
+		if (filter->type == FILTER_ALL)
+			cmpstr = ipaddr;
+		else if (filter->type == FILTER_LAST)
+			cmpstr = lastoctet;
+		else
+		{
+			warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: Unknown dnsbl filter type (host %s): %d",
+					bl->host, filter->type);
+			exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+		}
+
+		if (strcmp(cmpstr, filter->filter) == 0)
+			/* Match! */
+			return true;
+	}
+
+	return false;
+blwarn:
+	if (bl->lastwarning + 3600 < rb_current_time())
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_WARN, "Garbage/undecipherable reply received from dnsbl %s (reply %s)",
+				bl->host, ipaddr);
+		bl->lastwarning = rb_current_time();
+	}
+
+	return false;
+}
+
+static void
+dnsbl_dns_callback(const char *result, bool status, query_type type, void *data)
+{
+	struct dnsbl_lookup *bllookup = (struct dnsbl_lookup *)data;
+	struct dnsbl_user *bluser;
+	struct dnsbl *bl;
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+
+	lrb_assert(bllookup != NULL);
+	lrb_assert(bllookup->auth != NULL);
+
+	bl = bllookup->bl;
+	auth = bllookup->auth;
+
+	if((bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID)) == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	if (result != NULL && status && dnsbl_check_reply(bllookup, result))
+	{
+		/* Match found, so proceed no further */
+		bl->hits++;
+		reject_client(auth, SELF_PID, bl->host, bl->reason);
+		dnsbls_cancel(auth);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	unref_dnsbl(bl);
+	cancel_query(bllookup->query);	/* Ignore future responses */
+	rb_dlinkDelete(&bllookup->node, &bluser->queries);
+	rb_free(bllookup);
+
+	if(!rb_dlink_list_length(&bluser->queries))
+	{
+		/* Done here */
+		notice_client(auth->cid, "*** No DNSBL entry found for this IP");
+		rb_free(bluser);
+		set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
+		set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
+		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+		auth_client_unref(auth);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+initiate_dnsbl_dnsquery(struct dnsbl *bl, struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct dnsbl_lookup *bllookup = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dnsbl_lookup));
+	struct dnsbl_user *bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+	char buf[IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1];
+	int aftype;
+
+	bllookup->bl = bl;
+	bllookup->auth = auth;
+
+	aftype = GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr);
+	if((aftype == AF_INET && (bl->iptype & IPTYPE_IPV4) == 0) ||
+		(aftype == AF_INET6 && (bl->iptype & IPTYPE_IPV6) == 0))
+		/* Incorrect dnsbl type for this IP... */
+	{
+		rb_free(bllookup);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	build_rdns(buf, sizeof(buf), &auth->c_addr, bl->host);
+	bllookup->query = lookup_ip(buf, AF_INET, dnsbl_dns_callback, bllookup);
+
+	rb_dlinkAdd(bllookup, &bllookup->node, &bluser->queries);
+	bl->refcount++;
+}
+
+static inline bool
+lookup_all_dnsbls(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct dnsbl_user *bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+	int iptype;
+
+	if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr) == AF_INET)
+		iptype = IPTYPE_IPV4;
+	else if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr) == AF_INET6)
+		iptype = IPTYPE_IPV6;
+	else
+		return false;
+
+	bluser->started = true;
+	notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Checking your IP against DNSBLs");
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, dnsbl_list.head)
+	{
+		struct dnsbl *bl = (struct dnsbl *)ptr->data;
+
+		if (!bl->delete && (bl->iptype & iptype))
+			initiate_dnsbl_dnsquery(bl, auth);
+	}
+
+	if(!rb_dlink_list_length(&bluser->queries))
+		/* None checked. */
+		return false;
+
+	set_provider_timeout_relative(auth, SELF_PID, dnsbl_timeout);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static inline void
+delete_dnsbl(struct dnsbl *bl)
+{
+	if (bl->refcount > 0)
+		bl->delete = true;
+	else
+	{
+		rb_dlinkFindDestroy(bl, &dnsbl_list);
+		rb_free(bl);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+delete_all_dnsbls(void)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, dnsbl_list.head)
+	{
+		delete_dnsbl(ptr->data);
+	}
+}
+
+/* public interfaces */
+static bool
+dnsbls_start(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	lrb_assert(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) == NULL);
+
+	if (!rb_dlink_list_length(&dnsbl_list)) {
+		/* Nothing to do... */
+		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	auth_client_ref(auth);
+
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dnsbl_user)));
+
+	if (run_after_provider(auth, "rdns") && run_after_provider(auth, "ident")) {
+		/* Start the lookup if ident and rdns are finished, or not loaded. */
+		if (!lookup_all_dnsbls(auth)) {
+			dnsbls_cancel_none(auth);
+			return true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+/* This is called every time a provider is completed as long as we are marked not done */
+static void
+dnsbls_initiate(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
+{
+	struct dnsbl_user *bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	lrb_assert(provider != SELF_PID);
+	lrb_assert(!is_provider_done(auth, SELF_PID));
+	lrb_assert(rb_dlink_list_length(&dnsbl_list) > 0);
+
+	if (bluser == NULL || bluser->started) {
+		/* Nothing to do */
+		return;
+	} else if (run_after_provider(auth, "rdns") && run_after_provider(auth, "ident")) {
+		/* Start the lookup if ident and rdns are finished, or not loaded. */
+		if (!lookup_all_dnsbls(auth)) {
+			dnsbls_cancel_none(auth);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+static inline void
+dnsbls_generic_cancel(struct auth_client *auth, const char *message)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
+	struct dnsbl_user *bluser = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	if(bluser == NULL)
+		return;
+
+	if(rb_dlink_list_length(&bluser->queries))
+	{
+		notice_client(auth->cid, message);
+
+		RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, bluser->queries.head)
+		{
+			struct dnsbl_lookup *bllookup = ptr->data;
+
+			cancel_query(bllookup->query);
+			unref_dnsbl(bllookup->bl);
+
+			rb_dlinkDelete(&bllookup->node, &bluser->queries);
+			rb_free(bllookup);
+		}
+	}
+
+	rb_free(bluser);
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
+	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
+	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	auth_client_unref(auth);
+}
+
+static void
+dnsbls_timeout(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	dnsbls_generic_cancel(auth, "*** No response from DNSBLs");
+}
+
+static void
+dnsbls_cancel(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	dnsbls_generic_cancel(auth, "*** Aborting DNSBL checks");
+}
+
+static void
+dnsbls_cancel_none(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	dnsbls_generic_cancel(auth, "*** Could not check DNSBLs");
+}
+
+static void
+dnsbls_destroy(void)
+{
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		dnsbls_cancel(auth);
+		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
+	}
+
+	delete_all_dnsbls();
+}
+
+static void
+add_conf_dnsbl(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
+{
+	rb_dlink_list filters = { NULL, NULL, 0 };
+	char *tmp, *elemlist = rb_strdup(parv[2]);
+	uint8_t iptype;
+
+	if(*elemlist == '*')
+		goto end;
+
+	for(char *elem = rb_strtok_r(elemlist, ",", &tmp); elem; elem = rb_strtok_r(NULL, ",", &tmp))
+	{
+		struct dnsbl_filter *filter = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct dnsbl_filter));
+		int dot_c = 0;
+		filter_t type = FILTER_LAST;
+
+		/* Check dnsbl filter type and for validity */
+		for(char *c = elem; *c != '\0'; c++)
+		{
+			if(*c == '.')
+			{
+				if(++dot_c > 3)
+				{
+					warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: addr_conf_dnsbl got a bad filter (too many octets)");
+					exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+				}
+
+				type = FILTER_ALL;
+			}
+			else if(!isdigit(*c))
+			{
+				warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: addr_conf_dnsbl got a bad filter (invalid character in dnsbl filter: %c)",
+						*c);
+				exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+			}
+		}
+
+		if(dot_c > 0 && dot_c < 3)
+		{
+			warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: addr_conf_dnsbl got a bad filter (insufficient octets)");
+			exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+		}
+
+		filter->type = type;
+		rb_strlcpy(filter->filter, elem, sizeof(filter->filter));
+		rb_dlinkAdd(filter, &filter->node, &filters);
+	}
+
+end:
+	rb_free(elemlist);
+
+	iptype = atoi(parv[1]) & 0x3;
+	if(new_dnsbl(parv[0], parv[3], iptype, &filters) == NULL)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: addr_conf_dnsbl got a malformed dnsbl");
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+del_conf_dnsbl(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
+{
+	struct dnsbl *bl = find_dnsbl(parv[0]);
+	if(bl == NULL)
+	{
+		/* Not fatal for now... */
+		warn_opers(L_WARN, "dnsbl: tried to remove nonexistent dnsbl %s", parv[0]);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	delete_dnsbl(bl);
+}
+
+static void
+del_conf_dnsbl_all(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
+{
+	delete_all_dnsbls();
+}
+
+static void
+add_conf_dnsbl_timeout(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
+{
+	int timeout = atoi(parv[0]);
+
+	if(timeout < 0)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "dnsbl: dnsbl timeout < 0 (value: %d)", timeout);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	dnsbl_timeout = timeout;
+}
+
+#if 0
+static void
+dnsbl_stats(uint32_t rid, char letter)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, dnsbl_list.head)
+	{
+		struct dnsbl *bl = ptr->data;
+
+		if(bl->delete)
+			continue;
+
+		stats_result(rid, letter, "%s %hhu %u", bl->host, bl->iptype, bl->hits);
+	}
+
+	stats_done(rid, letter);
+}
+#endif
+
+struct auth_opts_handler dnsbl_options[] =
+{
+	{ "rbl", 4, add_conf_dnsbl },
+	{ "rbl_del", 1, del_conf_dnsbl },
+	{ "rbl_del_all", 0, del_conf_dnsbl_all },
+	{ "rbl_timeout", 1, add_conf_dnsbl_timeout },
+	{ NULL, 0, NULL },
+};
+
+struct auth_provider dnsbl_provider =
+{
+	.name = "dnsbl",
+	.letter = 'B',
+	.destroy = dnsbls_destroy,
+	.start = dnsbls_start,
+	.cancel = dnsbls_cancel,
+	.timeout = dnsbls_timeout,
+	.completed = dnsbls_initiate,
+	.opt_handlers = dnsbl_options,
+	/* .stats_handler = { 'B', dnsbl_stats }, */
+};

authd/providers/ident.c

@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/* authd/providers/ident.c - ident lookup provider for authd
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+/* Largely adapted from old s_auth.c, but reworked for authd. rDNS code
+ * moved to its own provider.
+ *
+ * --Elizafox 13 March 2016
+ */
+
+#include "stdinc.h"
+#include "defaults.h"
+#include "match.h"
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "notice.h"
+#include "provider.h"
+#include "res.h"
+
+#define SELF_PID (ident_provider.id)
+
+#define IDENT_BUFSIZE 128
+
+struct ident_query
+{
+	rb_fde_t *F;				/* Our FD */
+};
+
+/* Goinked from old s_auth.c --Elizafox */
+static const char *messages[] =
+{
+	"*** Checking Ident",
+	"*** Got Ident response",
+	"*** No Ident response",
+	"*** Cannot verify ident validity, ignoring ident",
+	"*** Ident disabled, not checking ident",
+};
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	REPORT_LOOKUP,
+	REPORT_FOUND,
+	REPORT_FAIL,
+	REPORT_INVALID,
+	REPORT_DISABLED,
+} ident_message;
+
+static CNCB ident_connected;
+static PF read_ident_reply;
+
+static void client_fail(struct auth_client *auth, ident_message message);
+static void client_success(struct auth_client *auth);
+static char * get_valid_ident(char *buf);
+
+static int ident_timeout = IDENT_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
+static bool ident_enable = true;
+
+
+/*
+ * ident_connected() - deal with the result of rb_connect_tcp()
+ *
+ * If the connection failed, we simply close the auth fd and report
+ * a failure. If the connection suceeded send the ident server a query
+ * giving "theirport , ourport". The write is only attempted *once* so
+ * it is deemed to be a fail if the entire write doesn't write all the
+ * data given.  This shouldnt be a problem since the socket should have
+ * a write buffer far greater than this message to store it in should
+ * problems arise. -avalon
+ */
+static void
+ident_connected(rb_fde_t *F __unused, int error, void *data)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth = data;
+	struct ident_query *query;
+	char authbuf[32];
+	int authlen;
+
+	lrb_assert(auth != NULL);
+	query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
+
+	/* Check the error */
+	if(error != RB_OK)
+	{
+		/* We had an error during connection :( */
+		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	snprintf(authbuf, sizeof(authbuf), "%u , %u\r\n",
+			auth->c_port, auth->l_port);
+	authlen = strlen(authbuf);
+
+	if(rb_write(query->F, authbuf, authlen) != authlen)
+	{
+		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	read_ident_reply(query->F, auth);
+}
+
+static void
+read_ident_reply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth = data;
+	char buf[IDENT_BUFSIZE + 1] = { 0 }; /* buffer to read auth reply into */
+	ident_message message = REPORT_FAIL;
+	char *s = NULL;
+	char *t = NULL;
+	ssize_t len;
+	int count;
+
+	len = rb_read(F, buf, IDENT_BUFSIZE);
+	if(len < 0 && rb_ignore_errno(errno))
+	{
+		rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_ident_reply, auth);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if(len > 0)
+	{
+		if((s = get_valid_ident(buf)) != NULL)
+		{
+			t = auth->username;
+
+			while (*s == '~' || *s == '^')
+				s++;
+
+			for (count = USERLEN; *s && count; s++)
+			{
+				if(*s == '@' || *s == '\r' || *s == '\n')
+					break;
+
+				if(*s != ' ' && *s != ':' && *s != '[')
+				{
+					*t++ = *s;
+					count--;
+				}
+			}
+			*t = '\0';
+		}
+		else
+			message = REPORT_INVALID;
+	}
+
+	if (*auth->username == '\0')
+	{
+		auth->username[0] = '*';
+		auth->username[1] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	if(s == NULL)
+		client_fail(auth, message);
+	else
+		client_success(auth);
+}
+
+static void
+client_fail(struct auth_client *auth, ident_message report)
+{
+	struct ident_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
+
+	rb_strlcpy(auth->username, "*", sizeof(auth->username));
+
+	if(query->F != NULL)
+		rb_close(query->F);
+
+	rb_free(query);
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
+	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
+
+	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[report]);
+	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	auth_client_unref(auth);
+}
+
+static void
+client_success(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct ident_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
+
+	if(query->F != NULL)
+		rb_close(query->F);
+
+	rb_free(query);
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
+	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
+
+	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[REPORT_FOUND]);
+	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	auth_client_unref(auth);
+}
+
+/* get_valid_ident
+ * parse ident query reply from identd server
+ *
+ * Taken from old s_auth.c --Elizafox
+ *
+ * Inputs	- pointer to ident buf
+ * Outputs	- NULL if no valid ident found, otherwise pointer to name
+ * Side effects - None
+ */
+static char *
+get_valid_ident(char *buf)
+{
+	int remp = 0;
+	int locp = 0;
+	char *colon1Ptr;
+	char *colon2Ptr;
+	char *colon3Ptr;
+	char *commaPtr;
+	char *remotePortString;
+
+	/* All this to get rid of a sscanf() fun. */
+	remotePortString = buf;
+
+	colon1Ptr = strchr(remotePortString, ':');
+	if(!colon1Ptr)
+		return NULL;
+
+	*colon1Ptr = '\0';
+	colon1Ptr++;
+	colon2Ptr = strchr(colon1Ptr, ':');
+	if(!colon2Ptr)
+		return NULL;
+
+	*colon2Ptr = '\0';
+	colon2Ptr++;
+	commaPtr = strchr(remotePortString, ',');
+
+	if(!commaPtr)
+		return NULL;
+
+	*commaPtr = '\0';
+	commaPtr++;
+
+	remp = atoi(remotePortString);
+	if(!remp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	locp = atoi(commaPtr);
+	if(!locp)
+		return NULL;
+
+	/* look for USERID bordered by first pair of colons */
+	if(!strstr(colon1Ptr, "USERID"))
+		return NULL;
+
+	colon3Ptr = strchr(colon2Ptr, ':');
+	if(!colon3Ptr)
+		return NULL;
+
+	*colon3Ptr = '\0';
+	colon3Ptr++;
+	return (colon3Ptr);
+}
+
+static void
+ident_destroy(void)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+
+	/* Nuke all ident queries */
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		if(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) != NULL)
+			client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
+		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
+	}
+}
+
+static bool
+ident_start(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct ident_query *query = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct ident_query));
+	struct rb_sockaddr_storage l_addr, c_addr;
+	int family = GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr);
+
+	lrb_assert(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) == NULL);
+
+	if(!ident_enable)
+	{
+		rb_free(query);
+		notice_client(auth->cid, messages[REPORT_DISABLED]);
+		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	auth_client_ref(auth);
+
+	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[REPORT_LOOKUP]);
+
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, query);
+	set_provider_timeout_relative(auth, SELF_PID, ident_timeout);
+
+	if((query->F = rb_socket(family, SOCK_STREAM, auth->protocol, "ident")) == NULL)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_WARN, "Could not create ident socket: %s", strerror(errno));
+		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
+		return true;	/* Not a fatal error */
+	}
+
+	/* Build sockaddr_storages for rb_connect_tcp below */
+	l_addr = auth->l_addr;
+	c_addr = auth->c_addr;
+
+	SET_SS_PORT(&l_addr, 0);
+	SET_SS_PORT(&c_addr, htons(113));
+
+	rb_connect_tcp(query->F, (struct sockaddr *)&c_addr,
+			(struct sockaddr *)&l_addr,
+			ident_connected,
+			auth, ident_timeout);
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+ident_cancel(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct ident_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	if(query != NULL)
+		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
+}
+
+static void
+add_conf_ident_timeout(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
+{
+	int timeout = atoi(parv[0]);
+
+	if(timeout < 0)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "Ident: ident timeout < 0 (value: %d)", timeout);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	ident_timeout = timeout;
+}
+
+static void
+set_ident_enabled(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
+{
+	ident_enable = (*parv[0] == '1');
+}
+
+struct auth_opts_handler ident_options[] =
+{
+	{ "ident_timeout", 1, add_conf_ident_timeout },
+	{ "ident_enabled", 1, set_ident_enabled },
+	{ NULL, 0, NULL },
+};
+
+
+struct auth_provider ident_provider =
+{
+	.name = "ident",
+	.letter = 'I',
+	.start = ident_start,
+	.destroy = ident_destroy,
+	.cancel = ident_cancel,
+	.timeout = ident_cancel,
+	.opt_handlers = ident_options,
+};

authd/providers/opm.c

@@ -0,0 +1,921 @@
+/* authd/providers/opm.c - small open proxy monitor
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "stdinc.h"
+#include "rb_lib.h"
+#include "defaults.h"
+#include "setup.h"
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "notice.h"
+#include "provider.h"
+
+#include <netinet/tcp.h> // TCP_NODELAY
+
+#define SELF_PID (opm_provider.id)
+
+#define OPM_READSIZE 128
+
+typedef enum protocol_t
+{
+	PROTO_NONE,
+	PROTO_SOCKS4,
+	PROTO_SOCKS5,
+	PROTO_HTTP_CONNECT,
+	PROTO_HTTPS_CONNECT,
+} protocol_t;
+
+/* Lookup data associated with auth client */
+struct opm_lookup
+{
+	rb_dlink_list scans;	/* List of scans */
+	bool in_progress;
+};
+
+struct opm_scan;
+typedef void (*opm_callback_t)(struct opm_scan *);
+
+/* A proxy scanner */
+struct opm_proxy
+{
+	char note[16];
+	protocol_t proto;
+	uint16_t port;
+	bool ssl;		/* Connect to proxy with SSL */
+	bool ipv6;		/* Proxy supports IPv6 */
+
+	opm_callback_t callback;
+
+	rb_dlink_node node;
+};
+
+/* A listener for proxy replies */
+struct opm_listener
+{
+	char ip[HOSTIPLEN];
+	uint16_t port;
+	struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr;
+	rb_fde_t *F;
+};
+
+/* An individual proxy scan */
+struct opm_scan
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	rb_fde_t *F;			/* fd for scan */
+
+	struct opm_proxy *proxy;	/* Associated proxy */
+	struct opm_listener *listener;	/* Associated listener */
+
+	rb_dlink_node node;
+};
+
+/* Proxies that we scan for */
+static rb_dlink_list proxy_scanners;
+
+static ACCB accept_opm;
+static PF read_opm_reply;
+
+static CNCB opm_connected;
+
+static void opm_cancel(struct auth_client *auth);
+static bool create_listener(const char *ip, uint16_t port);
+
+static int opm_timeout = OPM_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
+static bool opm_enable = false;
+
+enum
+{
+	LISTEN_IPV4,
+	LISTEN_IPV6,
+	LISTEN_LAST,
+};
+
+/* IPv4 and IPv6 */
+static struct opm_listener listeners[LISTEN_LAST];
+
+static inline protocol_t
+get_protocol_from_string(const char *str)
+{
+	if(strcasecmp(str, "socks4") == 0)
+		return PROTO_SOCKS4;
+	else if(strcasecmp(str, "socks5") == 0)
+		return PROTO_SOCKS5;
+	else if(strcasecmp(str, "httpconnect") == 0)
+		return PROTO_HTTP_CONNECT;
+	else if(strcasecmp(str, "httpsconnect") == 0)
+		return PROTO_HTTPS_CONNECT;
+	else
+		return PROTO_NONE;
+}
+
+static inline struct opm_proxy *
+find_proxy_scanner(protocol_t proto, uint16_t port)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, proxy_scanners.head)
+	{
+		struct opm_proxy *proxy = ptr->data;
+
+		if(proxy->proto == proto && proxy->port == port)
+			return proxy;
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+/* This is called when an open proxy connects to us */
+static void
+read_opm_reply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+	struct auth_client *auth = data;
+	struct opm_lookup *lookup;
+	char readbuf[OPM_READSIZE];
+	ssize_t len;
+
+	lrb_assert(auth != NULL);
+	lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+	lrb_assert(lookup != NULL);
+
+	if((len = rb_read(F, readbuf, sizeof(readbuf))) < 0 && rb_ignore_errno(errno))
+	{
+		rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_opm_reply, auth);
+		return;
+	}
+	else if(len <= 0)
+	{
+		/* Dead */
+		rb_close(F);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, proxy_scanners.head)
+	{
+		struct opm_proxy *proxy = ptr->data;
+
+		if(strncmp(proxy->note, readbuf, strlen(proxy->note)) == 0)
+		{
+			rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
+
+			/* Cancel outstanding lookups */
+			RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, lookup->scans.head)
+			{
+				struct opm_scan *scan = ptr->data;
+
+				rb_close(scan->F);
+				rb_free(scan);
+			}
+
+			/* No longer needed, client is going away */
+			rb_free(lookup);
+
+			reject_client(auth, SELF_PID, readbuf, "Open proxy detected");
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	rb_close(F);
+}
+
+static void
+accept_opm(rb_fde_t *F, int status, struct sockaddr *addr, rb_socklen_t len, void *data)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth = NULL;
+	struct opm_listener *listener = data;
+	struct rb_sockaddr_storage localaddr;
+	unsigned int llen = sizeof(struct rb_sockaddr_storage);
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+
+	if(status != 0 || listener == NULL)
+	{
+		rb_close(F);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if(getsockname(rb_get_fd(F), (struct sockaddr *)&localaddr, &llen))
+	{
+		/* This can happen if the client goes away after accept */
+		rb_close(F);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Correlate connection with client(s) */
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr) != GET_SS_FAMILY(&localaddr))
+			continue;
+
+		/* Compare the addresses */
+		switch(GET_SS_FAMILY(&localaddr))
+		{
+		case AF_INET:
+			{
+				struct sockaddr_in *s = (struct sockaddr_in *)&localaddr, *c = (struct sockaddr_in *)&auth->c_addr;
+
+				if(s->sin_addr.s_addr == c->sin_addr.s_addr)
+				{
+					/* Match... check if it's real */
+					rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_opm_reply, auth);
+					return;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		case AF_INET6:
+			{
+				struct sockaddr_in6 *s = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&localaddr, *c = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&auth->c_addr;
+
+				if(IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&s->sin6_addr, &c->sin6_addr))
+				{
+					rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, read_opm_reply, auth);
+					return;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		default:
+			warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: unknown address type in listen function");
+			exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* We don't care about the socket if we get here */
+	rb_close(F);
+}
+
+/* Scanners */
+
+static void
+opm_connected(rb_fde_t *F, int error, void *data)
+{
+	struct opm_scan *scan = data;
+	struct opm_proxy *proxy = scan->proxy;
+	struct auth_client *auth = scan->auth;
+	struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	if(error || !opm_enable)
+	{
+		//notice_client(scan->auth->cid, "*** Scan not connected: %s", proxy->note);
+		goto end;
+	}
+
+	switch(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr))
+	{
+	case AF_INET:
+		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F == NULL)
+			/* They cannot respond to us */
+			goto end;
+
+		break;
+	case AF_INET6:
+		if(!proxy->ipv6)
+			/* Welp, too bad */
+			goto end;
+
+		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F == NULL)
+			/* They cannot respond to us */
+			goto end;
+
+		break;
+	default:
+		goto end;
+	}
+
+	proxy->callback(scan);
+
+end:
+	rb_close(scan->F);
+	rb_dlinkDelete(&scan->node, &lookup->scans);
+	rb_free(scan);
+}
+
+static void
+socks4_connected(struct opm_scan *scan)
+{
+	uint8_t sendbuf[9]; /* Size we're building */
+	uint8_t *c = sendbuf;
+
+	memcpy(c, "\x04\x01", 2); c += 2; /* Socks version 4, connect command */
+	memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin_port), 2); c += 2; /* Port */
+	memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin_addr.s_addr), 4); c += 4; /* Address */
+	*c = '\x00'; /* No userid */
+
+	/* Send header */
+	if(rb_write(scan->F, sendbuf, sizeof(sendbuf)) < 0)
+		return;
+
+	/* Send note */
+	if(rb_write(scan->F, scan->proxy->note, strlen(scan->proxy->note) + 1) < 0)
+		return;
+}
+
+static void
+socks5_connected(struct opm_scan *scan)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth = scan->auth;
+	uint8_t sendbuf[25]; /* Size we're building */
+	uint8_t *c = sendbuf;
+
+	/* Build the version header and socks request
+	 * version header (3 bytes): version, number of auth methods, auth type (0 for none)
+	 * connect req (3 bytes): version, command (1 = connect), reserved (0)
+	 */
+	memcpy(c, "\x05\x01\x00\x05\x01\x00", 6); c += 6;
+
+	switch(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr))
+	{
+	case AF_INET:
+		*(c++) = '\x01'; /* Address type (1 = IPv4) */
+		memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin_addr.s_addr), 4); c += 4; /* Address */
+		memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin_port), 2); c += 2; /* Port */
+		break;
+	case AF_INET6:
+		*(c++) = '\x04'; /* Address type (4 = IPv6) */
+		memcpy(c, ((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin6_addr.s6_addr, 16); c += 16; /* Address */
+		memcpy(c, &(((struct sockaddr_in6 *)&scan->listener->addr)->sin6_port), 2); c += 2; /* Port */
+		break;
+	default:
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Send header */
+	if(rb_write(scan->F, sendbuf, (size_t)(sendbuf - c)) <= 0)
+		return;
+
+	/* Now the note in a separate write */
+	if(rb_write(scan->F, scan->proxy->note, strlen(scan->proxy->note) + 1) <= 0)
+		return;
+}
+
+static void
+http_connect_connected(struct opm_scan *scan)
+{
+	char sendbuf[128]; /* A bit bigger than we need but better safe than sorry */
+
+	/* Simple enough to build */
+	snprintf(sendbuf, sizeof(sendbuf), "CONNECT %s:%hu HTTP/1.0\r\n\r\n", scan->listener->ip, scan->listener->port);
+
+	/* Send request */
+	if(rb_write(scan->F, sendbuf, strlen(sendbuf)) <= 0)
+		return;
+
+	/* Now the note in a separate write */
+	if(rb_write(scan->F, scan->proxy->note, strlen(scan->proxy->note) + 1) <= 0)
+		return;
+
+	/* MiroTik needs this, and as a separate write */
+	if(rb_write(scan->F, "\r\n", 2) <= 0)
+		return;
+}
+
+/* Establish connections */
+static inline void
+establish_connection(struct auth_client *auth, struct opm_proxy *proxy)
+{
+	struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+	struct opm_scan *scan = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct opm_scan));
+	struct opm_listener *listener;
+	struct rb_sockaddr_storage c_a, l_a;
+	int opt = 1;
+
+	lrb_assert(lookup != NULL);
+
+	if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr) == AF_INET6)
+	{
+		if(proxy->proto == PROTO_SOCKS4)
+		{
+			/* SOCKS4 doesn't support IPv6 */
+			rb_free(scan);
+			return;
+		}
+		listener = &listeners[LISTEN_IPV6];
+	}
+	else
+		listener = &listeners[LISTEN_IPV4];
+
+	if(listener->F == NULL)
+	{
+		/* We can't respond */
+		rb_free(scan);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	c_a = auth->c_addr;	/* Client */
+	l_a = listener->addr;	/* Listener (connect using its IP) */
+
+	scan->auth = auth;
+	scan->proxy = proxy;
+	scan->listener = listener;
+	if((scan->F = rb_socket(GET_SS_FAMILY(&auth->c_addr), SOCK_STREAM, 0, proxy->note)) == NULL)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_WARN, "OPM: could not create OPM socket (proto %s): %s", proxy->note, strerror(errno));
+		rb_free(scan);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/* Disable Nagle's algorithim - buffering could affect scans */
+	(void)setsockopt(rb_get_fd(scan->F), IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, (char *)&opt, sizeof(opt));
+
+	SET_SS_PORT(&l_a, 0);
+	SET_SS_PORT(&c_a, htons(proxy->port));
+
+	rb_dlinkAdd(scan, &scan->node, &lookup->scans);
+
+	if(!proxy->ssl)
+		rb_connect_tcp(scan->F,
+				(struct sockaddr *)&c_a,
+				(struct sockaddr *)&l_a,
+				opm_connected, scan, opm_timeout);
+	else
+		rb_connect_tcp_ssl(scan->F,
+				(struct sockaddr *)&c_a,
+				(struct sockaddr *)&l_a,
+				opm_connected, scan, opm_timeout);
+}
+
+static bool
+create_listener(const char *ip, uint16_t port)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	struct opm_listener *listener;
+	struct rb_sockaddr_storage addr;
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+	rb_fde_t *F;
+	int opt = 1;
+
+	if(!rb_inet_pton_sock(ip, &addr))
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a bad listener: %s:%hu", ip, port);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	SET_SS_PORT(&addr, htons(port));
+
+	if(GET_SS_FAMILY(&addr) == AF_INET6)
+	{
+		struct sockaddr_in6 *a1, *a2;
+
+		listener = &listeners[LISTEN_IPV6];
+
+		a1 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&addr;
+		a2 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&listener->addr;
+
+		if(IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&a1->sin6_addr, &a2->sin6_addr) &&
+			GET_SS_PORT(&addr) == GET_SS_PORT(&listener->addr) &&
+			listener->F != NULL)
+		{
+			/* Listener already exists */
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		struct sockaddr_in *a1, *a2;
+
+		listener = &listeners[LISTEN_IPV4];
+
+		a1 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&addr;
+		a2 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&listener->addr;
+
+		if(a1->sin_addr.s_addr == a2->sin_addr.s_addr &&
+			GET_SS_PORT(&addr) == GET_SS_PORT(&listener->addr) &&
+			listener->F != NULL)
+		{
+			/* Listener already exists */
+			return false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if((F = rb_socket(GET_SS_FAMILY(&addr), SOCK_STREAM, 0, "OPM listener socket")) == NULL)
+	{
+		/* This shouldn't fail, or we have big problems... */
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: cannot create socket: %s", strerror(errno));
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if(setsockopt(rb_get_fd(F), SOL_SOCKET, SO_REUSEADDR, (char *)&opt, sizeof(opt)))
+	{
+		/* This shouldn't fail either... */
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: cannot set options on socket: %s", strerror(errno));
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if(bind(rb_get_fd(F), (struct sockaddr *)&addr, GET_SS_LEN(&addr)))
+	{
+		/* Shit happens, let's not cripple authd over /this/ since it could be user error */
+		warn_opers(L_WARN, "OPM: cannot bind on socket: %s", strerror(errno));
+		rb_close(F);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	if(rb_listen(F, SOMAXCONN, false)) /* deferred accept could interfere with detection */
+	{
+		/* Again, could be user error */
+		warn_opers(L_WARN, "OPM: cannot listen on socket: %s", strerror(errno));
+		rb_close(F);
+		return false;
+	}
+
+	/* From this point forward we assume we have a listener */
+
+	if(listener->F != NULL)
+		/* Close old listener */
+		rb_close(listener->F);
+
+	listener->F = F;
+
+	/* Cancel clients that may be on old listener
+	 * XXX - should rescan clients that need it
+	 */
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		opm_cancel(auth);
+		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
+	}
+
+	/* Copy data */
+	rb_strlcpy(listener->ip, ip, sizeof(listener->ip));
+	listener->port = port;
+	listener->addr = addr;
+
+	opm_enable = true; /* Implicitly set this to true for now if we have a listener */
+	rb_accept_tcp(listener->F, NULL, accept_opm, listener);
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+opm_scan(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+	struct opm_lookup *lookup;
+
+	lrb_assert(auth != NULL);
+
+	lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+	set_provider_timeout_relative(auth, SELF_PID, opm_timeout);
+
+	lookup->in_progress = true;
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, proxy_scanners.head)
+	{
+		struct opm_proxy *proxy = ptr->data;
+		//notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Scanning for proxy type %s", proxy->note);
+		establish_connection(auth, proxy);
+	}
+
+	notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Scanning for open proxies...");
+}
+
+/* This is called every time a provider is completed as long as we are marked not done */
+static void
+opm_initiate(struct auth_client *auth, uint32_t provider)
+{
+	struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	lrb_assert(provider != SELF_PID);
+	lrb_assert(!is_provider_done(auth, SELF_PID));
+	lrb_assert(rb_dlink_list_length(&proxy_scanners) > 0);
+
+	if (lookup == NULL || lookup->in_progress) {
+		/* Nothing to do */
+		return;
+	} else if (run_after_provider(auth, "rdns") && run_after_provider(auth,"ident")) {
+		/* Start scanning if ident and rdns are finished, or not loaded. */
+		opm_scan(auth);
+	}
+}
+
+static bool
+opm_start(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	lrb_assert(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) == NULL);
+
+	if (!opm_enable || rb_dlink_list_length(&proxy_scanners) == 0) {
+		/* Nothing to do... */
+		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+		return true;
+	}
+
+	auth_client_ref(auth);
+
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, rb_malloc(sizeof(struct opm_lookup)));
+
+	if (run_after_provider(auth, "rdns") && run_after_provider(auth, "ident")) {
+		/* Start scanning if ident and rdns are finished, or not loaded. */
+		opm_scan(auth);
+	}
+
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+opm_cancel(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	if(lookup != NULL)
+	{
+		rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
+
+		notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Did not detect open proxies");
+
+		RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, lookup->scans.head)
+		{
+			struct opm_scan *scan = ptr->data;
+
+			rb_close(scan->F);
+			rb_free(scan);
+		}
+
+		rb_free(lookup);
+
+		set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
+		set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
+		provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+		auth_client_unref(auth);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+opm_destroy(void)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+
+	/* Nuke all opm lookups */
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		opm_cancel(auth);
+		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
+	}
+}
+
+
+static void
+add_conf_opm_timeout(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
+{
+	int timeout = atoi(parv[0]);
+
+	if(timeout < 0)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "opm: opm timeout < 0 (value: %d)", timeout);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	opm_timeout = timeout;
+}
+
+static void
+set_opm_enabled(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
+{
+	bool enable = (*parv[0] == '1');
+
+	if(!enable)
+	{
+		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F != NULL || listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F != NULL)
+		{
+			struct auth_client *auth;
+			rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+
+			/* Close the listening socket */
+			if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F != NULL)
+				rb_close(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F);
+
+			if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F != NULL)
+				rb_close(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F);
+
+			listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F = listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F = NULL;
+
+			RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+			{
+				opm_cancel(auth);
+				/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].ip[0] != '\0' && listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].port != 0)
+		{
+			if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F == NULL)
+				/* Pre-configured IP/port, just re-establish */
+				create_listener(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].ip, listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].port);
+		}
+
+		if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].ip[0] != '\0' && listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].port != 0)
+		{
+			if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F == NULL)
+				/* Pre-configured IP/port, just re-establish */
+				create_listener(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].ip, listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].port);
+		}
+	}
+
+	opm_enable = enable;
+}
+
+static void
+set_opm_listener(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
+{
+	const char *ip = parv[0];
+	int iport = atoi(parv[1]);
+
+	if(iport > 65535 || iport <= 0)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a bad listener: %s:%s", parv[0], parv[1]);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	create_listener(ip, (uint16_t)iport);
+}
+
+static void
+create_opm_scanner(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
+{
+	int iport = atoi(parv[1]);
+	struct opm_proxy *proxy = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct opm_proxy));
+
+	if(iport <= 0 || iport > 65535)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a bad scanner: %s (port %s)", parv[0], parv[1]);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	proxy->port = (uint16_t)iport;
+
+	switch((proxy->proto = get_protocol_from_string(parv[0])))
+	{
+	case PROTO_SOCKS4:
+		snprintf(proxy->note, sizeof(proxy->note), "socks4:%hu", proxy->port);
+		proxy->ssl = false;
+		proxy->callback = socks4_connected;
+		break;
+	case PROTO_SOCKS5:
+		snprintf(proxy->note, sizeof(proxy->note), "socks5:%hu", proxy->port);
+		proxy->ssl = false;
+		proxy->callback = socks5_connected;
+		break;
+	case PROTO_HTTP_CONNECT:
+		snprintf(proxy->note, sizeof(proxy->note), "httpconnect:%hu", proxy->port);
+		proxy->ssl = false;
+		proxy->callback = http_connect_connected;
+		break;
+	case PROTO_HTTPS_CONNECT:
+		snprintf(proxy->note, sizeof(proxy->note), "httpsconnect:%hu", proxy->port);
+		proxy->callback = http_connect_connected;
+		proxy->ssl = true;
+		break;
+	default:
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got an unknown proxy type: %s (port %hu)", parv[0], proxy->port);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if(find_proxy_scanner(proxy->proto, proxy->port) != NULL)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a duplicate scanner: %s (port %hu)", parv[0], proxy->port);
+		rb_free(proxy);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	rb_dlinkAdd(proxy, &proxy->node, &proxy_scanners);
+}
+
+static void
+delete_opm_scanner(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	struct opm_proxy *proxy;
+	protocol_t proto = get_protocol_from_string(parv[0]);
+	int iport = atoi(parv[1]);
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+
+	if(iport <= 0 || iport > 65535)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got a bad scanner to delete: %s (port %s)", parv[0], parv[1]);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if(proto == PROTO_NONE)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: got an unknown proxy type to delete: %s (port %d)", parv[0], iport);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	if((proxy = find_proxy_scanner(proto, (uint16_t)iport)) == NULL)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "OPM: cannot find proxy to delete: %s (port %d)", parv[0], iport);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	/* Abort remaining clients on this scanner */
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		rb_dlink_node *ptr;
+		struct opm_lookup *lookup = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+		if(lookup == NULL)
+			continue;
+
+		auth_client_ref(auth);
+
+		RB_DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, lookup->scans.head)
+		{
+			struct opm_scan *scan = ptr->data;
+
+			if(scan->proxy->port == proxy->port && scan->proxy->proto == proxy->proto)
+			{
+				/* Match */
+				rb_dlinkDelete(&scan->node, &lookup->scans);
+				rb_free(scan);
+
+				if(rb_dlink_list_length(&lookup->scans) == 0)
+					opm_cancel(auth);
+
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		auth_client_unref(auth);
+	}
+
+	rb_dlinkDelete(&proxy->node, &proxy_scanners);
+	rb_free(proxy);
+
+	if(rb_dlink_list_length(&proxy_scanners) == 0)
+		opm_enable = false;
+}
+
+static void
+delete_opm_scanner_all(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv __unused)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	rb_dlink_node *ptr, *nptr;
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+
+	RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, nptr, proxy_scanners.head)
+	{
+		rb_free(ptr->data);
+		rb_dlinkDelete(ptr, &proxy_scanners);
+	}
+
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		opm_cancel(auth);
+		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
+	}
+
+	opm_enable = false;
+}
+
+static void
+delete_opm_listener_all(const char *key __unused, int parc __unused, const char **parv __unused)
+{
+	if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F != NULL)
+		rb_close(listeners[LISTEN_IPV4].F);
+
+	if(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F != NULL)
+		rb_close(listeners[LISTEN_IPV6].F);
+
+	memset(&listeners, 0, sizeof(listeners));
+}
+
+
+struct auth_opts_handler opm_options[] =
+{
+	{ "opm_timeout", 1, add_conf_opm_timeout },
+	{ "opm_enabled", 1, set_opm_enabled },
+	{ "opm_listener", 2, set_opm_listener },
+	{ "opm_listener_del_all", 0, delete_opm_listener_all },
+	{ "opm_scanner", 2, create_opm_scanner },
+	{ "opm_scanner_del", 2, delete_opm_scanner },
+	{ "opm_scanner_del_all", 0, delete_opm_scanner_all },
+	{ NULL, 0, NULL },
+};
+
+struct auth_provider opm_provider =
+{
+	.name = "opm",
+	.letter = 'O',
+	.destroy = opm_destroy,
+	.start = opm_start,
+	.cancel = opm_cancel,
+	.timeout = opm_cancel,
+	.completed = opm_initiate,
+	.opt_handlers = opm_options,
+};

authd/providers/rdns.c

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/* authd/providers/rdns.c - rDNS lookup provider for authd
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth@interlinked.me>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice is present in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "stdinc.h"
+#include "rb_commio.h"
+#include "authd.h"
+#include "provider.h"
+#include "notice.h"
+#include "res.h"
+#include "dns.h"
+
+#define SELF_PID (rdns_provider.id)
+
+struct user_query
+{
+	struct dns_query *query;		/* Pending DNS query */
+};
+
+/* Goinked from old s_auth.c --Elizabeth */
+static const char *messages[] =
+{
+	"*** Looking up your hostname...",
+	"*** Couldn't look up your hostname",
+	"*** Your hostname is too long, ignoring hostname",
+};
+
+typedef enum
+{
+	REPORT_LOOKUP,
+	REPORT_FAIL,
+	REPORT_TOOLONG,
+} dns_message;
+
+static void client_fail(struct auth_client *auth, dns_message message);
+static void client_success(struct auth_client *auth);
+static void dns_answer_callback(const char *res, bool status, query_type type, void *data);
+
+static int rdns_timeout = RDNS_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
+
+static void
+dns_answer_callback(const char *res, bool status, query_type type, void *data)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth = data;
+
+	if(res == NULL || status == false)
+		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
+	else if(strlen(res) > HOSTLEN)
+		client_fail(auth, REPORT_TOOLONG);
+	else
+	{
+		rb_strlcpy(auth->hostname, res, HOSTLEN + 1);
+		client_success(auth);
+	}
+}
+
+static void
+client_fail(struct auth_client *auth, dns_message report)
+{
+	struct user_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
+
+	rb_strlcpy(auth->hostname, "*", sizeof(auth->hostname));
+
+	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[report]);
+	cancel_query(query->query);
+
+	rb_free(query);
+
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
+	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
+	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	auth_client_unref(auth);
+}
+
+static void
+client_success(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct user_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	lrb_assert(query != NULL);
+
+	notice_client(auth->cid, "*** Found your hostname: %s", auth->hostname);
+	cancel_query(query->query);
+
+	rb_free(query);
+
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, NULL);
+	set_provider_timeout_absolute(auth, SELF_PID, 0);
+	provider_done(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	auth_client_unref(auth);
+}
+
+static void
+rdns_destroy(void)
+{
+	struct auth_client *auth;
+	rb_dictionary_iter iter;
+
+	RB_DICTIONARY_FOREACH(auth, &iter, auth_clients)
+	{
+		if(get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID) != NULL)
+			client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
+		/* auth is now invalid as we have no reference */
+	}
+}
+
+static bool
+rdns_start(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct user_query *query = rb_malloc(sizeof(struct user_query));
+
+	auth_client_ref(auth);
+
+	set_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID, query);
+	set_provider_timeout_relative(auth, SELF_PID, rdns_timeout);
+
+	query->query = lookup_hostname(auth->c_ip, dns_answer_callback, auth);
+
+	notice_client(auth->cid, messages[REPORT_LOOKUP]);
+	return true;
+}
+
+static void
+rdns_cancel(struct auth_client *auth)
+{
+	struct user_query *query = get_provider_data(auth, SELF_PID);
+
+	if(query != NULL)
+		client_fail(auth, REPORT_FAIL);
+}
+
+static void
+add_conf_dns_timeout(const char *key, int parc, const char **parv)
+{
+	int timeout = atoi(parv[0]);
+
+	if(timeout < 0)
+	{
+		warn_opers(L_CRIT, "rDNS: DNS timeout < 0 (value: %d)", timeout);
+		exit(EX_PROVIDER_ERROR);
+	}
+
+	rdns_timeout = timeout;
+}
+
+struct auth_opts_handler rdns_options[] =
+{
+	{ "rdns_timeout", 1, add_conf_dns_timeout },
+	{ NULL, 0, NULL },
+};
+
+struct auth_provider rdns_provider =
+{
+	.name = "rdns",
+	.letter = 'R',
+	.destroy = rdns_destroy,
+	.start = rdns_start,
+	.cancel = rdns_cancel,
+	.timeout = rdns_cancel,
+	.opt_handlers = rdns_options,
+};

authd/res.c

@@ -7,9 +7,6 @@
  * The authors takes no responsibility for any damage or loss
  * of property which results from the use of this software.
  *
- * $Id: res.c 3301 2007-03-28 15:04:06Z jilles $
- * from Hybrid Id: res.c 459 2006-02-12 22:21:37Z db $
- *
  * July 1999 - Rewrote a bunch of stuff here. Change hostent builder code,
  *     added callbacks and reference counting of returned hostents.
  *     --Bleep (Thomas Helvey <tomh@inxpress.net>)
@@ -29,20 +26,16 @@
  * responses.
  *
  * October 2012 --mr_flea
+ *
+ * ircd-ratbox changes for random IDs merged back in.
+ *
+ * January 2016 --kaniini
  */
 
-#include "stdinc.h"
-#include "ircd_defs.h"
-#include "common.h"
-#include "ircd.h"
+#include <rb_lib.h>
+#include "setup.h"
 #include "res.h"
 #include "reslib.h"
-#include "match.h"
-#include "numeric.h"
-#include "client.h" /* SNO_* */
-#include "s_assert.h"
-#include "logger.h"
-#include "send.h"
 
 #if (CHAR_BIT != 8)
 #error this code needs to be able to address individual octets
@@ -51,8 +44,6 @@
 static PF res_readreply;
 
 #define MAXPACKET      1024	/* rfc sez 512 but we expand names so ... */
-#define RES_MAXALIASES 35	/* maximum aliases allowed */
-#define RES_MAXADDRS   35	/* maximum addresses allowed */
 #define AR_TTL         600	/* TTL in seconds for dns cache entries */
 
 /* RFC 1104/1105 wasn't very helpful about what these fields
@@ -65,6 +56,9 @@ static PF res_readreply;
 #define RDLENGTH_SIZE     (size_t)2
 #define ANSWER_FIXED_SIZE (TYPE_SIZE + CLASS_SIZE + TTL_SIZE + RDLENGTH_SIZE)
 
+struct in6_addr ipv6_addr;
+struct in_addr ipv4_addr;
+
 struct reslist
 {
 	rb_dlink_node node;
@@ -100,6 +94,7 @@ static int check_question(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *buf, c
 static int proc_answer(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *, char *);
 static struct reslist *find_id(int id);
 static struct DNSReply *make_dnsreply(struct reslist *request);
+static uint16_t generate_random_id(void);
 
 /*
  * int
@@ -112,59 +107,48 @@ static struct DNSReply *make_dnsreply(struct reslist *request);
  *      revised for ircd, cryogen(stu) may03
  *      slightly modified for charybdis, mr_flea oct12
  */
-static int res_ourserver(const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *inp)
+static int
+res_ourserver(const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *inp)
 {
-#ifdef RB_IPV6
 	const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6;
 	const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6in = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)inp;
-#endif
 	const struct sockaddr_in *v4;
 	const struct sockaddr_in *v4in = (const struct sockaddr_in *)inp;
 	int ns;
 
-	for (ns = 0; ns < irc_nscount; ns++)
+	for(ns = 0; ns < irc_nscount; ns++)
 	{
 		const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *srv = &irc_nsaddr_list[ns];
-
-	  	if (srv->ss_family != inp->ss_family)
-			continue;
-
-#ifdef RB_IPV6
 		v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)srv;
-#endif
 		v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)srv;
 
 		/* could probably just memcmp(srv, inp, srv.ss_len) here
-		 * but we'll err on the side of caution - stu
+		 * but we'll air on the side of caution - stu
 		 */
-		switch (srv->ss_family)
+		switch (GET_SS_FAMILY(srv))
 		{
-#ifdef RB_IPV6
-			case AF_INET6:
-				if (v6->sin6_port == v6in->sin6_port)
-					if ((memcmp(&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr, &v6in->sin6_addr.s6_addr,
-									sizeof(struct in6_addr)) == 0) ||
-							(memcmp(&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr, &in6addr_any,
-									sizeof(struct in6_addr)) == 0))
-					{
-						return ns;
-					}
-				break;
-#endif
-			case AF_INET:
-				if (v4->sin_port == v4in->sin_port)
-					if ((v4->sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_ANY)
-							|| (v4->sin_addr.s_addr == v4in->sin_addr.s_addr))
-					{
-						return ns;
-					}
-				break;
-			default:
-				break;
+		case AF_INET6:
+			if(GET_SS_FAMILY(srv) == GET_SS_FAMILY(inp))
+				if(v6->sin6_port == v6in->sin6_port)
+					if((memcmp(&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr, &v6in->sin6_addr.s6_addr,
+						   sizeof(struct in6_addr)) == 0) ||
+					   (memcmp(&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr, &in6addr_any,
+						   sizeof(struct in6_addr)) == 0))
+						return 1;
+			break;
+		case AF_INET:
+			if(GET_SS_FAMILY(srv) == GET_SS_FAMILY(inp))
+				if(v4->sin_port == v4in->sin_port)
+					if((v4->sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_ANY)
+					   || (v4->sin_addr.s_addr == v4in->sin_addr.s_addr))
+						return 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+			break;
 		}
 	}
 
-	return -1;
+	return 0;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -225,7 +209,7 @@ static void start_resolver(void)
 
 	if (res_fd == NULL)
 	{
-		if ((res_fd = rb_socket(irc_nsaddr_list[0].ss_family, SOCK_DGRAM, 0,
+		if ((res_fd = rb_socket(GET_SS_FAMILY(&irc_nsaddr_list[0]), SOCK_DGRAM, 0,
 			       "UDP resolver socket")) == NULL)
 			return;
 
@@ -261,7 +245,7 @@ void restart_resolver(void)
  * add_local_domain - Add the domain to hostname, if it is missing
  * (as suggested by eps@TOASTER.SFSU.EDU)
  */
-void add_local_domain(char *hname, size_t size)
+static void add_local_domain(char *hname, size_t size)
 {
 	/* try to fix up unqualified names */
 	if (strchr(hname, '.') == NULL)
@@ -312,65 +296,33 @@ static struct reslist *make_request(struct DNSQuery *query)
 	 * we generate an id per request now (instead of per send) to allow
 	 * late replies to be used.
 	 */
-#ifdef HAVE_LRAND48
-	do
-	{
-		request->id = (request->id + lrand48()) & 0xffff;
-	} while (find_id(request->id));
-#else
-	int k = 0;
-	struct timeval tv;
-	gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
-	do
-	{
-		request->id = (request->id + k + tv.tv_usec) & 0xffff;
-		k++;
-	} while (find_id(request->id));
-#endif /* HAVE_LRAND48 */
+	request->id = generate_random_id();
 
 	rb_dlinkAdd(request, &request->node, &request_list);
 
 	return request;
 }
 
-/*
- * delete_resolver_queries - cleanup outstanding queries
- * for which there no longer exist clients or conf lines.
- */
-void delete_resolver_queries(const struct DNSQuery *query)
-{
-	rb_dlink_node *ptr;
-	rb_dlink_node *next_ptr;
-	struct reslist *request;
-
-	RB_DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE(ptr, next_ptr, request_list.head)
-	{
-		if ((request = ptr->data) != NULL)
-		{
-			if (query == request->query)
-				rem_request(request);
-		}
-	}
-}
-
 /*
  * retryfreq - determine how many queries to wait before resending
  * if there have been that many consecutive timeouts
+ *
+ * This is a cubic backoff btw, if anyone didn't pick up on it. --Elizafox
  */
 static int retryfreq(int timeouts)
 {
 	switch (timeouts)
 	{
-		case 1:
-			return 3;
-		case 2:
-			return 9;
-		case 3:
-			return 27;
-		case 4:
-			return 81;
-		default:
-			return 243;
+	case 1:
+		return 3;
+	case 2:
+		return 9;
+	case 3:
+		return 27;
+	case 4:
+		return 81;
+	default:
+		return 243;
 	}
 }
 
@@ -436,6 +388,21 @@ static struct reslist *find_id(int id)
 	return (NULL);
 }
 
+static uint16_t
+generate_random_id(void)
+{
+	uint16_t id;
+
+	do
+	{
+		rb_get_random(&id, sizeof(id));
+		if(id == 0xffff)
+			continue;
+	}
+	while(find_id(id));
+	return id;
+}
+
 /*
  * gethost_byname_type - get host address from name, adding domain if needed
  */
@@ -484,14 +451,62 @@ static void do_query_name(struct DNSQuery *query, const char *name, struct resli
 	query_name(request);
 }
 
+/* Build an rDNS style query - if suffix is NULL, use the appropriate .arpa zone */
+void build_rdns(char *buf, size_t size, const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *addr, const char *suffix)
+{
+	const unsigned char *cp;
+
+	if (GET_SS_FAMILY(addr) == AF_INET)
+	{
+		const struct sockaddr_in *v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)addr;
+		cp = (const unsigned char *)&v4->sin_addr.s_addr;
+
+		(void) snprintf(buf, size, "%u.%u.%u.%u.%s",
+			(unsigned int)(cp[3]),
+			(unsigned int)(cp[2]),
+			(unsigned int)(cp[1]),
+			(unsigned int)(cp[0]),
+			suffix == NULL ? "in-addr.arpa" : suffix);
+	}
+	else if (GET_SS_FAMILY(addr) == AF_INET6)
+	{
+		const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr;
+		cp = (const unsigned char *)&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr;
+
+#define HI_NIBBLE(x) (unsigned int)((x) >> 4)
+#define LO_NIBBLE(x) (unsigned int)((x) & 0xf)
+
+		(void) snprintf(buf, size,
+			"%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%s",
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[15]), HI_NIBBLE(cp[15]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[14]), HI_NIBBLE(cp[14]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[13]), HI_NIBBLE(cp[13]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[12]), HI_NIBBLE(cp[12]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[11]), HI_NIBBLE(cp[11]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[10]), HI_NIBBLE(cp[10]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[9]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[9]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[8]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[8]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[7]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[7]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[6]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[6]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[5]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[5]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[4]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[4]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[3]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[3]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[2]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[2]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[1]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[1]),
+			LO_NIBBLE(cp[0]),  HI_NIBBLE(cp[0]),
+			suffix == NULL ? "ip6.arpa" : suffix);
+	}
+
+#undef HI_NIBBLE
+#undef LO_NIBBLE
+}
+
 /*
  * do_query_number - Use this to do reverse IP# lookups.
  */
 static void do_query_number(struct DNSQuery *query, const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *addr,
 			    struct reslist *request)
 {
-	const unsigned char *cp;
-
 	if (request == NULL)
 	{
 		request = make_request(query);
@@ -499,40 +514,7 @@ static void do_query_number(struct DNSQuery *query, const struct rb_sockaddr_sto
 		request->name = (char *)rb_malloc(IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1);
 	}
 
-	if (addr->ss_family == AF_INET)
-	{
-		const struct sockaddr_in *v4 = (const struct sockaddr_in *)addr;
-		cp = (const unsigned char *)&v4->sin_addr.s_addr;
-
-		rb_sprintf(request->queryname, "%u.%u.%u.%u.in-addr.arpa", (unsigned int)(cp[3]),
-			   (unsigned int)(cp[2]), (unsigned int)(cp[1]), (unsigned int)(cp[0]));
-	}
-#ifdef RB_IPV6
-	else if (addr->ss_family == AF_INET6)
-	{
-		const struct sockaddr_in6 *v6 = (const struct sockaddr_in6 *)addr;
-		cp = (const unsigned char *)&v6->sin6_addr.s6_addr;
-
-		(void)sprintf(request->queryname, "%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x."
-			      "%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.%x.ip6.arpa",
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[15] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[15] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[14] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[14] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[13] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[13] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[12] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[12] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[11] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[11] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[10] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[10] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[9] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[9] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[8] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[8] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[7] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[7] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[6] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[6] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[5] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[5] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[4] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[4] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[3] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[3] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[2] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[2] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[1] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[1] >> 4),
-			      (unsigned int)(cp[0] & 0xf), (unsigned int)(cp[0] >> 4));
-	}
-#endif
+	build_rdns(request->queryname, sizeof request->queryname, addr, NULL);
 
 	request->type = T_PTR;
 	query_name(request);
@@ -573,17 +555,15 @@ static void resend_query(struct reslist *request)
 
 	switch (request->type)
 	{
-	  case T_PTR:
-		  do_query_number(NULL, &request->addr, request);
-		  break;
-	  case T_A:
-#ifdef RB_IPV6
-	  case T_AAAA:
-#endif
-		  do_query_name(NULL, request->name, request, request->type);
-		  break;
-	  default:
-		  break;
+	case T_PTR:
+		do_query_number(NULL, &request->addr, request);
+		break;
+	case T_A:
+	case T_AAAA:
+		do_query_name(NULL, request->name, request, request->type);
+		break;
+	default:
+		break;
 	}
 }
 
@@ -605,7 +585,7 @@ static int check_question(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *buf, c
 			  sizeof(hostbuf));
 	if (n <= 0)
 		return 0;
-	if (strcasecmp(hostbuf, request->queryname))
+	if (rb_strcasecmp(hostbuf, request->queryname))
 		return 0;
 	return 1;
 }
@@ -621,9 +601,7 @@ static int proc_answer(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *buf, char
 	int n;			/* temp count */
 	int rd_length;
 	struct sockaddr_in *v4;	/* conversion */
-#ifdef RB_IPV6
 	struct sockaddr_in6 *v6;
-#endif
 	current = (unsigned char *)buf + sizeof(HEADER);
 
 	for (; header->qdcount > 0; --header->qdcount)
@@ -687,61 +665,46 @@ static int proc_answer(struct reslist *request, HEADER * header, char *buf, char
 		 */
 		switch (type)
 		{
-		  case T_A:
-			  if (request->type != T_A)
-				  return (0);
+		case T_A:
+			if (request->type != T_A)
+				return (0);
 
-			  /*
-			   * check for invalid rd_length or too many addresses
-			   */
-			  if (rd_length != sizeof(struct in_addr))
-				  return (0);
-			  v4 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&request->addr;
-			  SET_SS_LEN(&request->addr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
-			  v4->sin_family = AF_INET;
-			  memcpy(&v4->sin_addr, current, sizeof(struct in_addr));
-			  return (1);
-			  break;
-#ifdef RB_IPV6
-		  case T_AAAA:
-			  if (request->type != T_AAAA)
-				  return (0);
-			  if (rd_length != sizeof(struct in6_addr))
-				  return (0);
-			  SET_SS_LEN(&request->addr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6));
-			  v6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&request->addr;
-			  v6->sin6_family = AF_INET6;
-			  memcpy(&v6->sin6_addr, current, sizeof(struct in6_addr));
-			  return (1);
-			  break;
-#endif
-		  case T_PTR:
-			  if (request->type != T_PTR)
-				  return (0);
-			  n = irc_dn_expand((unsigned char *)buf, (unsigned char *)eob, current,
-					    hostbuf, sizeof(hostbuf));
-			  if (n < 0)
-				  return (0);	/* broken message */
-			  else if (n == 0)
-				  return (0);	/* no more answers left */
+			/*
+			 * check for invalid rd_length or too many addresses
+			 */
+			if (rd_length != sizeof(struct in_addr))
+				return (0);
+			v4 = (struct sockaddr_in *)&request->addr;
+			SET_SS_LEN(&request->addr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
+			v4->sin_family = AF_INET;
+			memcpy(&v4->sin_addr, current, sizeof(struct in_addr));
+			return (1);
+		case T_AAAA:
+			if (request->type != T_AAAA)
+				return (0);
+			if (rd_length != sizeof(struct in6_addr))
+				return (0);
+			SET_SS_LEN(&request->addr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6));
+			v6 = (struct sockaddr_in6 *)&request->addr;
+			v6->sin6_family = AF_INET6;
+			memcpy(&v6->sin6_addr, current, sizeof(struct in6_addr));
+			return (1);
+		case T_PTR:
+			if (request->type != T_PTR)
+				return (0);
+			n = irc_dn_expand((unsigned char *)buf, (unsigned char *)eob, current,
+				hostbuf, sizeof(hostbuf));
+			if (n < 0)
+				return (0);	/* broken message */
+			else if (n == 0)
+				return (0);	/* no more answers left */
 
-			  rb_strlcpy(request->name, hostbuf, IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1);
+			rb_strlcpy(request->name, hostbuf, IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1);
 
-			  return (1);
-			  break;
-		  case T_CNAME:
-			  /* real answer will follow */
-			  current += rd_length;
-			  break;
-
-		  default:
-			  /* XXX I'd rather just throw away the entire bogus thing
-			   * but its possible its just a broken nameserver with still
-			   * valid answers. But lets do some rudimentary logging for now...
-			   */
-			  ilog(L_MAIN, "irc_res.c bogus type %d", type);
-			  break;
+			return (1);
 		}
+		/* skip any other record type e.g. CNAME, DNAME; real answer should follow */
+		current += rd_length;
 	}
 
 	return (1);
@@ -872,11 +835,9 @@ static int res_read_single_reply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data)
 			 * Lookup the 'authoritative' name that we were given for the
 			 * ip#.
 			 */
-#ifdef RB_IPV6
-			if (request->addr.ss_family == AF_INET6)
+			if (GET_SS_FAMILY(&request->addr) == AF_INET6)
 				gethost_byname_type_fqdn(request->name, request->query, T_AAAA);
 			else
-#endif
 				gethost_byname_type_fqdn(request->name, request->query, T_A);
 			rem_request(request);
 		}
@@ -902,17 +863,19 @@ static int res_read_single_reply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-static void res_readreply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data)
+static void
+res_readreply(rb_fde_t *F, void *data)
 {
 	while (res_read_single_reply(F, data))
 		;
 	rb_setselect(F, RB_SELECT_READ, res_readreply, NULL);
 }
 
-static struct DNSReply *make_dnsreply(struct reslist *request)
+static struct DNSReply *
+make_dnsreply(struct reslist *request)
 {
 	struct DNSReply *cp;
-	s_assert(request != 0);
+	lrb_assert(request != 0);
 
 	cp = (struct DNSReply *)rb_malloc(sizeof(struct DNSReply));
 
@@ -920,18 +883,3 @@ static struct DNSReply *make_dnsreply(struct reslist *request)
 	memcpy(&cp->addr, &request->addr, sizeof(cp->addr));
 	return (cp);
 }
-
-void report_dns_servers(struct Client *source_p)
-{
-	int i;
-	char ipaddr[128];
-
-	for (i = 0; i < irc_nscount; i++)
-	{
-		if (!rb_inet_ntop_sock((struct sockaddr *)&(irc_nsaddr_list[i]),
-				ipaddr, sizeof ipaddr))
-			rb_strlcpy(ipaddr, "?", sizeof ipaddr);
-		sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG,
-				"A %s %d", ipaddr, ns_failure_count[i]);
-	}
-}

authd/res.h

@@ -1,23 +1,17 @@
 /*
  * res.h for referencing functions in res.c, reslib.c
  *
- * $Id: res.h 2023 2006-09-02 23:47:27Z jilles $
  */
 
-#ifndef _CHARYBDIS_RES_H
-#define _CHARYBDIS_RES_H
-
-#include "ircd_defs.h"
-#include "common.h"
-#include "reslib.h"
-#include "match.h"
-#include "ircd.h"
+#ifndef _SOLANUM_RES_H
+#define _SOLANUM_RES_H
 
 /* Maximum number of nameservers in /etc/resolv.conf we care about
- * In hybrid, this was 2 -- but in Charybdis, we want to track
+ * In hybrid, this was 2 -- but in Solanum, we want to track
  * a few more than that ;) --nenolod
  */
 #define IRCD_MAXNS 10
+#define RESOLVER_HOSTLEN 255
 
 struct DNSReply
 {
@@ -36,10 +30,8 @@ extern int irc_nscount;
 
 extern void init_resolver(void);
 extern void restart_resolver(void);
-extern void delete_resolver_queries(const struct DNSQuery *);
 extern void gethost_byname_type(const char *, struct DNSQuery *, int);
 extern void gethost_byaddr(const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *, struct DNSQuery *);
-extern void add_local_domain(char *, size_t);
-extern void report_dns_servers(struct Client *);
+extern void build_rdns(char *, size_t, const struct rb_sockaddr_storage *, const char *);
 
 #endif

authd/reslib.c

@@ -76,9 +76,10 @@
  * - Dianora
  */
 
+#include <rb_lib.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
 #include "stdinc.h"
 #include "ircd_defs.h"
-#include "common.h"
 #include "ircd.h"
 #include "res.h"
 #include "reslib.h"
@@ -89,9 +90,6 @@
 #define DNS_LABELTYPE_BITSTRING 0x41
 #define DNS_MAXLINE 128
 
-/* $Id: reslib.c 1695 2006-06-27 15:11:23Z jilles $ */
-/* from Hybrid Id: reslib.c 177 2005-10-22 09:05:05Z michael $ */
-
 struct rb_sockaddr_storage irc_nsaddr_list[IRCD_MAXNS];
 int irc_nscount = 0;
 char irc_domain[IRCD_RES_HOSTLEN + 1];
@@ -115,10 +113,10 @@ static const char digitvalue[256] = {
   -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /*256*/
 };
 
+static const char digits[] = "0123456789";
+
 static int parse_resvconf(void);
 static void add_nameserver(const char *);
-
-static const char digits[] = "0123456789";
 static int labellen(const unsigned char *lp);
 static int special(int ch);
 static int printable(int ch);
@@ -163,9 +161,6 @@ parse_resvconf(void)
   char input[DNS_MAXLINE];
   FILE *file;
 
-  /* XXX "/etc/resolv.conf" should be from a define in setup.h perhaps
-   * for cygwin support etc. this hardcodes it to unix for now -db
-   */
   if ((file = fopen("/etc/resolv.conf", "r")) == NULL)
     return -1;
 
@@ -177,7 +172,7 @@ parse_resvconf(void)
 
     p = input;
     /* skip until something thats not a space is seen */
-    while (IsSpace(*p))
+    while (isspace(*p))
       p++;
     /* if at this point, have a '\0' then continue */
     if (*p == '\0')
@@ -189,7 +184,7 @@ parse_resvconf(void)
 
     /* skip until a space is found */
     opt = p;
-    while (!IsSpace(*p) && *p != '\0')
+    while (!isspace(*p) && *p != '\0')
       p++;
     if (*p == '\0')
       continue;  /* no arguments?.. ignore this line */
@@ -197,16 +192,16 @@ parse_resvconf(void)
     *p++ = '\0';
 
     /* skip these spaces that are before the argument */
-    while (IsSpace(*p))
+    while (isspace(*p))
       p++;
     /* Now arg should be right where p is pointing */
     arg = p;
     if ((p = strpbrk(arg, " \t")) != NULL)
       *p = '\0';  /* take the first word */
 
-    if (irccmp(opt, "domain") == 0)
+    if (rb_strcasecmp(opt, "domain") == 0)
       rb_strlcpy(irc_domain, arg, sizeof(irc_domain));
-    else if (irccmp(opt, "nameserver") == 0)
+    else if (rb_strcasecmp(opt, "nameserver") == 0)
       add_nameserver(arg);
   }
 
@@ -228,10 +223,7 @@ add_nameserver(const char *arg)
 
   /* Done max number of nameservers? */
   if (irc_nscount >= IRCD_MAXNS)
-  {
-    ilog (L_MAIN, "Too many nameservers, ignoring %s", arg);
     return;
-  }
 
   memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints));
   hints.ai_family   = PF_UNSPEC;
@@ -1117,9 +1109,9 @@ irc_dn_find(const unsigned char *domain, const unsigned char *msg,
 }
 
 /*
- *  *  Thinking in noninternationalized USASCII (per the DNS spec),
- *   *  convert this character to lower case if it's upper case.
- *    */
+ *  Thinking in noninternationalized USASCII (per the DNS spec),
+ *  convert this character to lower case if it's upper case.
+ */
 static int
 mklower(int ch)
 {

authd/reslib.h

@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
 /*
  * include/irc_reslib.h
  *
- * $Id: reslib.h 446 2006-02-12 02:46:54Z db $
  */
 
-#ifndef _CHARYBDIS_RESLIB_H
-#define _CHARYBDIS_RESLIB_H
+#ifndef _SOLANUM_RESLIB_H
+#define _SOLANUM_RESLIB_H
 
 /* Longest hostname we're willing to work with.
  * Due to DNSBLs this is more than HOSTLEN.
@@ -79,24 +78,24 @@ typedef struct
  */
 #define IRC_NS_GET16(s, cp) { \
 	const unsigned char *t_cp = (const unsigned char *)(cp); \
-	(s) = ((u_int16_t)t_cp[0] << 8) \
-	    | ((u_int16_t)t_cp[1]) \
+	(s) = ((uint16_t)t_cp[0] << 8) \
+	    | ((uint16_t)t_cp[1]) \
 	    ; \
 	(cp) += NS_INT16SZ; \
 }
 
 #define IRC_NS_GET32(l, cp) { \
 	const unsigned char *t_cp = (const unsigned char *)(cp); \
-	(l) = ((u_int32_t)t_cp[0] << 24) \
-	    | ((u_int32_t)t_cp[1] << 16) \
-	    | ((u_int32_t)t_cp[2] << 8) \
-	    | ((u_int32_t)t_cp[3]) \
+	(l) = ((uint32_t)t_cp[0] << 24) \
+	    | ((uint32_t)t_cp[1] << 16) \
+	    | ((uint32_t)t_cp[2] << 8) \
+	    | ((uint32_t)t_cp[3]) \
 	    ; \
 	(cp) += NS_INT32SZ; \
 }
 
 #define IRC_NS_PUT16(s, cp) { \
-	u_int16_t t_s = (u_int16_t)(s); \
+	uint16_t t_s = (uint16_t)(s); \
 	unsigned char *t_cp = (unsigned char *)(cp); \
 	*t_cp++ = t_s >> 8; \
 	*t_cp   = t_s; \
@@ -104,7 +103,7 @@ typedef struct
 }
 
 #define IRC_NS_PUT32(l, cp) { \
-	u_int32_t t_l = (u_int32_t)(l); \
+	uint32_t t_l = (uint32_t)(l); \
 	unsigned char *t_cp = (unsigned char *)(cp); \
 	*t_cp++ = t_l >> 24; \
 	*t_cp++ = t_l >> 16; \

autogen.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+TOP_DIR=$(dirname $0)
+LAST_DIR=$PWD
+
+if test ! -f $TOP_DIR/configure.ac ; then
+   echo "You must execute this script from the top level directory."
+   exit 1
+fi
+
+AUTOCONF=${AUTOCONF:-autoconf}
+ACLOCAL=${ACLOCAL:-aclocal}
+AUTOMAKE=${AUTOMAKE:-automake}
+AUTOHEADER=${AUTOHEADER:-autoheader}
+LIBTOOLIZE=${LIBTOOLIZE:-libtoolize}
+#SHTOOLIZE=${SHTOOLIZE:-shtoolize}
+
+dump_help_screen ()
+{
+   echo "Usage: $0 [options]"
+   echo 
+   echo "options:"
+   echo "  -n           skip CVS changelog creation"
+   echo "  -h,--help    show this help screen"
+   echo
+   exit 0
+}
+
+parse_options ()
+{
+   while test "$1" != "" ; do
+      case $1 in
+         -h|--help)
+            dump_help_screen
+            ;;
+         -n)
+            SKIP_CVS_CHANGELOG=yes
+            ;;
+         *)
+            echo Invalid argument - $1
+            dump_help_screen
+            ;;
+      esac
+      shift
+   done
+}
+
+run_or_die ()
+{
+   COMMAND=$1
+   
+   # check for empty commands
+   if test -z "$COMMAND" ; then
+      echo "*warning* no command specified"
+      return 1
+   fi
+   
+   shift;
+
+   OPTIONS="$@"
+   
+   # print a message
+   echo -n "*info* running $COMMAND"
+   if test -n "$OPTIONS" ; then
+      echo " ($OPTIONS)"
+   else
+      echo
+   fi
+
+   # run or die
+   $COMMAND $OPTIONS ; RESULT=$?
+   if test $RESULT -ne 0 ; then
+      echo "*error* $COMMAND failed. (exit code = $RESULT)"
+      exit 1
+   fi
+   
+   return 0
+}
+
+parse_options "$@"
+
+echo "Building librb autotools files."
+
+cd "$TOP_DIR"/librb
+sh autogen.sh
+
+echo "Building main autotools files."
+
+cd "$LAST_DIR"
+
+run_or_die $ACLOCAL -I m4
+run_or_die $LIBTOOLIZE --force --copy
+run_or_die $AUTOHEADER
+run_or_die $AUTOCONF
+run_or_die $AUTOMAKE --add-missing --copy
+#run_or_die $SHTOOLIZE all

bandb/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+pkglibexec_PROGRAMS = bandb
+bin_PROGRAMS = solanum-bantool
+AM_CFLAGS=$(WARNFLAGS)
+
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I../include -I../librb/include @SQLITE_INCLUDES@
+
+bandb_SOURCES = bandb.c rsdb_sqlite3.c rsdb_snprintf.c
+bandb_LDADD = ../librb/src/librb.la @SQLITE_LD@
+
+solanum_bantool_SOURCES = bantool.c rsdb_sqlite3.c rsdb_snprintf.c
+solanum_bantool_LDADD = ../librb/src/librb.la @SQLITE_LD@

bandb/Makefile.in

@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Makefile.in for bandb/src
-#
-# $Id: Makefile.in 1285 2006-05-05 15:03:53Z nenolod $
-#
-
-CC              = @CC@
-INSTALL         = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_BIN     = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_DATA    = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_SUID    = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -o root -m 4755
-RM              = @RM@
-LEX             = @LEX@
-LEXLIB          = @LEXLIB@
-CFLAGS          = @IRC_CFLAGS@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
-LDFLAGS         = @LDFLAGS@
-MKDEP           = @MKDEP@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
-MV              = @MV@
-RM              = @RM@
-prefix          = @prefix@
-exec_prefix     = @exec_prefix@
-bindir          = @bindir@
-libdir		= @libdir@
-libexecdir      = @libexecdir@
-pkglibexecdir   = @pkglibexecdir@
-sysconfdir	= @sysconfdir@
-localstatedir   = @localstatedir@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-
-PROGRAM_PREFIX   = @PROGRAM_PREFIX@
-
-SQLITE_LIBS	= @SQLITE_LD@
-SQLITE_INCLUDES	= @SQLITE_INCLUDES@
-ZIP_LIB		= @ZLIB_LD@
-
-IRCDLIBS	= @MODULES_LIBS@ -L../libratbox/src/.libs -lratbox @LIBS@ $(SSL_LIBS) $(ZIP_LIB) $(SQLITE_LIBS)
-
-INCLUDES        = -I. -I../include -I../libratbox/include $(SSL_INCLUDES) $(SQLITE_INCLUDES)
-CPPFLAGS        = ${INCLUDES} @CPPFLAGS@
-
-CFLAGS          += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
-
-pkglibexec_PROGS = bandb
-bin_PROGS       = bantool
-PROGS		= $(pkglibexec_PROGS) $(bin_PROGS)
-
-BANDB_SOURCES =     \
-  bandb.c	\
-  rsdb_snprintf.c \
-  rsdb_sqlite3.c \
-  @SQLITE_SRC@
-
-BANDB_OBJECTS = ${BANDB_SOURCES:.c=.o}
-
-BANTOOL_SOURCES =     \
-  bantool.c	\
-  rsdb_snprintf.c \
-  rsdb_sqlite3.c \
-  @SQLITE_SRC@
-
-BANTOOL_OBJECTS = ${BANTOOL_SOURCES:.c=.o}
-
-all: bandb bantool
-
-build: all
-
-bandb: ${BANDB_OBJECTS}
-	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -o $@ ${BANDB_OBJECTS} ${IRCDLIBS}
-
-bantool: ${BANTOOL_OBJECTS}
-	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -o $@ ${BANTOOL_OBJECTS} ${IRCDLIBS}
-
-install: build
-	@echo "ircd: installing bandb ($(PROGS))"
-	@for i in $(bin_PROGS); do \
-                if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i; then \
-                        $(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i.old; \
-                fi; \
-                $(INSTALL_BIN) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i; \
-        done
-	@for i in $(pkglibexec_PROGS); do \
-		if test -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibexecdir)/'$$i; then \
-			$(MV) '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibexecdir)/'$$i '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibexecdir)/'$$i.old; \
-		fi; \
-		$(INSTALL_BIN) $$i '$(DESTDIR)$(pkglibexecdir)/'$$i; \
-	done
-
-.c.o:
-	${CC} ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} -c $<
-
-.PHONY: depend clean distclean
-depend:
-	@${MKDEP} ${CPPFLAGS} ${SOURCES} > .depend.tmp
-	@sed -e '/^# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' <Makefile >Makefile.depend
-	@echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE!!!' >>Makefile.depend
-	@echo '# make depend needs it.' >>Makefile.depend
-	@cat .depend.tmp >>Makefile.depend
-	@mv Makefile.depend Makefile
-	@rm -f .depend.tmp
-
-clean:
-	${RM} -f *.o *~ *.core core bandb bantool
-
-lint:
-	lint -aacgprxhH $(CPPFLAGS) -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\" $(SOURCES) >>../lint.out
-
-distclean: clean
-	${RM} -f Makefile
-
-# End of Makefile

bandb/bandb.c

@@ -26,14 +26,12 @@
  * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
  * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- * $Id: bandb.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $
  */
 #include "setup.h"
-#include <ratbox_lib.h>
+#include <rb_lib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include "rsdb.h"
-#include "common.h"
+#include "ircd_defs.h"
 
 
 #define MAXPARA 10
@@ -161,11 +159,11 @@ list_bans(void)
 		for(j = 0; j < table.row_count; j++)
 		{
 			if(i == BANDB_KLINE)
-				rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s %s :%s",
+				snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s %s :%s",
 					    bandb_letter[i], table.row[j][0],
 					    table.row[j][1], table.row[j][2], table.row[j][3]);
 			else
-				rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s :%s",
+				snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%c %s %s :%s",
 					    bandb_letter[i], table.row[j][0],
 					    table.row[j][2], table.row[j][3]);
 
@@ -238,6 +236,9 @@ parse_request(rb_helper *helper)
 }
 
 
+static void
+error_cb(rb_helper *helper) __attribute__((noreturn));
+
 static void
 error_cb(rb_helper *helper)
 {
@@ -246,18 +247,15 @@ error_cb(rb_helper *helper)
 	exit(1);
 }
 
-#ifndef WINDOWS
 static void
 dummy_handler(int sig)
 {
 	return;
 }
-#endif
 
 static void
 setup_signals(void)
 {
-#ifndef WINDOWS
 	struct sigaction act;
 
 	act.sa_flags = 0;
@@ -280,17 +278,19 @@ setup_signals(void)
 
 	act.sa_handler = dummy_handler;
 	sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, 0);
-#endif
 }
 
 
+static void
+db_error_cb(const char *errstr) __attribute__((noreturn));
+
 static void
 db_error_cb(const char *errstr)
 {
 	char buf[256];
-	rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "! :%s", errstr);
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "! :%s", errstr);
 	rb_helper_write(bandb_helper, "%s", buf);
-	rb_sleep(2 << 30, 0);
+	rb_sleep(1 << 30, 0);
 	exit(1);
 }
 
@@ -302,10 +302,9 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 	if(bandb_helper == NULL)
 	{
 		fprintf(stderr,
-			"This is ircd-ratbox bandb.  You aren't supposed to run me directly. Maybe you want bantool?\n");
+			"This is the solanum bandb for internal ircd use.\n");
 		fprintf(stderr,
-			"However I will print my Id tag $Id: bandb.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $\n");
-		fprintf(stderr, "Have a nice day\n");
+			"You aren't supposed to run me directly (did you want solanum-bantool?). Exiting.\n");
 		exit(1);
 	}
 	rsdb_init(db_error_cb);

bandb/bantool.c

@@ -22,9 +22,6 @@
  *  Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307
  *  USA
  *
- *  $Id: bantool.c 26164 2008-10-26 19:52:43Z androsyn $
- *
- *
  * The following server admins have either contributed various configs to test against,
  * or helped with debugging and feature requests. Many thanks to them.
  * stevoo / efnet.port80.se
@@ -43,11 +40,9 @@
 #include <time.h>
 
 #include "stdinc.h"
-#include "common.h"
 #include "rsdb.h"
 
 #define EmptyString(x) ((x == NULL) || (*(x) == '\0'))
-#define CheckEmpty(x) EmptyString(x) ? "" : x
 
 #define BT_VERSION "0.4.1"
 
@@ -96,16 +91,16 @@ struct counter
 /* flags set by command line options */
 struct flags
 {
-	int none;
-	int export;
-	int import;
-	int verify;
-	int vacuum;
-	int pretend;
-	int verbose;
-	int wipe;
-	int dupes_ok;
-} flag = {YES, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO};
+	bool none;
+	bool export;
+	bool import;
+	bool verify;
+	bool vacuum;
+	bool pretend;
+	bool verbose;
+	bool wipe;
+	bool dupes_ok;
+} flag = {true, false, false, false, false, false, false, false, false};
 /* *INDENT-ON* */
 
 static int table_has_rows(const char *table);
@@ -123,7 +118,7 @@ static void db_reclaim_slack(void);
 static void export_config(const char *conf, int id);
 static void import_config(const char *conf, int id);
 static void check_schema(void);
-static void print_help(int i_exit);
+static void print_help(int i_exit) __attribute__((noreturn));
 static void wipe_schema(void);
 static void drop_dupes(const char *user, const char *host, const char *t);
 
@@ -148,32 +143,32 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			print_help(EXIT_SUCCESS);
 			break;
 		case 'i':
-			flag.none = NO;
-			flag.import = YES;
+			flag.none = false;
+			flag.import = true;
 			break;
 		case 'e':
-			flag.none = NO;
-			flag.export = YES;
+			flag.none = false;
+			flag.export = true;
 			break;
 		case 'u':
-			flag.none = NO;
-			flag.verify = YES;
+			flag.none = false;
+			flag.verify = true;
 			break;
 		case 's':
-			flag.none = NO;
-			flag.vacuum = YES;
+			flag.none = false;
+			flag.vacuum = true;
 			break;
 		case 'p':
-			flag.pretend = YES;
+			flag.pretend = true;
 			break;
 		case 'v':
-			flag.verbose = YES;
+			flag.verbose = true;
 			break;
 		case 'w':
-			flag.wipe = YES;
+			flag.wipe = true;
 			break;
 		case 'd':
-			flag.dupes_ok = YES;
+			flag.dupes_ok = true;
 			break;
 		default:	/* '?' */
 			print_help(EXIT_FAILURE);
@@ -201,10 +196,9 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		rb_strlcpy(etc, ETCPATH, sizeof(ETCPATH));
 
 	fprintf(stdout,
-		"* ircd-ratbox bantool v.%s ($Id: bantool.c 26164 2008-10-26 19:52:43Z androsyn $)\n",
-		BT_VERSION);
+		"* solanum bantool v.%s\n", BT_VERSION);
 
-	if(flag.pretend == NO)
+	if(flag.pretend == false)
 	{
 		if(rsdb_init(db_error_cb) == -1)
 		{
@@ -218,7 +212,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 
 		if(flag.import && flag.wipe)
 		{
-			flag.dupes_ok = YES;	/* dont check for dupes if we are wiping the db clean */
+			flag.dupes_ok = true;	/* dont check for dupes if we are wiping the db clean */
 			for(i = 0; i < 3; i++)
 				fprintf(stdout,
 					"* WARNING: YOU ARE ABOUT TO WIPE YOUR DATABASE!\n");
@@ -230,16 +224,19 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 			wipe_schema();
 		}
 	}
-	if(flag.verbose && flag.dupes_ok == YES)
+	if(flag.verbose && flag.dupes_ok == true)
 		fprintf(stdout, "* Allowing duplicate bans...\n");
 
 	/* checking for our files to import or export */
 	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++)
 	{
-		rb_snprintf(conf, sizeof(conf), "%s/%s.conf%s",
-			    etc, bandb_table[i], bandb_suffix[i]);
+		if (snprintf(conf, sizeof(conf), "%s/%s.conf%s",
+			    etc, bandb_table[i], bandb_suffix[i]) >= sizeof(conf)) {
+			fprintf(stderr, "* Error: Config filename too long\n");
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
 
-		if(flag.import && flag.pretend == NO)
+		if(flag.import && flag.pretend == false)
 			rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_START);
 
 		if(flag.import)
@@ -248,7 +245,7 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
 		if(flag.export)
 			export_config(conf, i);
 
-		if(flag.import && flag.pretend == NO)
+		if(flag.import && flag.pretend == false)
 			rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_END);
 	}
 
@@ -297,11 +294,11 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 		return;
 
 	if(strstr(conf, ".perm") != 0)
-		rb_snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql),
+		snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql),
 			    "SELECT DISTINCT mask1,mask2,reason,oper,time FROM %s WHERE perm = 1 ORDER BY time",
 			    bandb_table[id]);
 	else
-		rb_snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql),
+		snprintf(sql, sizeof(sql),
 			    "SELECT DISTINCT mask1,mask2,reason,oper,time FROM %s WHERE perm = 0 ORDER BY time",
 			    bandb_table[id]);
 
@@ -330,7 +327,7 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 		{
 		case BANDB_DLINE:
 		case BANDB_DLINE_PERM:
-			rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
 				    "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n",
 				    table.row[j][mask1],
 				    mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]),
@@ -340,7 +337,7 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 
 		case BANDB_XLINE:
 		case BANDB_XLINE_PERM:
-			rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
 				    "\"%s\",\"0\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n",
 				    escape_quotes(table.row[j][mask1]),
 				    mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]),
@@ -349,7 +346,7 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 
 		case BANDB_RESV:
 		case BANDB_RESV_PERM:
-			rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
 				    "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n",
 				    table.row[j][mask1],
 				    mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]),
@@ -358,7 +355,7 @@ export_config(const char *conf, int id)
 
 
 		default:	/* Klines */
-			rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
+			snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf),
 				    "\"%s\",\"%s\",\"%s\",\"\",\"%s\",\"%s\",%s\n",
 				    table.row[j][mask1], table.row[j][mask2],
 				    mangle_reason(table.row[j][reason]),
@@ -497,13 +494,13 @@ import_config(const char *conf, int id)
 
 		/* append operreason_field to reason_field */
 		if(!EmptyString(f_oreason))
-			rb_snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s | %s", f_reason, f_oreason);
+			snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s | %s", f_reason, f_oreason);
 		else
-			rb_snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s", f_reason);
+			snprintf(newreason, sizeof(newreason), "%s", f_reason);
 
-		if(flag.pretend == NO)
+		if(flag.pretend == false)
 		{
-			if(flag.dupes_ok == NO)
+			if(flag.dupes_ok == false)
 				drop_dupes(f_mask1, f_mask2, bandb_table[id]);
 
 			rsdb_exec(NULL,
@@ -746,7 +743,7 @@ check_schema(void)
 		NULL
 	};
 
-	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++)
+	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i += 2 /* skip over _PERM */)
 	{
 		if(!table_exists(bandb_table[i]))
 		{
@@ -773,8 +770,6 @@ check_schema(void)
 					  columns[j], type);
 			}
 		}
-
-		i++;		/* skip over .perm */
 	}
 }
 
@@ -812,17 +807,16 @@ table_has_rows(const char *dbtab)
 }
 
 /**
- * completly wipes out an existing ban.db of all entries.
+ * completely wipes out an existing ban.db of all entries.
  */
 static void
 wipe_schema(void)
 {
 	int i;
 	rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_START);
-	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i++)
+	for(i = 0; i < LAST_BANDB_TYPE; i += 2 /* double increment to skip over _PERM */)
 	{
 		rsdb_exec(NULL, "DROP TABLE %s", bandb_table[i]);
-		i++;		/* double increment to skip over .perm */
 	}
 	rsdb_transaction(RSDB_TRANS_END);
 
@@ -859,7 +853,7 @@ bt_smalldate(const char *string)
 	lt = gmtime(&t);
 	if(lt == NULL)
 		return NULL;
-	rb_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d/%d/%d %02d.%02d",
+	snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d/%d/%d %02d.%02d",
 		    lt->tm_year + 1900, lt->tm_mon + 1, lt->tm_mday, lt->tm_hour, lt->tm_min);
 	return buf;
 }
@@ -870,9 +864,8 @@ bt_smalldate(const char *string)
 void
 print_help(int i_exit)
 {
-	fprintf(stderr, "bantool v.%s - the ircd-ratbox database tool.\n", BT_VERSION);
+	fprintf(stderr, "bantool v.%s - the solanum database tool.\n", BT_VERSION);
 	fprintf(stderr, "Copyright (C) 2008 Daniel J Reidy <dubkat@gmail.com>\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "$Id: bantool.c 26164 2008-10-26 19:52:43Z androsyn $\n\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n"
 		"but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n"
 		"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the\n"
@@ -887,15 +880,15 @@ print_help(int i_exit)
 	fprintf(stderr, "       -s : Reclaim empty slack space the database may be taking up.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "       -u : Update the database tables to support any new features.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
-		"            This is automaticlly done if you are importing or exporting\n");
+		"            This is automatically done if you are importing or exporting\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "            but should be run whenever you upgrade the ircd.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 		"       -p : pretend, checks for the configs, and parses them, then tells you some data...\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "            but does not touch your database.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 		"       -v : Be verbose... and it *is* very verbose! (intended for debugging)\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "       -d : Enable checking for redunant entries.\n");
-	fprintf(stderr, "       -w : Completly wipe your database clean. May be used with -i \n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "       -d : Enable checking for redundant entries.\n");
+	fprintf(stderr, "       -w : Completely wipe your database clean. May be used with -i \n");
 	fprintf(stderr,
 		"     path : An optional directory containing old ratbox configs for import, or export.\n");
 	fprintf(stderr, "            If not specified, it looks in PREFIX/etc.\n");

bandb/rsdb.h

@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-/* $Id: rsdb.h 26164 2008-10-26 19:52:43Z androsyn $ */
 #ifndef INCLUDED_rsdb_h
 #define INCLUDED_rsdb_h
 

bandb/rsdb_snprintf.c

@@ -5,8 +5,6 @@
  * Should you choose to use and/or modify this source code, please
  * do so under the terms of the GNU General Public License under which
  * this library is distributed.
- *
- * $Id: rsdb_snprintf.c 26094 2008-09-19 15:33:46Z androsyn $
  */
 #include "stdinc.h"
 #include "rsdb.h"

bandb/rsdb_sqlite3.c

@@ -27,8 +27,6 @@
  * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
  * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- * $Id: rsdb_sqlite3.c 26182 2008-11-11 02:52:41Z androsyn $
  */
 #include "stdinc.h"
 #include "rsdb.h"
@@ -47,7 +45,7 @@ mlog(const char *errstr, ...)
 		char buf[256];
 		va_list ap;
 		va_start(ap, errstr);
-		rb_vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), errstr, ap);
+		vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), errstr, ap);
 		va_end(ap);
 		error_cb(buf);
 	}
@@ -73,14 +71,14 @@ rsdb_init(rsdb_error_cb * ecb)
 
 	if(sqlite3_open(dbpath, &rb_bandb) != SQLITE_OK)
 	{
-		rb_snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), "Unable to open sqlite database: %s",
+		snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf), "Unable to open sqlite database: %s",
 			    sqlite3_errmsg(rb_bandb));
 		mlog(errbuf);
 		return -1;
 	}
 	if(access(dbpath, W_OK))
 	{
-		rb_snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf),  "Unable to open sqlite database for write: %s", strerror(errno));
+		snprintf(errbuf, sizeof(errbuf),  "Unable to open sqlite database for write: %s", strerror(errno));
 		mlog(errbuf);
 		return -1;
 	}

doc/CIDR.txt

@@ -1,316 +0,0 @@
-$Id: CIDR.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
-
-CIDR Information
-----------------
-  Presently, we all use IPv4.  The format of IPv4 is the following:
-
-A.B.C.D
-
-  Where letters 'A' through 'D' are 8-bit values.  In English, this
-  means each digit can have a value of 0 to 255.  Example:
-
-129.56.4.234
-
-  Digits are called octets.  Oct meaning 8, hence 8-bit values.  An
-  octet cannot be greater than 255, and cannot be less than 0 (eg. a
-  negative number).
-
-  CIDR stands for "classless inter domain routing", details covered
-  in RFC's 1518 and 1519. It was introduced mainly due to waste within
-  A and B classes space. The goal was to make it possible to use
-  smaller nets than it would seem from (above) IP classes, for instance
-  by dividing one B class into 256 "C like" classes. The other goal was
-  to allow aggregation of routing information, so that routers could use
-  one aggregated route (like 194.145.96.0/20) instead of
-  advertising 16 C classes.
-
-  Class A are all these addresses which first bit is "0",
-  bitmap: 0nnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
-  IP range is 0.0.0.0 - 127.255.255.255
-
-  Class B are all these addresses which first two bits are "10",
-  bitmap: 10nnnnnn.nnnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
-  IP range is 128.0.0.0 - 191.255.255.255
-
-  Class C are all these addresses which first three bits are "110",
-  bitmap: 110nnnnn.nnnnnnnn.nnnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
-  IP range is 192.0.0.0 - 223.255.255.255
-
-  Class D are all these addresses which first four bits are "1110",
-  this is multicast class and net/host bitmap doesn't apply here
-  IP range is 224.0.0.0 - 239.255.255.255
-  I bet they will never IRC, unless someone creates multicast IRC :)
-
-  Class E are all these addresses which first five bits are "11110",
-  this class is reserved for future use
-  IP range is 240.0.0.0 - 247.255.255.255
-
-  So, here is how CIDR notation comes into play.
-
-  For those of you who have real basic exposure to how networks are
-  set up, you should be aware of the term "netmask."  Basically, this
-  is a IPv4 value which specifies the "size" of a network.  You can
-  assume the word "size" means "range" if you want.
-
-  A chart describing the different classes in CIDR format and their
-  wildcard equivalents would probably help at this point:
-
-CIDR version	dot notation (netmask)	Wildcard equivalent
------------------------------------------------------------------
-A.0.0.0/8	A.0.0.0/255.0.0.0	A.*.*.*  or  A.*
-A.B.0.0/16	A.B.0.0/255.255.0.0	A.B.*.*  or  A.B.*
-A.B.C.0/24	A.B.C.0/255.255.255.0	A.B.C.*  or  A.B.C.*
-A.B.C.D/32	A.B.C.D/255.255.255.255	A.B.C.D
-
-
-  The question on any newbies mind at this point is "So what do all
-  of those values & numbers actually mean?"
-
-  Everything relating to computers is based on binary values (1s and
-  zeros).  Binary plays a *tremendous* role in CIDR notation.  Let's
-  break it down to the following table:
-
-          A            B            C            D
-       --------     --------     --------     --------
-/8  == 11111111  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 255.0.0.0
-/16 == 11111111  .  11111111  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 255.255.0.0
-/24 == 11111111  .  11111111  .  11111111  .  00000000  == 255.255.255.0
-/32 == 11111111  .  11111111  .  11111111  .  11111111  == 255.255.255.255
-
-  The above is basically a binary table for the most common netblock
-  sizes.  The "1"s you see above are the 8-bit values for each octet.
-  If you split an 8-bit value into each of it's bits, you find the
-  following:
-
-00000000
-^^^^^^^^_ 1sts place  (1)
-|||||||__ 2nds place  (2)
-||||||___ 3rds place  (4)
-|||||____ 4ths place  (8)
-||||_____ 5ths place  (16)
-|||______ 6ths place  (32)
-||_______ 7ths place  (64)
-|________ 8ths place  (128)
-
-  Now, since computers consider zero a number, you pretty much have
-  to subtract one (so-to-speak; this is not really how its done, but
-  just assume it's -1 :-) ) from all the values possible.  Some
-  examples of decimal values in binary:
-
-15  == 00001111  (from left to right: 8+4+2+1)
-16  == 00010000  (from left to right: 16)
-53  == 00110101  (from left to right: 32+16+4+1)
-79  == 01001111  (from left to right: 64+8+4+1)
-254 == 11111110  (from left to right: 128+64+32+16+8+4+2)
-
-  So, with 8 bits, the range (as I said before) is zero to 255.
-
-  If none of this is making sense to you at this point, you should
-  back up and re-read all of the above.  I realize it's a lot, but
-  it'll do you some good to re-read it until you understand :-).
-
-  So, let's modify the original table a bit by providing CIDR info
-  for /1 through /8:
-
-          A            B            C            D
-       --------     --------     --------     --------
-/1  == 10000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 128.0.0.0
-/2  == 11000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 192.0.0.0
-/3  == 11100000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 224.0.0.0
-/4  == 11110000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 240.0.0.0
-/5  == 11111000  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 248.0.0.0
-/6  == 11111100  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 252.0.0.0
-/7  == 11111110  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 254.0.0.0
-/8  == 11111111  .  00000000  .  00000000  .  00000000  == 255.0.0.0
-
-  At this point, all of this should making a lot of sense, and you
-  should be able to see the precision that you can get by using CIDR
-  at this point.  If not, well, I guess the best way to put it would
-  be that wildcards always assume /8, /16, or /24 (yes hello Piotr,
-  we can argue this later: I am referring to IPs *ONLY*, not domains
-  or FQDNs :-) ).
-
-  This table will provide a reference to all of the IPv4 CIDR values
-
-cidr|netmask (dot notation)
-----+---------------------
-/1  | 128.0.0.0
-/2  | 192.0.0.0
-/3  | 224.0.0.0
-/4  | 240.0.0.0
-/5  | 248.0.0.0
-/6  | 252.0.0.0
-/7  | 254.0.0.0
-/8  | 255.0.0.0
-/9  | 255.128.0.0
-/10 | 255.192.0.0
-/11 | 255.224.0.0
-/12 | 255.240.0.0
-/13 | 255.248.0.0
-/14 | 255.252.0.0
-/15 | 255.254.0.0
-/16 | 255.255.0.0
-/17 | 255.255.128.0
-/18 | 255.255.192.0
-/19 | 255.255.224.0
-/20 | 255.255.240.0
-/21 | 255.255.248.0
-/22 | 255.255.252.0
-/23 | 255.255.254.0
-/24 | 255.255.255.0
-/25 | 255.255.255.128
-/26 | 255.255.255.192
-/27 | 255.255.255.224
-/28 | 255.255.255.240
-/29 | 255.255.255.248
-/30 | 255.255.255.252
-/31 | 255.255.255.254
-/32 | 255.255.255.255
-
-  So, let's take all of the information above, and apply it to a
-  present-day situation on IRC.
-
-  Let's say you have a set of flooding clients who all show up from
-  the following hosts.  For lack-of a better example, I'll use a
-  subnet here at Best:
-
-nick1  (xyz@shell9.ba.best.com)  [206.184.139.140]
-nick2  (abc@shell8.ba.best.com)  [206.184.139.139]
-nick3  (foo@shell12.ba.best.com) [206.184.139.143]
-
-  Most people will assume the  they were all in the same class C
-  (206.184.139.0/24  or  206.184.139.*).
-
-  This, as a matter of fact, is not true.  Now, the reason *I* know
-  this is solely because I work on the network here; those IPs are
-  not delegated to a class C, but two portions of a class C (128 IPs
-  each).  That means the class C is actually split into these two
-  portions:
-
-Netblock               IP range
---------               --------
-206.184.139.0/25       206.184.139.0   to 206.184.139.127
-206.184.139.128/25     206.184.139.128 to 206.184.139.255
-
-  For the record, 206.184.139.0 and 206.184.139.128 are both known as
-  "network addresses" (not to be confused with "netblocks" or "Ethernet
-  hardware addresses" or "MAC addresses").  Network addresses are
-  *ALWAYS EVEN*.
-
-  206.184.139.127 and 206.184.139.255 are what are known as broadcast
-  addresses.  Broadcast addresses are *ALWAYS ODD*.
-
-  Now, the aforementioned list of clients are in the 2nd subnet shown
-  above, not the first.  The reason for this should be obvious.
-
-  The remaining question is, "Well that's nice, you know what the netblock
-  is for Best.  What about us?  We don't know that!"
-
-  Believe it or not, you can find out the network block size by using
-  whois -h WHOIS.ARIN.NET on the IP in question.  ARIN keeps a list of
-  all network blocks and who owns them -- quite useful, trust me.  I
-  think I use ARIN 5 or 6 times a day, especially when dealing with
-  D-lines.  Example:
-
-$ whois -h whois.arin.net 206.184.139.140
-Best Internet Communications, Inc. (NETBLK-NBN-206-184-BEST)
-345 East Middlefield Road
-Mountain View, CA 94043
-
-Netname: NBN-206-184-BEST
-Netblock: 206.184.0.0 - 206.184.255.255
-Maintainer: BEST
-
-  Does this mean you should D-line 206.184.0.0/16?  Probably not.
-  That's an entire class B-sized block, while you're only trying
-  to deny access to a subnetted class C.
-
-  So then how do you get the *real* info?  Well, truth is, you don't.
-  You have to pretty much take a guess at what it is, if ARIN reports
-  something that's overly vague.  Best, for example, was assigned the
-  above class B-sized block.  We can subnet it however we want without
-  reporting back to ARIN how we have it subnetted.  We own the block,
-  and that's all that matters (to ARIN).
-
-  Not all subnets are like this, however.  Smaller subnets you may
-  find partitioned and listed on ARIN; I've seen /29 blocks for DSL
-  customers show up in ARIN before.
-
-  So, use ARIN any chance you get.  The more precision the better!
-
-  Now, there is a small issue I want to address regarding use of CIDR
-  notation.  Let's say you D-line the following in CIDR format (hi
-  sion ;-) ):
-
-205.100.132.18/24
-
-  Entries like this really makes my blood boil, solely because it adds
-  excessive confusion and is just basically pointless.  If you
-  examine the above, you'll see the /24 is specifying an entire
-  class C -- so then what's the purpose of using .18 versus .0?
-
-  There IS no purpose.  The netmask itself will mask out the .18 and
-  continue to successfully use 205.100.132.0/24.
-
-  Doing things this way just adds confusion, especially on non-octet-
-  aligned subnets (such as /8, /16, /24, or /32).  Seeing that on a
-  /27 or a /19 might make people go "wtf?"
-
-  I know for a fact this doc lacks a lot of necessary information,
-  like how the actual netmask/CIDR value play a role in "masking out"
-  the correct size, and what to do is WHOIS.ARIN.NET returns no
-  netblock information but instead a few different company names with
-  NIC handles.  I'm sure you can figure this stuff out on your own,
-  or just ask an administrator friend of yours who DOES know.  A lot
-  of us admins are BOFH types, but if you ask us the right questions,
-  you'll benefit from the answer quite thoroughly.
-
-  Oh, I almost forgot.  Most Linux systems use a different version of
-  "whois" than FreeBSD does.  The syntax for whois on Linux is
-  "whois <INFO>@whois.arin.net", while under FreeBSD it is
-  "whois -h whois.arin.net <INFO>"  Debian uses yet another version
-  of whois that is incompatible with the above syntax options.
-
-  Note that the FreeBSD whois client has shortcuts for the most commonly
-  used whois servers.  "whois -a <INFO>" is the shortcut for ARIN.
-
-  Also note that ARIN is not authoritative for all IP blocks on the 
-  Internet.  Take for example 212.158.123.66.  A whois query to ARIN
-  will return the following information:
-
-$ whois -h whois.arin.net 212.158.123.66
-European Regional Internet Registry/RIPE NCC (NET-RIPE-NCC-)
-   These addresses have been further assigned to European users.
-   Contact information can be found in the RIPE database, via the
-   WHOIS and TELNET servers at whois.ripe.net, and at
-   http://www.ripe.net/db/whois.html
-
-   Netname: RIPE-NCC-212
-   Netblock: 212.0.0.0 - 212.255.255.255
-   Maintainer: RIPE
-
-  This query tells us that it is a European IP block, and is further
-  handled by RIPE's whois server.  We must then query whois.ripe.net
-  to get more information.
-
-$ whois -h whois.ripe.net 212.158.123.66
-
-% Rights restricted by copyright. See
-  http://www.ripe.net/ripencc/pub-services/db/copyright.html
-
-inetnum:     212.158.120.0 - 212.158.123.255
-netname:     INSNET-P2P
-descr:       Point to Point Links for for London Nodes
-country:     GB
---snip--
-
-  This tells us the actual IP block that the query was a part of.
-
-  Other whois servers that you may see blocks referred to are: 
-  whois.ripn.net for Russia, whois.apnic.net for Asia, Australia, and
-  the Pacific, and whois.6bone.net for IPv6 blocks.
-
-Contributed by Jeremy Chadwick <jdc@best.net>
-Piotr Kucharski <chopin@sgh.waw.pl> 
-W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net> and
-Ariel Biener <ariel@fireball.tau.ac.il>

doc/Hybrid-team

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-$Id: Hybrid-team 54 2005-09-10 05:12:55Z nenolod $
-
-The hybrid team is a group of ircd coders who were frustrated
-with the instability and all-out "dirtiness" of the EFnet ircd's
-available. "hybrid" is the name for the collective efforts of a group
-of people, all of us.
-
-Anyone is welcome to contribute to this effort. You are encouraged
-to participate in the Hybrid mailing list. To subscribe to the
-Hybrid List, use this link:
-  https://lists.ircd-hybrid.org/mailman/listinfo/hybrid
-
-The core team as, of this major release:
-
-adx, Piotr Nizynski <adx@irc7.pl>
-billy-jon, William Bierman III <bill@mu.org>
-cryogen, Stuart Walsh <stu@ipng.org.uk>
-Dianora, Diane Bruce <db@db.net>
-joshk, Joshua Kwan <joshk@triplehelix.org>
-kire, Erik Small <smalle@hawaii.edu>
-knight, Alan LeVee <alan.levee@prometheus-designs.net>
-metalrock, Jack Low <jclow@csupomona.edu>
-Michael, Michael Wobst <michael.wobst@gmail.com>
-Rodder, Jon Lusky <lusky@blown.net>
-Wohali, Joan Touzet <joant@ieee.org>
-
-The following people have contributed blood, sweat, and/or code to
-recent releases of Hybrid, in nick alphabetical order:
-
-A1kmm, Andrew Miller <a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net>
-AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org>
-bane, Dragan Dosen <bane@idolnet.org>
-bysin, Ben Kittridge <bkittridge@cfl.rr.com>
-cosine, Patrick Alken <wnder@uwns.underworld.net>
-David-T, David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk>
-fl, Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk>
-Garion, Joost Vunderink <garion@efnet.nl>
-Habeeb, David Supuran <habeeb@cfl.rr.com>
-Hwy101, W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net>
-jmallett, Juli Mallett <jmallett@FreeBSD.org>
-jv, Jakub Vlasek <jv@pilsedu.cz>
-k9, Jeremy Chadwick <ircd@jdc.parodius.com>
-kre, Dinko Korunic <kreator@fly.srk.fer.hr>
-madmax, Paul Lomax <madmax@efnet.org>
-nenolod, William Pitcock <nenolod@nenolod.net>
-Riedel, Dennis Vink, <riedel@chaotic.nl>
-scuzzy, David Todd <scuzzy@aniverse.net>
-spookey, David Colburn <spookey@spookey.org>
-TimeMr14C, Yusuf Iskenderoglu <uhc0@stud.uni-karlsruhe.de>
-toot, Toby Verrall <to7@antipope.fsnet.co.uk>
-vx0, Mark Miller <mark@oc768.net>
-wiz, Jason Dambrosio <jason@wiz.cx>
-Xride, Søren Straarup <xride@x12.dk>
-zb^3, Alfred Perlstein <alfred@freebsd.org>
-
-Others are welcome. Always. And if we left anyone off the above list,
-be sure to let us know that too. Many others have contributed to
-previous versions of this ircd and its ancestors, too many to list
-here.
-
-Send bug fixes/complaints/rotten tomatoes to bugs@ircd-hybrid.org.

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+prefix		= @prefix@
+exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
+exec_suffix	= @exec_suffix@
+bindir		= @bindir@
+libexecdir	= @libexecdir@
+sysconfdir		= @sysconfdir@
+localstatedir	= @localstatedir@
+
+# Local to the etc Makefile
+
+CONFS		= ircd.conf.example reference.conf
+
+install-mkdirs:
+	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); then \
+		echo "mkdir -p $(sysconfdir)"; \
+		mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
+	fi
+
+install: install-mkdirs
+	@echo "ircd: installing example config files ($(CONFS))"
+	@for i in $(CONFS); do \
+		if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i; then \
+			$(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i.old; \
+		fi; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
+	done
+
+	-@if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/ircd.motd; then \
+		echo "ircd: installing motd file (ircd.motd)"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) ircd.motd $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
+	fi
+
+	-@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/links.txt; then \
+		$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/links.txt; \
+	fi
+

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-# $Id: Makefile.in 3376 2007-04-03 11:37:39Z nenolod $
-CC		= @CC@
-INSTALL		= @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_BIN	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_DATA	= @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_SUID	= @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -o root -m 4755
-RM		= @RM@
-LEX		= @LEX@
-LEXLIB		= @LEXLIB@
-CFLAGS		= @IRC_CFLAGS@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
-LDFLAGS		= @LDFLAGS@
-MKDEP		= ${CC} -MM
-MV		= @MV@
-RM		= @RM@
-CP		= @CP@
-TOUCH		= @TOUCH@
-
-PROGRAM_PREFIX  = @PROGRAM_PREFIX@
-
-prefix		= @prefix@
-exec_prefix	= @exec_prefix@
-exec_suffix	= @exec_suffix@
-bindir		= @bindir@
-libexecdir	= @libexecdir@
-sysconfdir		= @sysconfdir@
-localstatedir	= @localstatedir@
-# Change this later! -- adrian
-moduledir	= @moduledir@
-automoduledir	= @moduledir@/autoload
-
-# Local to the etc Makefile
-mandir          = @mandir@/man8
-MANPAGES        = ircd.8
-
-CONFS		= ircd.conf.example reference.conf
-
-SSL_LIBS	= @SSL_LIBS@
-SSL_INCLUDES	= @SSL_INCLUDES@
-
-IRCDLIBS	= @LIBS@ $(SSL_LIBS)
-
-INCLUDES	= -I../include $(SSL_INCLUDES)
-CPPFLAGS	= ${INCLUDES} @CPPFLAGS@
-
-all: build
- 
-install-mkdirs:
-	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); then \
-		echo "mkdir -p $(sysconfdir)"; \
-		mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
-	fi
-
-	-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); then \
-		echo "mkdir -p $(mandir)"; \
-		mkdir -p $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); \
-	fi
-
-install: install-mkdirs build
-	@echo "ircd: installing example config files ($(CONFS))"
-	@for i in $(CONFS); do \
-		if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i; then \
-			$(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/$$i.old; \
-		fi; \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
-	done
-
-	-@if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/ircd.motd; then \
-		echo "ircd: installing motd file (ircd.motd)"; \
-		$(INSTALL_DATA) ircd.motd $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir); \
-	fi
-
-	-@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/links.txt; then \
-		$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(sysconfdir)/links.txt; \
-	fi
-
-	@echo "ircd: installing manpage"
-	@for i in $(MANPAGES); do \
-		if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i; then \
-			$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/$(PROGRAM_PREFIX)$$i; \
-		fi; \
-	done
-
-build:
-
-clean:
-
-depend:
-
-lint:
-
-distclean:
-	${RM} -f Makefile

doc/README.cidr_bans

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-$Id: README.cidr_bans 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $ 
-
-
-Basically what this patch does is allow for users to use cidr masks when
-setting bans, exceptions, and invite invex(modes beI respectively).  This
-works for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.  
-
-I won't go into details of how cidr works here, but to use them, you could
-do something like:
-
-/mode #foo +b *!*@10.0.0.0/8 
-/mode #foo +e *!*@10.0.10.0/24
-
-Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org>
-August 06, 2002
-
-

doc/Ratbox-team

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-$Id: Ratbox-team 1640 2006-06-05 00:02:19Z jilles $
- 
-ircd-ratbox is an evolution where ircd-hybrid left off around version 7-rc1.  
-Currently the ircd-ratbox team consists of the following developers:
- 
-AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
-anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
-
-Special thanks for support, code and ideas to:
-
-Hwy, W. Campbell <wcampbel -at- botbay.net>
-jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
-larne, Edward Brocklesby <ejb -at- sdf.lonestar.org>
- 
-Of course our work is based on the work of many, many others over the past
-10 or so years since irc has existed, including the work done by the Hybrid
-team, our thanks goes to them.
- 

doc/Tao-of-IRC.940110

@@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
-
-The Tao of Internet Relay Chat
-Copyright (C) Ove Ruben R Olsen 1994
-Version of 940110
-Contributing masters: Master ScottM
-
------
-Something is formed by the electrons, born in the silent cable. Shaping
-and growing and ungrowing. It is there yet not there. It is the source of
-Internet Relay Chat. I do not know the name, thus I will call it the Tao
-of Internet Relay Chat.
-
-If the Tao is great, then the IRC is running ceaselessly. If the IRC is 
-great then the server is running without ever stoping. If the server is 
-great then the client will always be the server. The luser is then pleased 
-and there is Chat in the world.
-
-The Tao of IRC squits far away and connects on returning.
-
-
------
-The genetic potential of birth, a lot to know, yet unknown.
-
-In the begining there was nothing. 
-
-Out of nothing the Tao gave birth to tolsun.oulu.fi. tolsun gave birth to
-OuluBox. 
-
-OuluBox gave birth to rmsg.
-
-rmsg was not Tao, so MUT gave birth to IRC.
-
-No one knows when IRC came into existance, the mighty master WiZ have it 
-to be at the end of the eight month in the year of the Dragon.
-
-
------
-Each channel has its purpose, however humble. Each channel is the Yin and
-Yang of IRC. Each channels has it's place within the IRC.
-
-In the beginning there was only channel 0, thus channel 0 is the soil of
-IRC. 
-
-Channel 1 to channel 10 then was open as the sea. Channel 11 to 999 was the 
-trees and forests of IRC. Channels above 999 should not be mentioned, and
-channels below 0 were unborn and contained many secrets.
-
-This was not the right Tao, so IRC gave birth to +channels. 
-
-+channels had the yin and yang. Mode does not.
-
-This was not the right Tao still, so IRC gave birth to #channels. 
-
-#channels have the yin and yang.
-
-Only channel 0 is the right path to Tao, but avoid speaking on channel 0.
-
-
------
-There was a great dispute among the Broom-Walkers of the Relay. Some of them
-wanted neither yin nor yang. Out of this Eris came into existance. Some of the
-Broom-Walkers then created Eris Free-net. 
-
-This was the right Tao.
-
-Kind Gentle and Boring Net was another wrong path to the Tao of Internet Relay 
-Chat.
-
-Some time later there was a quantity of some lusers who wanted to be 
-Broom-Walkers also. The Eris Free Broom-Walkers did not agree with them, 
-thus a new IRC was born. This IRC is called the Undernet. 
-
-But this is not the right Tao, either.
-
-
------
-There will always be disputes among the Broom-Walkers of Internet Relay Chat.
-
-This is the very nature of the IRC.
-
-
------
-Lusers that do not understand the Tao is always using the yang of Mode on 
-their channels. Lusers that do understand the Tao are always using Ignore
-on their channels.
-
-How could this not be so ?
-
-
------
-The wise sage luser is told about the Chat and uses it. The luser is told 
-about the IRC and is looking for it. The flock are told about the Tao and
-make a fool of the IRC.
-
-If there was no laughter, there would be no Tao.
-
-
------
-The master says:
-"Without the Tao of Internet Relay Chat, life becomes meaningless."
-
-The Relay of the old time was mysterious and sacred. We can neither imagine 
-its thoughts nor path; we are left but to describe.
-
-
------
-The sage luser must be aware like a frog crossing the highway.
-
-
------
-The great master Wumpus once dreamed that he was an automaton. When he awoke
-he exclaimed:
-	"I don't know whether I am Wumpus dreaming that I am a client,
-	 or a client dreaming that I am Wumpus!"
-
-So was the first Automata born. 
-
-The master Nap then said:
-	"Any automata should not speak unless spoken to.
-	 Any automata shall only whisper when spoken to."
-
-Thus replied the master Gnarfer:
-	"The lusers shall keep in mind that a automata can be either good or
-	 bad. Create good automata, and the IRC will hail you and you will 
-	 gain fame and fortune. Create bad automata and people will start to 
-	 hate you, and finaly you will be /KILLed to ethernal damnation"
-
-Many lusers have fallen into the clutches of ethernal damnation. They where 
-not following the Tao.
-
-
------
-There once was a luser who went to #BotSex. Each day he saw the automatons. 
-The luser decided that he also would have such a automata.
-He asked another luser for his automata. The other luser gave his automata
-away.
-
-The luser was not within the Tao, so he just started the automata. The automata
-had only Yang inside so all the lusers files where deleted.
-
-Some moons laither the same luser then had become a sage luser, and did create
-his automata from the very grounds with materials found inside the IRC.
-The luser was now within the Tao and his automata lived happily ever after.
-
-
------
-There once was a master who wrote automatons without the help of master Phone.
-A novice luser, seeking to imitate him, began with the help of master Phone.
-When the novice luser asked the master to evaluate his automata the master
-replied: "What is a working automata for the master is not for the luser.
-You must must BE the IRC before automating."
-
-
------
-Master BigCheese gave birth to master Troy; his duty clear. Master Troy gave 
-birth to master Phone, for the Tao of Irc must be eternal and must flow as the 
-ceaseless river of Time itself.
-
-
------
-Master Phone once said about the ircII client:
-	"public_msg is for a message from someone NOT on the channel
-	 public_other is for a message on a channel that doesn't belong to
-	 a window. public is for a message on a channel that belongs to a 
-	 window!"
-
-Out of this raised the mighty chaos.
-
-
------
-The sage luser came to the master who wrote automata without the help of 
-master Phone. The sage luser asked the master who wrote automata: "Which is 
-easiest to make. A automata with the help of master Phone or an automata 
-made with the help of a language ?"
-
-The master who wrote automata then replied:
-	"With the help of a language."
-
-The sage luser was disapointed and exclaimed: "But, with master Phone you
-do not need to know anything about the soil of IRC. Is not that the easiet
-way ?"
-
-"Not really" said the master who wrote automata, "when using master Phone
-you are closed inside a box. For sure, it is a great box for the lusers,
-but the master will need more power, thus a language is the only path to go.
-With the language the master will never have to limit himself. When using
-such a language the master will seek the best between the need and the
-availibility."
-
-"I see", said the sage luser.
-
-This is the essence of Tao of IRC automatas.
-
-
------
-A client should be light and be used for communication. The spirit of a good
-client is that it should be very convinient for the luser to use, but hard
-for the luser who want to create automata.
-There should never ever be too many functions or too few functions. 
-
-There should always be a ignore.
-
-Without ignore the client is not within the Tao of Chating.
-
-The client should always respond the luser with messages that will not 
-astnonish him too much. The server likewise. If the server does not, then it
-is the clients job to explain what the server says.
-
-A client which fails this, will be useless and cause confusion for the lusers.
-The only way to correct this is to use another client or to write a new one.
-
-
------
-A luser asked the masters on #IrcHelp: "My client does not work".
-The masters replied: "Upgrade your client".
-The luser then wondered why the master knew. The master then told him about
-the Protocol.
-
-"Your client does not work beaucse it does not understand the server. Why
-should it always work ? Only a fool would expect such. But, clients are made
-by humans, and humans are not perfect. Only Tao is.
-
-The IRC is solid. The IRC is floating, and will always be dynamic. Live with 
-that or /quit."
-
-
------
-The luser came to the masters of #IrcHelp, asking about the Tao of IRC within
-the client.
-The masters then said that the Tao of IRC always lies inside the client
-regardless of how the client connects to the server.
-
-"Is the Tao in irc ?" asked the luser.
-"It so is" replied the masters of #IrcHelp.
-"Is the Tao in the ircII, Kiwi, rxirc, vms, rockers and msa ?" asked the 
-luser.
-"In all of them and in the TPC, irchat, zenirc, zircon X11-irc and even the 
-dos irc has the Tao" said the master quietly.
-"Is the Tao in a telnet connection directly to the server ?" 
-
-The master then was quiet for a long time and said. "Please leave, such 
-questions are not within the Tao of IRC".
-
-
------
-The master says: "Without the Protocol of TCP the messages will not travel.
-                  Without the client, the server is useless."
-
-
------
-There once was a luser who used the ircII client. "ircII can do anything I 
-ever need for using IRC" said the emacs client user, "I have /ON's, I have 
-assignments, I have aliasing. Why don't you use this instead of the huge 
-emacs client, which also has a messy screen?"
-The emacs client user then replied by saying that "it is better to have a
-scripting language that is the client instead of have a client that has
-a scripting language." Upon hearing this, the ircII client luser fell silent.
-
-
------
-The master Wumpus said: "Time for you to leave. I did, now I'm happy."
-The master Gnarfer replied: "Use, but never overuse IRC, then you will also 
-be happy within IRC"
-
-
------
-A luser came unto the masters of #EU-Opers and asked, "How can I be, yet not 
-be, a user@host within the IRC?"
-The masters of #EU-Opers replied: "To be Tao is to be ones true self. To hide
-ones self is not Tao, and is not IRC, you have much to learn before you shall 
-be at rest within the Flow of Irc.  Please leave"
-

doc/connecting-servers.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+Connecting servers
+==================
+
+Servers can be connected together to improve redundancy, distribute bandwidth,
+lower latency, and connect network services.
+
+This document is an introduction to connecting servers. It assumes you are
+already somewhat familiar with Solanum's configuration (if not, read
+:file:`ircd.conf.example`, and set up your own server by editing it
+and running Solanum).
+
+Solanum uses the TS6 protocol, and can only be connected with other servers
+using this protocol. We recommend you only connect Solanum with other Solanum
+instances.
+
+Unlike some other IRCd implementations, all connections are reciprocal in
+Solanum, which means a single configuration block is used for both incoming
+and outgoing connections.
+Additionally, the same ports are used for server and client connections.
+
+Creating servers
+----------------
+
+If you already have a server running, copy its configuration to a new machine,
+and edit ``serverinfo`` for the new server. In particular, you must change the
+``name`` and ``sid``, but keep the same ``network_name``.
+We recommend you keep both configurations in sync using some external
+configuration management systems, so server configurations do not drift apart
+over time, as you change them.
+
+For each of the two servers, you must create a ``connect`` block to represent
+the connection with the other server. For example, if you have servers A and B
+respectively at a.example.org and b.example.org, use respectively::
+
+   serverinfo {
+           name = "a.example.org";
+           // ...
+   };
+
+   connect "b.example.org" {
+           host = "203.0.113.2";
+           port = 6666;
+
+           send_password = "password";
+           accept_password = "anotherpassword";
+
+           flags = topicburst, autoconn;
+
+           class = "server";
+   };
+
+and::
+
+   serverinfo {
+           name = "b.example.org";
+           // ...
+   };
+
+   connect "a.example.org" {
+           host = "203.0.113.1";
+           port = 6666;
+
+           send_password = "anotherpassword";
+           accept_password = "password";
+
+           flags = topicburst, autoconn;
+
+           class = "server";
+   };
+
+Note the reversed passwords.
+
+The ports should be any of the ports defined in a ``listen {}`` block of the
+other server.
+
+The ``autoconn`` flag indicates a server should automatically connect using
+this ``connect {}`` block. At least one of the two servers should have it,
+or the servers won't try to connect.
+
+If you are connecting servers over an unencrypted link, you should use SSL/TLS
+for the connection; see :file:`reference.conf`.
+
+
+Connecting services
+-------------------
+
+In addition to regular servers, you can also connect service packages such
+as atheme-services.
+
+These services typically do not accept incoming connections, and connect to
+one of the existing servers of the network.
+
+To allow connections from such a service server, you should create
+a new ``connect {}`` block for this package, on the server the services
+will connect to::
+
+   connect "services.example.org" {
+           host = "localhost";
+           port = 6666;
+
+           send_password = "password";
+           accept_password = "anotherpassword";
+
+           flags = topicburst;  // No autoconn, services don't accept incoming connections
+
+           class = "server";
+   };
+
+And create the appropriate config in your services' configuration so that
+they connect to your server on the configured port, and from the configured
+hostname.
+
+For example, with atheme::
+
+   loadmodule "modules/protocol/solanum";
+
+   uplink "a.example.org" {
+           host = "localhost";
+           port = 6666;
+           send_password = "anotherpassword";
+           receive_password = "password"
+   };
+
+Finally, you must configure all servers in your network to recognize the
+services server::
+
+   service {
+           name = "services.example.org";
+   };

doc/credits-past.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+===============================================================================
+IRCD 2.8 CREDITS
+===============================================================================
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *   IRC - Internet Relay Chat, doc/AUTHORS
+ *   Copyright (C) 1990
+ *
+ * AUTHORS FILE:
+ *   This file attempts to remember all contributors to the IRC
+ *   developement. Names can be only added this file, no name
+ *   should never be removed. This file must be included into all
+ *   distributions of IRC and derived works.
+ *
+ *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
+ *   any later version.
+ *
+ *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *   GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ *   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+ */
+
+IRC was conceived of and written by Jarkko Oikarinen <jto@tolsun.oulu.fi>.
+IRC was originally written in University of Oulu, Computing Center.
+Jan 1991 - IRC 2.6  jto@tolsun.oulu.fi
+	- Multiple Channels and protocol changes
+
+Contributions were made by a cast of dozens, including the following:
+
+Markku Jarvinen <mta@tut.fi>: Emacs-like editing facility for the client
+
+Kimmo Suominen <kim@kannel.lut.fi>: HP-UX port
+
+Jeff Trim <jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu>: enhancements and advice
+
+Vijay Subramaniam <vijay@lll-winken.llnl.gov>: advice and ruthless publicity
+
+Karl Kleinpaste <karl@cis.ohio-state.edu>: user's manual
+
+Greg Lindahl <gl8f@virginia.edu>: AUTOMATON code, the Wumpus GM automaton,
+myriad bug fixes
+
+Bill Wisner <wisner@hayes.fai.alaska.edu>: numerous bug fixes and code
+enhancements
+
+Tom Davis <conslt16@zeus.unl.edu> and Tim Russell <russell@zeus.unl.edu>:
+VMS modifications
+
+Markku Savela <msa@tel4.tel.vtt.fi>: advice, support, and being the
+incentive to do some of our *own* coding. :)
+
+Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu>: bug fixes, quarantine lines,
+consolidation of various patches.
+
+Christopher Davis <ckd@cs.bu.edu>: EFnet/Anet gateway coding,
+many automata ;), documentation fixing.
+
+Helen Rose <hrose@cs.bu.edu>: documentation updating, and fixing.
+
+Tom Hinds <rocker@bucsf.bu.edu>: emacs client updating.
+
+Tim Miller <cerebus@bu-pub.bu.edu>: various server and client-breaking
+features.
+
+Darren Reed <avalon@coombs.anu.edu.au>: various bug fixes and enhancements.
+Introduced nickname and channelname hash tables into the server.
+
+The version 2.2 release was coordinated by Mike Bolotski
+<mikeb@salmon.ee.ubc.ca>.
+
+The version 2.4 release was coordinated by Markku Savela and
+Chelsea Ashley Dyerman
+
+The version 2.5.2 release was coordinated by Christopher Davis, Helen Rose,
+and Tom Hopkins.
+
+The versions 2.6.2, 2.7 and 2.8 releases were coordinated by Darren Reed.
+
+Contributions for the 2.8 release from the following people:
+Matthew Green <phone@coombs.anu.edu.au>
+Chuck Kane <ckane@ece.uiuc.edu>
+Matt Lyle <matt@oc.com>
+Vesa Ruokonen <ruokonen@lut.fi>
+
+Markku Savela <Markku.Savela@vtt.fi> / April 1990
+Fixed various bugs in 2.2PL1 release server (2.2msa.4) and changed
+sockets to use non-blocking mode (2.2msa.9). [I have absolutely
+nothing to do with clients :-]
+
+Chelsea Ashley Dyerman <chelsea@earth.cchem.berkeley.edu> / April 1990
+Rewrote the Makefiles, restructuring of source tree. Added libIrcd.a to
+the Makefile macros, numerous reformatting of server text messages, and
+added mkversion.sh to keep track of compilation statistics. Numerous
+bug fixes and enhancements, and co-coordinator of the 2.4 release.
+
+jarlek@ifi.uio.no added mail functions to irc.
+
+Armin Gruner <gruner@informatik.tu-muenchen.de> / May, June 1990:
+* Patched KILL-line feature for ircd.conf, works now.
+  Enhancement:  Time intervals can be specified in passwd-field.
+  Result: KILL-Line is only active during these intervals
+* Patched PRIVMSG handling, now OPER can specify masks for sending
+  private messages, advantage: msg to all at a specified server or host.
+* Little tests on irc 2.5 alpha, fixed some little typos in client code.
+  Change: common/debug.c has been moved to ircd/s_debug.c, and a
+  irc/c_debug.c has been created, for the benefit that wrong server msg
+  are displayed if client does not recognize them. (strange, if a server
+  sends an 'unknown command', isn't it?)
+
+Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu> / September, October 1990:
+* Patched msa's K lines for servers (Q lines).
+* Consolidated several patches, including Stealth's logging patch.
+* Fixed several minor bugs.
+* Has done lots of other stuff that I can't seem to remember, but he
+  always works on code, so he has to have done alot more than three
+  lines worth. :)
+
+Thanks go to those persons not mentioned here who have added their advice,
+opinions, and code to IRC.
+
+Various modifications, bugreports, cleanups and testing by:
+
+Hugo Calendar <hugo@ucscb.ucsc.edu>
+Bo Adler <adler@csvax.cs.caltech.edu>
+Michael Sandrof <ms5n+@andrew.cmu.edu>
+Jon Solomon <jsol@cs.bu.edu>
+Jan Peterson <jlp@hamblin.math.byu.edu>
+Nathan Glasser <nathan@brokaw.lcs.mit.edu>
+Helen Rose <hrose@eff.org>
+Mike Pelletier <stealth@caen.engin.umich.edu>
+Basalat Ali Raja <gwydion@tavi.rice.edu>
+Eric P. Scott <eps@toaster.sfsu.edu>
+Dan Goodwin <fornax@wpi.wpi.edu>
+Noah Friedman <friedman@ai.mit.edu>
+
+
+===============================================================================
+IRCD-HYBRID CREDITS
+===============================================================================
+
+The hybrid team is a group of ircd coders who were frustrated
+with the instability and all-out "dirtiness" of the EFnet ircd's
+available. "hybrid" is the name for the collective efforts of a group
+of people, all of us.
+
+Anyone is welcome to contribute to this effort. You are encouraged
+to participate in the Hybrid mailing list. To subscribe to the
+Hybrid List, use this link:
+  https://lists.ircd-hybrid.org/mailman/listinfo/hybrid
+
+The core team as, of this major release:
+
+adx, Piotr Nizynski <adx@irc7.pl>
+billy-jon, William Bierman III <bill@mu.org>
+cryogen, Stuart Walsh <stu@ipng.org.uk>
+Dianora, Diane Bruce <db@db.net>
+joshk, Joshua Kwan <joshk@triplehelix.org>
+kire, Erik Small <smalle@hawaii.edu>
+knight, Alan LeVee <alan.levee@prometheus-designs.net>
+metalrock, Jack Low <jclow@csupomona.edu>
+Michael, Michael Wobst <michael.wobst@gmail.com>
+Rodder, Jon Lusky <lusky@blown.net>
+Wohali, Joan Touzet <joant@ieee.org>
+
+The following people have contributed blood, sweat, and/or code to
+recent releases of Hybrid, in nick alphabetical order:
+
+A1kmm, Andrew Miller <a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net>
+AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org>
+Ariadne, Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>
+bane, Dragan Dosen <bane@idolnet.org>
+bysin, Ben Kittridge <bkittridge@cfl.rr.com>
+cosine, Patrick Alken <wnder@uwns.underworld.net>
+David-T, David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk>
+fl, Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk>
+Garion, Joost Vunderink <garion@efnet.nl>
+Habeeb, David Supuran <habeeb@cfl.rr.com>
+Hwy101, W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net>
+jmallett, Juli Mallett <jmallett@FreeBSD.org>
+jv, Jakub Vlasek <jv@pilsedu.cz>
+k9, Jeremy Chadwick <ircd@jdc.parodius.com>
+kre, Dinko Korunic <kreator@fly.srk.fer.hr>
+madmax, Paul Lomax <madmax@efnet.org>
+Riedel, Dennis Vink, <riedel@chaotic.nl>
+scuzzy, David Todd <scuzzy@aniverse.net>
+spookey, David Colburn <spookey@spookey.org>
+TimeMr14C, Yusuf Iskenderoglu <uhc0@stud.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+toot, Toby Verrall <to7@antipope.fsnet.co.uk>
+vx0, Mark Miller <mark@oc768.net>
+wiz, Jason Dambrosio <jason@wiz.cx>
+Xride, Søren Straarup <xride@x12.dk>
+zb^3, Alfred Perlstein <alfred@freebsd.org>
+
+Others are welcome. Always. And if we left anyone off the above list,
+be sure to let us know that too. Many others have contributed to
+previous versions of this ircd and its ancestors, too many to list
+here.
+
+Send bug fixes/complaints/rotten tomatoes to bugs@ircd-hybrid.org.
+
+
+===============================================================================
+IRCD-RATBOX CREDITS
+===============================================================================
+
+ircd-ratbox is an evolution where ircd-hybrid left off around version 7-rc1.
+Currently the ircd-ratbox team consists of the following developers:
+
+AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
+anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
+
+Special thanks for support, code and ideas to:
+
+Hwy, W. Campbell <wcampbel -at- botbay.net>
+jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
+larne, Edward Brocklesby <ejb -at- sdf.lonestar.org>
+
+Of course our work is based on the work of many, many others over the past
+10 or so years since irc has existed, including the work done by the Hybrid
+team, our thanks goes to them.
+
+
+===============================================================================
+CHARYBDIS CREDITS
+===============================================================================
+
+Charybdis started as an evolution from ircd-ratbox. Its development
+is led by a team of dedicated developers who have put a lot of time
+into the project and it has seen use on a variety of different
+network configurations.
+
+The Charybdis core team, listed in nick-alphabetical order:
+
+amdj, Aaron Jones <aaronmdjones -at- gmail.com>
+Ariadne, Ariadne Conill <ariadne -at- dereferenced.org>
+Elizafox, Elizabeth Myers <elizabeth -at- interlinked.me>
+jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
+mr_flea, Keith Buck <mr_flea -at- esper.net>
+
+The following people are also project members, listed in nick-alphabetical
+order:
+
+jdhore, JD Horelick <jdhore1 -at- gmail.com>
+viatsko, Valerii Iatsko <dwr -at- codingbox.io>
+
+The following people have made contributions to the Charybdis releases,
+in nick-alphabetical order:
+
+AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
+anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
+beu, Elfyn McBratney <elfyn.mcbratney -at- gmail.com>
+BlindSight, Matt Ullman <matt -at- airraidsirens.com>
+Entrope, Michael Poole <mdpoole -at- trolius.org>
+grawity, Mantas Mikulėnas <grawity -at- gmail.com>
+gxti, Michael Tharp <gxti -at- partiallystapled.com>
+mniip <mniip -at- mniip.com>
+Simon, Simon Arlott
+spb, Stephen Bennett <spb -at- attenuate.org>
+Taros, Brett Greenham <taros -at- shadowircd.net>
+ThaPrince, Jon Christopherson <jon -at- vile.com>
+twincest, River Tarnell <river -at- attenuate.org>
+w00t, Robin Burchell <surreal.w00t -at- gmail.com>
+
+For a list of contributors to ircd-ratbox, ircd-hybrid, and ircd2.8 (the
+predecessors to Charybdis), see the doc/credits-past.txt file in the Charybdis
+distribution.
+
+Visit the Charybdis website at: http://www.charybdis.io/
+Visit us on IRC at: irc.charybdis.io #charybdis

doc/features/account-notify.txt

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 account-notify client capability specification
 ----------------------------------------------
 
-Copyright (c) 2010 William Pitcock <nenolod@atheme.org>.
+Copyright (c) 2010 Ariadne Conill <ariadne@dereferenced.org>.
 
 Unlimited redistribution and modification of this document is allowed
 provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice

doc/features/challenge.txt

@@ -51,9 +51,6 @@ If aes256 is not available, the following is used instead:
 
 - Building ratbox-respond -
 ---------------------------
-If you are using the unix based ratbox-respond this must be built.  For the
-windows version, ratbox-winrespond, please see http://respond.ircd-ratbox.org
-
 ratbox-respond takes the challenge from the server, and together with your 
 private key file generates a response to be sent back.  ratbox-respond
 requires the openssl headers (ie, development files) and openssl libraries
@@ -82,5 +79,3 @@ ratbox-respond/README for more information.
 A number of scripts for clients have already been written to automate this
 process, see client-scripts/README for more information.
 
--- 
-$Id: challenge.txt 678 2006-02-03 20:25:01Z jilles $

doc/features/collision_fnc.txt

@@ -43,5 +43,3 @@ the same on all servers for each nick-user pair, also if a user with a UID
 nick changes their nick but is collided again (the server detecting the
 collision will not propagate the nick change further).
 
--- 
-$Id: collision_fnc.txt 3422 2007-04-22 14:35:28Z jilles $

doc/features/extban.txt

@@ -42,6 +42,10 @@ exists and is not +s or +p. (The ops of the channel the ban is on cannot
 necessarily see whether the user is in the target channel, so it should not
 influence whether they can join either.)
 
+extb_canjoin.so
+	$j:<channel>
+matches users who are or are not banned from a specified channel
+
 extb_oper.so
 	$o
 matches opers (most useful with +I)
@@ -56,6 +60,14 @@ extb_server.so
 matches users connected to a server matching the mask (* and ? wildcards);
 this can only be used with +b and +q
 
+extb_extgecos.so
+	$x:<mask>
+bans all users with matching nick!user@host#gecos
+
+extb_ssl.so
+	$z
+matches all SSL users
+
 Comparisons:
 
 +b $~a is similar to +r but also prevents not logged in users talking or
@@ -88,5 +100,3 @@ The function is called whenever a (local) client needs to be checked against
 a +bqeI entry of the given extban type, and whenever a local client tries to
 add such an entry. (Clients are allowed to add bans matching themselves.)
 
--- 
-$Id: extban.txt 1639 2006-06-04 23:26:47Z jilles $

doc/features/filter.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+extensions/filter module documentation
+--------------------------------------
+
+The filter extension implements message content filtering using 
+solanum's hook framework and Intel's Hyperscan regular expression
+matching library.
+
+It requires an x86_64 processor with SSSE3 extensions.
+
+To operate, the filter requires a database of regular expessions
+that have been compiled using the Hyperscan library's 
+hs_compile_multi() or hs_compile_ext_multi() functions. 
+
+The command SETFILTER is used to manage operation of the filter and to
+load compiled Hyperscan databases.
+
+General documenation of SETFILTER is available using the 'HELP SETFILTER'
+command.
+
+For each expression in the database, the three least significant bits 
+of the expression ID are used to indicate which action the ircd should
+take in the event of a match:
+
+001 (1) DROP   - The message will be dropped and the client will be sent
+                 an ERR_CANNOTSENDTOCHAN message.
+010 (2) KILL   - The connection from which the message was recevied will
+                 be closed.
+100 (4) ALARM  - A Server Notice will be generated indicating that an
+                 expression was matched. The nick, user, hostname and
+                 IP address will be reported. For privacy, the expression
+                 that has been matched will not be disclosed.
+
+Messages are passed to the filter module in a format similar to an
+IRC messages:
+
+0:nick!user@host#1 PRIVMSG #help :hello!
+
+The number at the start of the line indicates the scanning pass:
+Messages are scanned twice, once as they were received (0), and once
+with any formatting or unprintable characters stripped (1).
+
+By default, 'nick', 'user' and 'host' will contain *. This behaviour
+can be changed at build time if filtering on these fields is required.
+
+The number after the # will be 0 or 1 depending on whether the sending
+client was identified to a NickServ account.
+
+The process for loading filters is as follows:
+
+1. The Hyperscan database is serialized using hs_serialize_database().
+2. A 'SETFILTER NEW' command is sent.
+3. The serialized data is split into chunks and base64 encoded. 
+   The chunk size needs to be chosen to ensure that the resuliting
+   strings are short enough to fit into a 510 byte IRC line, taking 
+   into account space needed for the 'SETFILTER +' command, check field, 
+   server mask, and base64 overhead.
+4. The encoded chunks are sent using 'SETFILTER +' commands
+5. Once the entire database has been sent, a 'SETFILTER APPLY' command
+   is sent to commit it.

doc/features/index.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+Here is an overview of the docs in the doc/features directory.
+
+account-notify.txt	- Description of the account-notify system
+away-notify.txt		- Description of the away-notify system
+challenge.txt		- Overview of the challenge/response system for
+                          obtaining operator status
+collision_fnc.txt	- Overview of the SAVE nick collision method
+extban.txt		- Description of extended bans
+extended-join.txt	- Description of the extended-join system
+modeg.txt		- Description of UMODE +g, the caller ID system
+monitor.txt		- Description of the MONITOR system
+sasl.txt		- Description of the SASL services authentication
+			  system
+services.txt		- Overview of features added by services
+tgchange.txt		- Overview of the target change system

doc/features/modeg.txt

@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Note that some clients may have to use /quote ACCEPT instead of /accept.
 --
 
 Client Hwy101:  /msg Hwy-LL hi
-Hwy101 will see:  -!- Hwy-LL is in +g mode (server-side ignore.)
+Hwy101 will see:  -!- Hwy-LL is in +g mode and must manually allow you to message them.
                   -!- Hwy-LL has been informed that you messaged them.
 
 Hwy-LL will see:  -!- Hwy101 wcampbel@admin.irc.monkie.org is messaging you, and you have umode +g.
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Hwy-LL will see:  -!- Hwy101 wcampbel@admin.irc.monkie.org is messaging you, and
 --
 
 If Hwy101 sends another message to Hwy-LL (before the minute expires), he will
-see:  -!- Hwy-LL is in +g mode (server-side ignore.)
+see:  -!- Hwy-LL is in +g mode and must manually allow you to message them.
 and will not receive the second notice
 
 Hwy-LL will NOT see any notice. This also applies if the second message comes
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ their accept list.
 
 716 - ERR_TARGUMODEG
 --------------------
-:<server> 716 <nick> <target> :is in +g mode (server-side ignore.)
+:<server> 716 <nick> <target> :is in +g mode and must manually allow you to message them.
 
 This numeric is used to indicate that a message (PRIVMSG) the client sent
 could not be delivered because of CallerID restrictions. The <target>
@@ -215,4 +215,3 @@ which is ambiguous if the user may contain a [ and in the author's opinion ugly.
 --
 W. Campbell
 updated by J. Tjoelker
-$Id: modeg.txt 3556 2007-08-18 14:45:10Z jilles $

doc/features/monitor.txt

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
 MONITOR - Protocol for notification of when clients become online/offline
              Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
-$Id: monitor.txt 3520 2007-06-30 22:15:35Z jilles $
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Currently, ISON requests by clients use a large amount of bandwidth.  It is

doc/features/sasl.txt

@@ -127,4 +127,3 @@ Kucharski (IRCnet), IRC Client Capabilities Extension. March 2005.
 This internet-draft has expired; it can still be found on
 http://www.leeh.co.uk/draft-mitchell-irc-capabilities-02.html
 
-$Id: sasl.txt 3169 2007-01-28 22:13:18Z jilles $

doc/features/services.txt

@@ -1,9 +1,12 @@
-ratbox-services compatibility documentation - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Services compatibility documentation
+------------------------------------
 
-Compatibility with ratbox-services is always enabled.  Note that some or
-all of this is also used by atheme-services and anope.  It will add the
-following features to ircd:
+Originally written by Lee Hardy for ircd-ratbox. Minor changes by Elizabeth
+Myers for modern services.
+
+
+Compatibility with services is always enabled.  Supported services include
+atheme and anope. They add the following features to Charybdis:
 
 1. Channel mode +r
 
@@ -17,8 +20,8 @@ following features to ircd:
 
    Ability to specify the names of services servers in ircd.conf:
    service {
-       name = "services.ircd-ratbox.org";
-       name = "backup-services.ircd-ratbox.org";
+       name = "services.charybdis.io";
+       name = "backup-services.charybdis.io";
    };
 
    These must be specified for certain features to work.  You may specify as
@@ -60,4 +63,3 @@ following features to ircd:
    Gives numeric 486 to users sending a PRIVMSG who are not logged in:
    :<server> 486 <nick> <targetnick> :You must log in with services to message this user
 
-# $Id: services.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

doc/features/tgchange.txt

@@ -41,6 +41,3 @@ you are messaging that channel or a client within that channel.  The latter
 can be done explicitly using the CNOTICE and CPRIVMSG commands, see
 /quote help cnotice and /quote help cprivmsg, but is also implicit in a
 normal /msg, /notice or /invite.
-
--- 
-$Id: tgchange.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

doc/index.txt

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-
-# $Id: index.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
-Here is the overview of the documents in the doc/ directory.
-
-CIDR.txt		- Description of CIDR in IPv4
-Tao-of-IRC.940110       - No comment...
-challenge.txt           - Overview of the challenge/response system for
-                          obtaining operator status
-ircd.conf.example       - An example ircd.conf file describing most of the
-                          user settable options
-guidelines.txt		- Documentation guidelines
-hooks.txt		- Overview of the hooks available
-index.txt		- This file
-ircd.8                  - The new revised manpage, read with the following
-                          commands in the prefix directory:
-                          man -M . ircd
-ircd.motd               - A default ircd.motd used by make install
-logfiles.txt		- Description of formatting of some logfiles
-modeg.txt               - An in depth description of the server side silence
-                          user mode (+g)
-modes.txt               - A list of all user and channel modes
-operguide.txt           - EFnet operator's guide
-opermyth.txt            - Oper myth's, describes what opers can and cannot do
-server-version-info     - Overview of the flags shown in /version
-whats-new.txt		- What new features are available
-
-Also in the contrib/ directory you will find:
-example_module.c - An example module, detailing what the code in a module
-		   does.  Useful for building your own modules.

doc/ircd.8

@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-.\" @(#)ircd.8 2.0 22 April 2004
-.\" $Id: ircd.8 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
-.TH IRCD 8 "ircd-ratbox" 22 April 2004
-.SH NAME
-ircd \- The Internet Relay Chat Program Server 
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.hy 0
-.IP \fBircd\fP
-[-dlinefile filename] [-configfile filename] [-klinefile filename]
-[-logfile filename] [-pidfile filename] [-resvfile filename]
-[-xlinefile filename] [-conftest] [-foreground] [-version]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.LP
-\fIircd\fP is the server (daemon) program for the Internet Relay Chat
-Program.  The \fIircd\fP is a server in that its function is to "serve"
-the client program \fIirc(1)\fP with messages and commands.  All commands
-and user messages are passed directly to the \fIircd\fP for processing
-and relaying to other ircd sites.
-.SH OPTIONS
-.TP
-.B \-dlinefile filename
-Specifies the D-line file to be used.  This file is used for both reading
-D-lines at startup, and writing to while \fIircd\fP is running.
-.TP
-.B \-configfile filename
-Specifies the ircd.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
-is used to override the default ircd.conf given at compile time.
-.TP
-.B \-klinefile filename
-Specifies the K-line file to be used.  This file is used for both reading
-K-lines at startup, and writing to while \fIircd\fP is running.
-.TP
-.B \-logfile filename
-Specifies an alternative logfile to be used than that specified in config.h
-.TP
-.B \-pidfile filename
-Specifies the ircd.pid used. The option is used to override the default
-ircd.pid given at compile time.
-.TP
-.B \-resvfile filename
-Specifies the resv.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
-is used to override the default resv.conf given at compile time.
-.TP
-.B \-xlinefile filename
-Specifies the xline.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
-is used to override the default xline.conf given at compile time.
-.TP
-.B \-conftest
-Makes \fIircd\fP check the ircd.conf for errors
-.TP
-.B \-foreground
-Makes \fIircd\fP run in the foreground
-.TP
-.B \-version
-Makes \fIircd\fP print its version, and exit.
-.SH USAGE
-If you plan to connect your \fIircd\fP server to an existing Irc-Network,
-you will need to alter your local IRC configuration file (typically named
-"ircd.conf") so that it will accept and make connections to other \fIircd\fP
-servers.  This file contains the hostnames, Network Addresses, and sometimes
-passwords for connections to other ircds around the world.  Because 
-description of the actual file format of the "ircd.conf" file is beyond the
-scope of this document, please refer to the file INSTALL in the IRC source
-files documentation directory.
-.LP
-.SH BOOTING THE SERVER
-The \fIircd\fP server can be started as part of the
-Unix boot procedure or just by placing the server into Unix Background.
-Keep in mind that if it is \fBnot\fP part of your Unix's boot-up procedure 
-then you will have to manually start the \fIircd\fP server each time your
-Unix is rebooted.  This means if your Unix is prone to crashing
-or going for for repairs a lot it would make sense to start the \fIircd\fP
-server as part of your UNIX bootup procedure.  
-.SH EXAMPLE
-.RS
-.nf
-tolsun% \fBbin/ircd\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-Places \fIircd\fP into Unix background and starts up the server for use.
-Note:  You do not have to add the "&" to this command, the program will
-automatically detach itself from tty.
-.RS
-.nf
-leguin% \fBbin/ircd -foreground\fP
-.fi
-.RE
-.LP
-Runs ircd in the foreground.
-.RS
-.nf
-.SH COPYRIGHT
-(c) 1988,1989 University of Oulu, Computing Center, Finland,
-.LP
-(c) 1988,1989 Department of Information Processing Science,
-University of Oulu, Finland
-.LP
-(c) 1988,1989,1990,1991 Jarkko Oikarinen
-.LP
-(c) 1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 The IRCD-Hybrid project.
-.LP
-For full COPYRIGHT see LICENSE file with IRC package.
-.LP
-.RE
-.SH FILES
- "ircd.conf"
-.SH BUGS
-None... ;-) if somebody finds one, please inform author
-.SH AUTHOR
-irc2.8 and earlier: Jarkko Oikarinen, currently jto@tolsun.oulu.fi.
-.LP
-ircd-hybrid-7: IRCD-Hybrid Project, ircd-hybrid@the-project.org.
-.LP
-manual page written by Jeff Trim, jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu,
-later modified by jto@tolsun.oulu.fi.
-.LP
-modified for ircd-hybrid-7 by Edward Brocklesby, ejb@klamath.uucp.leguin.org.uk.
-.LP
-updated by W. Campbell, wcampbel@botbay.net

doc/ircd.conf.example

@@ -4,53 +4,51 @@
  * Copyright (C) 2002-2005 ircd-ratbox development team
  * Copyright (C) 2005-2006 charybdis development team
  *
- * $Id: example.conf 3582 2007-11-17 21:55:48Z jilles $
- *
  * See reference.conf for more information.
  */
 
 /* Extensions */
-#loadmodule "extensions/chm_operonly_compat.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/chm_quietunreg_compat.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/chm_sslonly_compat.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/createauthonly.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_account.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_canjoin.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_channel.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_combi.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_extgecos.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_hostmask.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_oper.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_realname.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_server.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/extb_ssl.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/hurt.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/m_findforwards.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/m_identify.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/no_oper_invis.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/sno_farconnect.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globalkline.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globaloper.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/sno_whois.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/override.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/no_kill_services.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/chm_nonotice";
+#loadmodule "extensions/chm_operpeace";
+#loadmodule "extensions/createauthonly";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_account";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_canjoin";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_channel";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_combi";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_extgecos";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_hostmask";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_oper";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_realname";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_server";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_ssl";
+#loadmodule "extensions/extb_usermode";
+#loadmodule "extensions/hurt";
+#loadmodule "extensions/m_extendchans";
+#loadmodule "extensions/m_findforwards";
+#loadmodule "extensions/m_identify";
+#loadmodule "extensions/m_locops";
+#loadmodule "extensions/no_oper_invis";
+#loadmodule "extensions/sno_farconnect";
+#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globalnickchange";
+#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globaloper";
+#loadmodule "extensions/override";
+#loadmodule "extensions/no_kill_services";
 
 /*
  * IP cloaking extensions: use ip_cloaking_4.0
  * if you're linking 3.2 and later, otherwise use
- * ip_cloaking.so, for compatibility with older 3.x
+ * ip_cloaking, for compatibility with older 3.x
  * releases.
  */
 
-#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking_4.0.so";
-#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking.so";
+#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking_4.0";
+#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking";
 
 serverinfo {
 	name = "hades.arpa";
 	sid = "42X";
-	description = "charybdis test server";
+	description = "solanum test server";
 	network_name = "StaticBox";
-	hub = yes;
 
 	/* On multi-homed hosts you may need the following. These define
 	 * the addresses we connect from to other servers. */
@@ -58,19 +56,21 @@ serverinfo {
 	#vhost = "192.0.2.6";
 	/* for IPv6 */
 	#vhost6 = "2001:db8:2::6";
-	
-	/* ssl_private_key: our ssl private key */
-	ssl_private_key = "etc/ssl.key";
 
-	/* ssl_cert: certificate for our ssl server */
+	/* ssl_cert: certificate (and optionally key) for our ssl server */
 	ssl_cert = "etc/ssl.pem";
 
+	/* ssl_private_key: our ssl private key (if not contained in ssl_cert file) */
+	#ssl_private_key = "etc/ssl.key";
+
 	/* ssl_dh_params: DH parameters, generate with openssl dhparam -out dh.pem 2048
 	 * In general, the DH parameters size should be the same as your key's size.
 	 * However it has been reported that some clients have broken TLS implementations which may
 	 * choke on keysizes larger than 2048-bit, so we would recommend using 2048-bit DH parameters
 	 * for now if your keys are larger than 2048-bit.
-	 */
+	 *
+	 * If you do not provide parameters, some TLS backends will fail on DHE- ciphers,
+	 * and some will succeed but use weak, common DH groups! */
 	ssl_dh_params = "etc/dh.pem";
 
 	/* ssld_count: number of ssld processes you want to start, if you
@@ -159,7 +159,13 @@ listen {
 	/* Listen on IPv6 (if you used host= above). */
 	#host = "2001:db8:2::6";
 	#port = 5000, 6665 .. 6669;
-	#sslport = 9999;
+	#sslport = 6697;
+
+	/* wsock: listeners defined with this option enabled will be websocket listeners,
+	 * and will not accept normal clients.
+	 */
+	wsock = yes;
+	sslport = 9999;
 };
 
 /* auth {}: allow users to connect to the ircd (OLD I:)
@@ -182,7 +188,7 @@ auth {
 	 * flags = ...; below if it is.
 	 */
 	password = "letmein";
-	
+
 	/* spoof: fake the users user@host to be be this.  You may either
 	 * specify a host or a user@host to spoof to.  This is free-form,
 	 * just do everyone a favour and dont abuse it. (OLD I: = flag)
@@ -190,26 +196,28 @@ auth {
 	spoof = "I.still.hate.packets";
 
 	/* Possible flags in auth:
-	 * 
+	 *
 	 * encrypted                  | password is encrypted with mkpasswd
 	 * spoof_notice               | give a notice when spoofing hosts
 	 * exceed_limit (old > flag)  | allow user to exceed class user limits
-	 * kline_exempt (old ^ flag)  | exempt this user from k/g/xlines&dnsbls
-	 * dnsbl_exempt		      | exempt this user from dnsbls
-	 * spambot_exempt	      | exempt this user from spambot checks
-	 * shide_exempt		      | exempt this user from serverhiding
+	 * kline_exempt (old ^ flag)  | exempt this user from k/g/xlines,
+	 *                            | dnsbls, and proxies
+	 * proxy_exempt               | exempt this user from proxies
+	 * dnsbl_exempt               | exempt this user from dnsbls
+	 * spambot_exempt             | exempt this user from spambot checks
+	 * shide_exempt               | exempt this user from serverhiding
 	 * jupe_exempt                | exempt this user from generating
 	 *                              warnings joining juped channels
-	 * resv_exempt		      | exempt this user from resvs
+	 * resv_exempt                | exempt this user from resvs
 	 * flood_exempt               | exempt this user from flood limits
-	 *                                     USE WITH CAUTION.
+	 *                              USE WITH CAUTION.
 	 * no_tilde     (old - flag)  | don't prefix ~ to username if no ident
 	 * need_ident   (old + flag)  | require ident for user in this class
 	 * need_ssl                   | require SSL/TLS for user in this class
 	 * need_sasl                  | require SASL id for user in this class
 	 */
 	flags = kline_exempt, exceed_limit;
-	
+
 	/* class: the class the user is placed in */
 	class = "opers";
 };
@@ -223,7 +231,8 @@ auth {
  * means they must be defined before operator {}.
  */
 privset "local_op" {
-	privs = oper:local_kill, oper:operwall;
+	privs = oper:general, oper:privs, oper:testline, oper:kill, oper:operwall, oper:message,
+		usermode:servnotice, auspex:oper, auspex:hostname, auspex:umodes, auspex:cmodes;
 };
 
 privset "server_bot" {
@@ -233,13 +242,14 @@ privset "server_bot" {
 
 privset "global_op" {
 	extends = "local_op";
-	privs = oper:global_kill, oper:routing, oper:kline, oper:unkline, oper:xline,
-		oper:resv, oper:mass_notice, oper:remoteban;
+	privs = oper:routing, oper:kline, oper:unkline, oper:xline,
+		oper:resv, oper:cmodes, oper:mass_notice, oper:wallops,
+		oper:remoteban;
 };
 
 privset "admin" {
 	extends = "global_op";
-	privs = oper:admin, oper:die, oper:rehash, oper:spy;
+	privs = oper:admin, oper:die, oper:rehash, oper:spy, oper:grant;
 };
 
 operator "god" {
@@ -252,13 +262,13 @@ operator "god" {
 	user = "*god@127.0.0.1";
 
 	/* password: the password required to oper.  Unless ~encrypted is
-	 * contained in flags = ...; this will need to be encrypted using 
+	 * contained in flags = ...; this will need to be encrypted using
 	 * mkpasswd, MD5 is supported
 	 */
 	password = "etcnjl8juSU1E";
 
 	/* rsa key: the public key for this oper when using Challenge.
-	 * A password should not be defined when this is used, see 
+	 * A password should not be defined when this is used, see
 	 * doc/challenge.txt for more information.
 	 */
 	#rsa_public_key_file = "/usr/local/ircd/etc/oper.pub";
@@ -296,20 +306,17 @@ operator "god" {
 	privset = "admin";
 };
 
+/* See connecting-servers.rst for an introduction to using these files. */
+
 connect "irc.uplink.com" {
 	host = "203.0.113.3";
 	send_password = "password";
 	accept_password = "anotherpassword";
 	port = 6666;
-	hub_mask = "*";
 	class = "server";
-	flags = compressed, topicburst;
+	flags = topicburst;
 
 	#fingerprint = "c77106576abf7f9f90cca0f63874a60f2e40a64b";
-
-	/* If the connection is IPv6, uncomment below.
-	 * Use 0::1, not ::1, for IPv6 localhost. */
-	#aftype = ipv6;
 };
 
 connect "ssl.uplink.com" {
@@ -317,7 +324,6 @@ connect "ssl.uplink.com" {
 	send_password = "password";
 	accept_password = "anotherpassword";
 	port = 9999;
-	hub_mask = "*";
 	class = "server";
 	flags = ssl, topicburst;
 };
@@ -331,9 +337,8 @@ cluster {
 	flags = kline, tkline, unkline, xline, txline, unxline, resv, tresv, unresv;
 };
 
-shared {
-	oper = "*@*", "*";
-	flags = all, rehash;
+secure {
+	ip = "127.0.0.1";
 };
 
 /* exempt {}: IPs that are exempt from Dlines and rejectcache. (OLD d:) */
@@ -349,6 +354,7 @@ channel {
 	knock_delay = 5 minutes;
 	knock_delay_channel = 1 minute;
 	max_chans_per_user = 15;
+	max_chans_per_user_large = 60;
 	max_bans = 100;
 	max_bans_large = 500;
 	default_split_user_count = 0;
@@ -363,6 +369,9 @@ channel {
 	disable_local_channels = no;
 	autochanmodes = "+nt";
 	displayed_usercount = 3;
+	strip_topic_colors = no;
+	opmod_send_statusmsg = no;
+	invite_notify_notice = yes;
 };
 
 serverhide {
@@ -372,15 +381,14 @@ serverhide {
 	disable_hidden = no;
 };
 
-/* These are the blacklist settings.
+/* These are the DNSBL settings.
  * You can have multiple combinations of host and rejection reasons.
  * They are used in pairs of one host/rejection reason.
  *
- * These settings should be adequate for most networks, and are (presently)
- * required for use on StaticBox.
+ * The default settings should be adequate for most networks.
  *
- * Word to the wise: Do not use blacklists like SPEWS for blocking IRC
- * connections.
+ * It is not recommended to use DNSBL services designed for e-mail spam
+ * prevention, such as SPEWS for blocking IRC connections.
  *
  * As of charybdis 2.2, you can do some keyword substitution on the rejection
  * reason. The available keyword substitutions are:
@@ -397,16 +405,16 @@ serverhide {
  * as of this writing.
  *
  * As of charybdis 3.5, a matches parameter is allowed; if omitted, any result
- * is considered a match. If included, a comma-separated list of *quoted* 
+ * is considered a match. If included, a comma-separated list of *quoted*
  * strings is allowed to match queries. They may be of the format "0" to "255"
  * to match the final octet (e.g. 127.0.0.1) or "127.x.y.z" to explicitly match
- * an A record. The blacklist is only applied if it matches anything in the 
+ * an A record. The DNSBL match is only applied if it matches anything in the
  * list. You may freely mix full IP's and final octets.
  *
- * Consult your blacklist provider for the meaning of these parameters; they
- * are usually used to denote different ban types.
+ * Consult your DNSBL provider for the meaning of these parameters; they
+ * are usually used to denote different block reasons.
  */
-blacklist {
+dnsbl {
 	host = "rbl.efnetrbl.org";
 	type = ipv4;
 	reject_reason = "${nick}, your IP (${ip}) is listed in EFnet's RBL. For assistance, see http://efnetrbl.org/?i=${ip}";
@@ -418,6 +426,78 @@ blacklist {
 #	reject_reason = "${nick}, your IP (${ip}) is listed in ${dnsbl-host} for some reason. In order to protect ${network-name} from abuse, we are not allowing connections listed in ${dnsbl-host} to connect";
 };
 
+/* These are the OPM settings.
+ * This is similar to the functionality provided by BOPM. It will scan incoming
+ * connections for open proxies by connecting to clients and attempting several
+ * different open proxy handshakes. If they connect back to us (via a dedicated
+ * listening port), and send back the data we send them, they are considered
+ * an open proxy. For politeness reasons (users may be confused by the incoming
+ * connection attempts if they are logging incoming connections), the user is
+ * notified upon connect if they are being scanned.
+ *
+ * WARNING:
+ * These settings are considered experimental. Only the most common proxy types
+ * are checked for (Charybdis is immune from POST and GET proxies). If you are
+ * not comfortable with experimental code, do not use this feature.
+ */
+#opm {
+	/* IPv4 address to listen on. This must be a publicly facing IP address
+	 * to be effective.
+	 * If omitted, it defaults to serverinfo::vhost.
+	 */
+	#listen_ipv4 = "127.0.0.1";
+
+	/* IPv4 port to listen on.
+	 * This should not be the same as any existing listeners.
+	 */
+	#port_v4 = 32000;
+
+	/* IPv6 address to listen on. This must be a publicly facing IP address
+	 * to be effective.
+	 * If omitted, it defaults to serverinfo::vhost6.
+	 */
+	#listen_ipv6 = "::1";
+
+	/* IPv6 port to listen on.
+	 * This should not be the same as any existing listeners.
+	 */
+	#port_v6 = 32000;
+
+	/* You can also set the listen_port directive which will set both the
+	 * IPv4 and IPv6 ports at once.
+	 */
+	#listen_port = 32000;
+
+	/* This sets the timeout in seconds before ending open proxy scans.
+	 * Values less than 1 or greater than 60 are ignored.
+	 * It is advisable to keep it as short as feasible, so clients do not
+	 * get held up by excessively long scan times.
+	 */
+	#timeout = 5;
+
+	/* These are the ports to scan for SOCKS4 proxies on. They may overlap
+	 * with other scan types. Sensible defaults are given below.
+	 */
+	#socks4_ports = 1080, 10800, 443, 80, 8080, 8000;
+
+	/* These are the ports to scan for SOCKS5 proxies on. They may overlap
+	 * with other scan types. Sensible defaults are given below.
+	 */
+	#socks5_ports = 1080, 10800, 443, 80, 8080, 8000;
+
+	/* These are the ports to scan for HTTP connect proxies on (plaintext).
+	 * They may overlap with other scan types. Sensible defaults are given
+	 * below.
+	 */
+	#httpconnect_ports = 80, 8080, 8000;
+
+	/* These are the ports to scan for HTTPS CONNECT proxies on (SSL).
+	 * They may overlap with other scan types. Sensible defaults are given
+	 * below.
+	 */
+	#httpsconnect_ports = 443, 4443;
+#};
+
 alias "NickServ" {
 	target = "NickServ";
 };
@@ -481,7 +561,7 @@ general {
 	tkline_expire_notices = no;
 	default_floodcount = 10;
 	failed_oper_notice = yes;
-	dots_in_ident=2;
+	dots_in_ident = 2;
 	min_nonwildcard = 4;
 	min_nonwildcard_simple = 3;
 	max_accept = 100;
@@ -497,22 +577,30 @@ general {
 	resv_fnc = yes;
 	global_snotices = yes;
 	dline_with_reason = yes;
-	kline_delay = 0 seconds;
 	kline_with_reason = yes;
+	hide_tkdline_duration = no;
 	kline_reason = "K-Lined";
+	sasl_only_client_message = "You need to identify via SASL to use this server.";
+	identd_only_client_message = "You need to install identd to use this server.";
+	sctp_forbidden_client_message = "You are not allowed to use SCTP on this server.";
+	ssltls_only_client_message = "You need to use SSL/TLS to use this server.";
+	not_authorised_client_message = "You are not authorised to access this server.";
+	illegal_hostname_client_message = "You have an illegal character in your hostname.";
+	server_full_client_message = "Sorry, server is full - try later";
+	illegal_name_long_client_message = "Your username is invalid. Please make sure that your username contains only alphanumeric characters.";
+	illegal_name_short_client_message = "Invalid username";
 	identify_service = "NickServ@services.int";
 	identify_command = "IDENTIFY";
 	non_redundant_klines = yes;
 	warn_no_nline = yes;
 	use_propagated_bans = yes;
 	stats_e_disabled = no;
-	stats_c_oper_only=no;
-	stats_h_oper_only=no;
-	stats_y_oper_only=no;
-	stats_o_oper_only=yes;
-	stats_P_oper_only=no;
-	stats_i_oper_only=masked;
-	stats_k_oper_only=masked;
+	stats_c_oper_only = no;
+	stats_y_oper_only = no;
+	stats_o_oper_only = yes;
+	stats_P_oper_only = no;
+	stats_i_oper_only = masked;
+	stats_k_oper_only = masked;
 	map_oper_only = no;
 	operspy_admin_only = no;
 	operspy_dont_care_user_info = no;
@@ -527,6 +615,7 @@ general {
 	no_oper_flood = yes;
 	max_targets = 4;
 	client_flood_max_lines = 20;
+	post_registration_delay = 0 seconds;
 	use_whois_actually = no;
 	oper_only_umodes = operwall, locops, servnotice;
 	oper_umodes = locops, servnotice, operwall, wallop;
@@ -540,7 +629,9 @@ general {
 	throttle_count = 4;
 	max_ratelimit_tokens = 30;
 	away_interval = 30;
-	certfp_method = sha1;
+	certfp_method = spki_sha256;
+	hide_opers_in_whois = no;
+	tls_ciphers_oper_only = no;
 };
 
 modules {

doc/ircd.motd

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-This is charybdis MOTD you might replace it, but if not your friends will
+This is solanum MOTD you might replace it, but if not your friends will
 laugh at you.

doc/logfiles.txt

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-ircd-ratbox logfiles - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
-$Id: logfiles.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
+Charybdis logfiles - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
 ---------------------------
 
 fname_killlog

doc/modes.txt

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ Standard channel modes are listed in help/opers/cmode
 
 The sgml docs have more detailed descriptions.
 
-User mode +h (hide hostname) is provided by contrib/ip_cloaking.so
+User mode +x (hide hostname) is provided by contrib/ip_cloaking.so
 Server notice mask +F (far connects) is provided by contrib/sno_farconnect.so
-
-# $Id: modes.txt 996 2006-03-09 01:14:34Z jilles $
+Information on the caller ID system can be found in doc/features/modeg.txt

doc/old/Authors

@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-/************************************************************************
- *   IRC - Internet Relay Chat, doc/AUTHORS
- *   Copyright (C) 1990
- *
- * AUTHORS FILE:
- *   This file attempts to remember all contributors to the IRC
- *   developement. Names can be only added this file, no name
- *   should never be removed. This file must be included into all
- *   distributions of IRC and derived works.
- *
- *   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- *   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- *   the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
- *   any later version.
- *
- *   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- *   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- *   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
- *   GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- *   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- *   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- *   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
- */
-
-IRC was conceived of and written by Jarkko Oikarinen <jto@tolsun.oulu.fi>.
-IRC was originally written in University of Oulu, Computing Center.
-Jan 1991 - IRC 2.6  jto@tolsun.oulu.fi
-	- Multiple Channels and protocol changes
-
-Contributions were made by a cast of dozens, including the following:
-
-Markku Jarvinen <mta@tut.fi>: Emacs-like editing facility for the client
-
-Kimmo Suominen <kim@kannel.lut.fi>: HP-UX port
-
-Jeff Trim <jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu>: enhancements and advice
-
-Vijay Subramaniam <vijay@lll-winken.llnl.gov>: advice and ruthless publicity
-
-Karl Kleinpaste <karl@cis.ohio-state.edu>: user's manual
-
-Greg Lindahl <gl8f@virginia.edu>: AUTOMATON code, the Wumpus GM automaton,
-myriad bug fixes
-
-Bill Wisner <wisner@hayes.fai.alaska.edu>: numerous bug fixes and code
-enhancements
-
-Tom Davis <conslt16@zeus.unl.edu> and Tim Russell <russell@zeus.unl.edu>:
-VMS modifications
-
-Markku Savela <msa@tel4.tel.vtt.fi>: advice, support, and being the
-incentive to do some of our *own* coding. :)
-
-Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu>: bug fixes, quarantine lines,
-consolidation of various patches.
-
-Christopher Davis <ckd@cs.bu.edu>: EFnet/Anet gateway coding,
-many automata ;), documentation fixing.
-
-Helen Rose <hrose@cs.bu.edu>: documentation updating, and fixing.
-
-Tom Hinds <rocker@bucsf.bu.edu>: emacs client updating.
-
-Tim Miller <cerebus@bu-pub.bu.edu>: various server and client-breaking
-features.
-
-Darren Reed <avalon@coombs.anu.edu.au>: various bug fixes and enhancements.
-Introduced nickname and channelname hash tables into the server.
-
-The version 2.2 release was coordinated by Mike Bolotski
-<mikeb@salmon.ee.ubc.ca>.
-
-The version 2.4 release was coordinated by Markku Savela and
-Chelsea Ashley Dyerman
-
-The version 2.5.2 release was coordinated by Christopher Davis, Helen Rose,
-and Tom Hopkins.
-
-The versions 2.6.2, 2.7 and 2.8 releases were coordinated by Darren Reed.
-
-Contributions for the 2.8 release from the following people:
-Matthew Green <phone@coombs.anu.edu.au>
-Chuck Kane <ckane@ece.uiuc.edu>
-Matt Lyle <matt@oc.com>
-Vesa Ruokonen <ruokonen@lut.fi>
-
-Markku Savela <Markku.Savela@vtt.fi> / April 1990
-Fixed various bugs in 2.2PL1 release server (2.2msa.4) and changed
-sockets to use non-blocking mode (2.2msa.9). [I have absolutely
-nothing to do with clients :-]
-
-Chelsea Ashley Dyerman <chelsea@earth.cchem.berkeley.edu> / April 1990
-Rewrote the Makefiles, restructuring of source tree. Added libIrcd.a to
-the Makefile macros, numerous reformatting of server text messages, and
-added mkversion.sh to keep track of compilation statistics. Numerous
-bug fixes and enhancements, and co-coordinator of the 2.4 release.
-
-jarlek@ifi.uio.no added mail functions to irc.
-
-Armin Gruner <gruner@informatik.tu-muenchen.de> / May, June 1990:
-* Patched KILL-line feature for ircd.conf, works now.
-  Enhancement:  Time intervals can be specified in passwd-field.
-  Result: KILL-Line is only active during these intervals
-* Patched PRIVMSG handling, now OPER can specify masks for sending
-  private messages, advantage: msg to all at a specified server or host.
-* Little tests on irc 2.5 alpha, fixed some little typos in client code.
-  Change: common/debug.c has been moved to ircd/s_debug.c, and a
-  irc/c_debug.c has been created, for the benefit that wrong server msg
-  are displayed if client does not recognize them. (strange, if a server
-  sends an 'unknown command', isn't it?)
-
-Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu> / September, October 1990:
-* Patched msa's K lines for servers (Q lines).
-* Consolidated several patches, including Stealth's logging patch. 
-* Fixed several minor bugs. 
-* Has done lots of other stuff that I can't seem to remember, but he
-  always works on code, so he has to have done alot more than three
-  lines worth. :) 
-
-Thanks go to those persons not mentioned here who have added their advice,
-opinions, and code to IRC.
-
-Various modifications, bugreports, cleanups and testing by:
-
-Hugo Calendar <hugo@ucscb.ucsc.edu>
-Bo Adler <adler@csvax.cs.caltech.edu>
-Michael Sandrof <ms5n+@andrew.cmu.edu>
-Jon Solomon <jsol@cs.bu.edu>
-Jan Peterson <jlp@hamblin.math.byu.edu>
-Nathan Glasser <nathan@brokaw.lcs.mit.edu>
-Helen Rose <hrose@eff.org>
-Mike Pelletier <stealth@caen.engin.umich.edu>
-Basalat Ali Raja <gwydion@tavi.rice.edu>
-Eric P. Scott <eps@toaster.sfsu.edu>
-Dan Goodwin <fornax@wpi.wpi.edu>
-Noah Friedman <friedman@ai.mit.edu>

doc/oper-guide/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+_build

doc/oper-guide/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+# Makefile for Sphinx documentation
+#
+
+# You can set these variables from the command line.
+SPHINXOPTS    =
+SPHINXBUILD   = sphinx-build
+PAPER         =
+BUILDDIR      = _build
+
+# Internal variables.
+PAPEROPT_a4     = -D latex_paper_size=a4
+PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter
+ALLSPHINXOPTS   = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
+# the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others
+I18NSPHINXOPTS  = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) .
+
+.PHONY: help
+help:
+	@echo "Please use \`make <target>' where <target> is one of"
+	@echo "  html       to make standalone HTML files"
+	@echo "  dirhtml    to make HTML files named index.html in directories"
+	@echo "  singlehtml to make a single large HTML file"
+	@echo "  pickle     to make pickle files"
+	@echo "  json       to make JSON files"
+	@echo "  htmlhelp   to make HTML files and a HTML help project"
+	@echo "  qthelp     to make HTML files and a qthelp project"
+	@echo "  applehelp  to make an Apple Help Book"
+	@echo "  devhelp    to make HTML files and a Devhelp project"
+	@echo "  epub       to make an epub"
+	@echo "  epub3      to make an epub3"
+	@echo "  latex      to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter"
+	@echo "  latexpdf   to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex"
+	@echo "  latexpdfja to make LaTeX files and run them through platex/dvipdfmx"
+	@echo "  text       to make text files"
+	@echo "  man        to make manual pages"
+	@echo "  texinfo    to make Texinfo files"
+	@echo "  info       to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo"
+	@echo "  gettext    to make PO message catalogs"
+	@echo "  changes    to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items"
+	@echo "  xml        to make Docutils-native XML files"
+	@echo "  pseudoxml  to make pseudoxml-XML files for display purposes"
+	@echo "  linkcheck  to check all external links for integrity"
+	@echo "  doctest    to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)"
+	@echo "  coverage   to run coverage check of the documentation (if enabled)"
+	@echo "  dummy      to check syntax errors of document sources"
+
+.PHONY: clean
+clean:
+	rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/*
+
+.PHONY: html
+html:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html."
+
+.PHONY: dirhtml
+dirhtml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml."
+
+.PHONY: singlehtml
+singlehtml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml."
+
+.PHONY: pickle
+pickle:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files."
+
+.PHONY: json
+json:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files."
+
+.PHONY: htmlhelp
+htmlhelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \
+	      ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp."
+
+.PHONY: qthelp
+qthelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \
+	      ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:"
+	@echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Charybdisoperatorguide.qhcp"
+	@echo "To view the help file:"
+	@echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/Charybdisoperatorguide.qhc"
+
+.PHONY: applehelp
+applehelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b applehelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/applehelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The help book is in $(BUILDDIR)/applehelp."
+	@echo "N.B. You won't be able to view it unless you put it in" \
+	      "~/Library/Documentation/Help or install it in your application" \
+	      "bundle."
+
+.PHONY: devhelp
+devhelp:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished."
+	@echo "To view the help file:"
+	@echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Charybdisoperatorguide"
+	@echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/Charybdisoperatorguide"
+	@echo "# devhelp"
+
+.PHONY: epub
+epub:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub."
+
+.PHONY: epub3
+epub3:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub3 $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub3
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The epub3 file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub3."
+
+.PHONY: latex
+latex:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished; the LaTeX files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
+	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \
+	      "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)."
+
+.PHONY: latexpdf
+latexpdf:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
+	@echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..."
+	$(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf
+	@echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
+
+.PHONY: latexpdfja
+latexpdfja:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex
+	@echo "Running LaTeX files through platex and dvipdfmx..."
+	$(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf-ja
+	@echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex."
+
+.PHONY: text
+text:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text."
+
+.PHONY: man
+man:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man."
+
+.PHONY: texinfo
+texinfo:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The Texinfo files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
+	@echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \
+	      "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)."
+
+.PHONY: info
+info:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo
+	@echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..."
+	make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info
+	@echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo."
+
+.PHONY: gettext
+gettext:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale."
+
+.PHONY: changes
+changes:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes
+	@echo
+	@echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes."
+
+.PHONY: linkcheck
+linkcheck:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck
+	@echo
+	@echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \
+	      "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt."
+
+.PHONY: doctest
+doctest:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest
+	@echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \
+	      "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt."
+
+.PHONY: coverage
+coverage:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b coverage $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/coverage
+	@echo "Testing of coverage in the sources finished, look at the " \
+	      "results in $(BUILDDIR)/coverage/python.txt."
+
+.PHONY: xml
+xml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b xml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/xml
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The XML files are in $(BUILDDIR)/xml."
+
+.PHONY: pseudoxml
+pseudoxml:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b pseudoxml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pseudoxml
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. The pseudo-XML files are in $(BUILDDIR)/pseudoxml."
+
+.PHONY: dummy
+dummy:
+	$(SPHINXBUILD) -b dummy $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dummy
+	@echo
+	@echo "Build finished. Dummy builder generates no files."

doc/oper-guide/cmodes.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+Channel modes
+=============
+
+Channel modes are determined by the various plugins loaded by the
+server. The following consists only of a base list of common modes:
+your server may have more plugins available, which you can see with
+the following server command, depending on your IRC client::
+
+  /QUOTE HELP CMODE
+
+or::
+
+  /RAW HELP CMODE
+
+``+b``, channel ban
+-------------------
+
+Bans take one parameter which can take several forms. The most common
+form is ``+b nick!user@host``. The wildcards ``*`` and ``?`` are
+allowed, matching zero-or-more, and exactly-one characters
+respectively. The masks will be trimmed to fit the maximum allowable
+length for the relevant element.  Bans are also checked against the IP
+address, even if it resolved or is spoofed. CIDR is supported, like
+``*!*@10.0.0.0/8``. This is most useful with IPv6. Bans are not
+checked against the real hostname behind any kind of spoof, except if
+host mangling is in use (e.g.  ``extensions/ip_cloaking.so``): if the
+user's host is mangled, their real hostname is checked additionally,
+and if a user has no spoof but could enable mangling, the mangled form
+of their hostname is checked additionally. Hence, it is not possible
+to evade bans by toggling host mangling.
+
+The second form (extban) is ``+b $type`` or ``+b $type:data``. type is
+a single character (case insensitive) indicating the type of match,
+optionally preceded by a tilde (``~``) to negate the comparison. data
+depends on type.  Each type is loaded as a module. The available types
+(if any) are listed in the ``EXTBAN`` token of the 005
+(``RPL_ISUPPORT``) numeric. See ``doc/extban.txt`` in the source
+distribution or ``HELP EXTBAN`` for more information.
+
+If no parameter is given, the list of bans is returned. All users can
+use this form. The plus sign should also be omitted.
+
+Matching users will not be allowed to join the channel or knock on it.
+If they are already on the channel, they may not send to it or change
+their nick.
+
+``+c``, colour filter
+---------------------
+
+This cmode activates the colour filter for the channel. This filters out
+bold, underline, reverse video, beeps, mIRC colour codes, and ANSI
+escapes. Note that escape sequences will usually leave cruft sent to the
+channel, just without the escape characters themselves.
+
+``+e``, ban exemption
+---------------------
+
+This mode takes one parameter of the same form as bans, which overrides
+``+b`` and ``+q`` bans for all clients it matches.
+
+This can be useful if it is necessary to ban an entire ISP due to
+persistent abuse, but some users from that ISP should still be allowed
+in. For example::
+
+  /mode #channel +be *!*@*.example.com *!*someuser@host3.example.com
+
+Only channel operators can see ``+e`` changes or request the list.
+
+``+f``, channel forwarding
+--------------------------
+
+This mode takes one parameter, the name of a channel (``+f
+#channel``). If the channel also has the ``+i`` cmode set, and
+somebody attempts to join without either being expliticly invited, or
+having an invex (``+I``), then they will instead join the channel
+named in the mode parameter. The client will also be sent a 470
+numeric giving the original and target channels.
+
+Users are similarly forwarded if the ``+j`` cmode is set and their attempt
+to join is throttled, if ``+l`` is set and there are already too many users
+in the channel or if ``+r`` is set and they are not identified.
+
+Forwards may only be set to ``+F`` channels, or to channels the setter has
+ops in.
+
+Without parameter (``/mode #channel f`` or ``/mode #channel +f``) the forward
+channel is returned. This form also works off channel.
+
+``+F``, allow anybody to forward to this
+----------------------------------------
+
+When this mode is set, anybody may set a forward from a channel they
+have ops in to this channel. Otherwise they have to have ops in this
+channel.
+
+``+g``, allow anybody to invite
+-------------------------------
+
+When this mode is set, anybody may use the ``INVITE`` command on the channel
+in question. When it is unset, only channel operators may use the ``INVITE``
+command.
+
+When this mode is set together with ``+i``, ``+j``, ``+l`` or ``+r``, all channel
+members can influence who can join.
+
+``+i``, invite only
+-------------------
+
+When this cmode is set, no client can join the channel unless they have
+an invex (``+I``) or are invited with the ``INVITE`` command.
+
+``+I``, invite exception (invex)
+--------------------------------
+
+This mode takes one parameter of the same form as bans. Matching clients
+do not need to be invited to join the channel when it is invite-only
+(``+i``). Unlike the ``INVITE`` command, this does not override ``+j``, ``+l`` and ``+r``.
+
+Only channel operators can see ``+I`` changes or request the list.
+
+``+j``, join throttling
+-----------------------
+
+This mode takes one parameter of the form n:t, where n and t are
+positive integers. Only n users may join in each period of t seconds.
+
+Invited users can join regardless of ``+j``, but are counted as normal.
+
+Due to propagation delays between servers, more users may be able to
+join (by racing for the last slot on each server).
+
+``+k``, key (channel password)
+------------------------------
+
+Taking one parameter, when set, this mode requires a user to supply the
+key in order to join the channel: ``/JOIN #channel key``.
+
+``+l``, channel member limit
+----------------------------
+
+Takes one numeric parameter, the number of users which are allowed to be
+in the channel before further joins are blocked. Invited users may join
+regardless.
+
+Due to propagation delays between servers, more users may be able to
+join (by racing for the last slot on each server).
+
+``+L``, large ban list
+----------------------
+
+Channels with this mode will be allowed larger banlists (by default, 500
+instead of 50 entries for ``+b``, ``+q``, ``+e`` and ``+I`` together). Only network
+operators with resv privilege may set this mode.
+
+``+m``, moderated
+-----------------
+
+When a channel is set ``+m``, only users with ``+o`` or ``+v`` on the channel can
+send to it.
+
+Users can still knock on the channel or change their nick.
+
+``+n``, no external messages
+----------------------------
+
+When set, this mode prevents users from sending to the channel without
+being in it themselves. This is recommended.
+
+``+o``, channel operator
+------------------------
+
+This mode takes one parameter, a nick, and grants or removes channel
+operator privilege to that user. Channel operators have full control
+over the channel, having the ability to set all channel modes except ``+L``
+and ``+P``, and kick users. Like voiced users, channel operators can always
+send to the channel, overriding ``+b``, ``+m`` and ``+q`` modes and the per-channel
+flood limit. In most clients channel operators are marked with an '@'
+sign.
+
+The privilege is lost if the user leaves the channel or server in any
+way.
+
+Most networks will run channel registration services (e.g. ChanServ)
+which ensure the founder (and users designated by the founder) can
+always gain channel operator privileges and provide some features to
+manage the channel.
+
+``+p``, paranoid channel
+------------------------
+
+When set, the ``KNOCK`` command cannot be used on the channel to request an
+invite, and users will not be shown the channel in ``WHOIS`` replies unless
+they are on it. Unlike in traditional IRC, ``+p`` and ``+s`` can be set
+together.
+
+``+P``, permanent channel
+-------------------------
+
+Channels with this mode (which is accessible only to network operators
+with resv privilege) set will not be destroyed when the last user
+leaves.
+
+This makes it less likely modes, bans and the topic will be lost and
+makes it harder to abuse network splits, but also causes more unwanted
+restoring of old modes, bans and topics after long splits.
+
+``+q``, quiet
+-------------
+
+This mode behaves exactly like ``+b`` (ban), except that the user may still
+join the channel. The net effect is that they cannot knock on the
+channel, send to the channel or change their nick while on channel.
+
+``+Q``, block forwarded users
+-----------------------------
+
+Channels with this mode set are not valid targets for forwarding. Any
+attempt to forward to this channel will be ignored, and the user will be
+handled as if the attempt was never made (by sending them the relevant
+error message).
+
+This does not affect the ability to set ``+f``.
+
+``+r``, block unidentified
+--------------------------
+
+When set, this mode prevents unidentified users from joining. Invited
+users can still join.
+
+``+s``, secret channel
+----------------------
+
+When set, this mode prevents the channel from appearing in the output of
+the ``LIST``, ``WHO`` and ``WHOIS`` command by users who are not on it. Also, the
+server will refuse to answer ``WHO``, ``NAMES``, ``TOPIC`` and ``LIST`` queries from
+users not on the channel.
+
+``+t``, topic limit
+-------------------
+
+When set, this mode prevents users who are not channel operators from
+changing the topic.
+
+``+v``, voice
+-------------
+
+This mode takes one parameter, a nick, and grants or removes voice
+privilege to that user. Voiced users can always send to the channel,
+overriding ``+b``, ``+m`` and ``+q`` modes and the per-channel flood limit. In most
+clients voiced users are marked with a plus sign.
+
+The privilege is lost if the user leaves the channel or server in any
+way.
+
+``+z``, reduced moderation
+--------------------------
+
+When ``+z`` is set, the effects of ``+m``, ``+b`` and ``+q`` are relaxed. For each
+message, if that message would normally be blocked by one of these
+modes, it is instead sent to all channel operators. This is intended for
+use in moderated debates.
+
+Note that ``+n`` is unaffected by this. To silence a given user completely,
+remove them from the channel.

doc/oper-guide/commands.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+Operator Commands
+=================
+
+Network management commands
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+.. note:: All commands and names are case insensitive. Parameters
+          consisting of one or more separate letters, such as in ``MODE``,
+          ``STATS`` and ``WHO``, are case sensitive.
+
+CONNECT
+-------
+
+::
+
+   CONNECT target [port] [source]
+
+Initiate a connection attempt to server target. If a port is given,
+connect to that port on the target, otherwise use the one given in
+``ircd.conf``. If source is given, tell that server to initiate the
+connection attempt, otherwise it will be made from the server you are
+attached to.
+
+To use the default port with source, specify 0 for port.
+
+SQUIT
+-----
+
+::
+
+   SQUIT server [reason]
+
+Closes down the link to server from this side of the network. If a
+reason is given, it will be sent out in the server notices on both sides
+of the link.
+
+REHASH
+------
+
+::
+
+   REHASH [BANS | DNS | MOTD | OMOTD | TKLINES | TDLINES | TXLINES | TRESVS | REJECTCACHE | HELP] [server]
+
+With no parameter given, ``ircd.conf`` will be reread and parsed. The
+server argument is a wildcard match of server names.
+
+``BANS``
+    Rereads ``kline.conf``, ``dline.conf``, ``xline.conf``,
+    ``resv.conf`` and their .perm variants
+
+``DNS``
+    Reread ``/etc/resolv.conf``.
+
+``MOTD``
+    Reload the ``MOTD`` file
+
+``OMOTD``
+    Reload the operator ``MOTD`` file
+
+``TKLINES``
+    Clears temporary ``K:lines``.
+
+``TDLINES``
+    Clears temporary ``D:lines``.
+
+``TXLINES``
+    Clears temporary ``X:lines``.
+
+``TRESVS``
+    Clears temporary reservations.
+
+``REJECTCACHE``
+    Clears the client rejection cache.
+
+``HELP``
+    Refreshes the help system cache.
+
+RESTART
+-------
+
+::
+
+   RESTART server
+
+Cause an immediate total shutdown of the IRC server, and restart from
+scratch as if it had just been executed.
+
+This reexecutes the ircd using the compiled-in path, visible as ``SPATH`` in
+``INFO``.
+
+.. note:: This command cannot be used remotely. The server name is
+          used only as a safety measure.
+
+DIE
+---
+
+::
+
+   DIE server
+
+Immediately terminate the IRC server, after sending notices to all
+connected clients and servers
+
+.. note:: This command cannot be used remotely. The server name is
+          used only as a safety measure.
+
+SET
+---
+
+::
+
+   SET [ ADMINSTRING | AUTOCONN | AUTOCONNALL | FLOODCOUNT | IDENTTIMEOUT | MAX | OPERSTRING | SPAMNUM | SPAMTIME | SPLITMODE | SPLITNUM | SPLITUSERS ] value
+
+The ``SET`` command sets a runtime-configurable value.
+
+Most of the ``ircd.conf`` equivalents have a ``default_prefix`` and are
+only read on startup. ``SET`` is the only way to change these at run time.
+
+Most of the values can be queried by omitting value.
+
+``ADMINSTRING``
+    Sets string shown in ``WHOIS`` for admins. (umodes +o and +a set, umode
+    +S not set).
+
+``AUTOCONN``
+    Sets auto-connect on or off for a particular server. Takes two
+    parameters, server name and new state.
+
+    To see these values, use ``/stats c``. Changes to this are lost on a
+    rehash.
+
+``AUTOCONNALL``
+    Globally sets auto-connect on or off. If disabled, no automatic
+    connections are done; if enabled, automatic connections are done
+    following the rules for them.
+
+``FLOODCOUNT``
+    The number of lines allowed to be sent to a connection before
+    throttling it due to flooding. Note that this variable is used for
+    both channels and clients.
+
+    For channels, op or voice overrides this; for users, IRC operator
+    status or op or voice on a common channel overrides this.
+
+``IDENTTIMEOUT``
+    Timeout for requesting ident from a client.
+
+``MAX``
+    Sets the maximum number of connections to value.
+
+    This number cannot exceed maxconnections - ``MAX_BUFFER``.
+    maxconnections is the rlimit for number of open files. ``MAX_BUFFER``
+    is defined in config.h, normally 60.
+
+    ``MAXCLIENTS`` is an alias for this.
+
+``OPERSTRING``
+    Sets string shown in ``WHOIS`` for opers (umode ``+o`` set, umodes ``+a`` and ``+S``
+    not set).
+
+``SPAMNUM``
+    Sets how many join/parts to channels constitutes a possible spambot.
+
+``SPAMTIME``
+    Below this time on a channel counts as a join/part as above.
+
+``SPLITMODE``
+    Sets splitmode to value:
+
+    ``ON``
+        splitmode is permanently on
+
+    ``OFF``
+        splitmode is permanently off (default if ``no_create_on_split``
+        and ``no_join_on_split`` are disabled)
+
+    ``AUTO``
+        ircd chooses splitmode based on ``SPLITUSERS`` and ``SPLITNUM`` (default
+        if ``no_create_on_split`` or ``no_join_on_split`` are enabled)
+
+``SPLITUSERS``
+    Sets the minimum amount of users needed to deactivate automatic
+    splitmode.
+
+``SPLITNUM``
+    Sets the minimum amount of servers needed to deactivate automatic
+    splitmode. Only servers that have finished bursting count for this.
+
+User management commands
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+KILL
+----
+
+::
+
+   KILL nick [reason]
+
+Disconnects the user with the given nick from the server they are
+connected to, with the reason given, if present, and broadcast a server
+notice announcing this.
+
+Your nick and the reason will appear on channels.
+
+CLOSE
+-----
+
+Closes all connections from and to clients and servers who have not
+completed registering.
+
+KLINE
+-----
+
+::
+
+   KLINE [length] [user@host | user@a.b.c.d] [ON servername] [:reason]
+
+Adds a ``K:line`` to ``kline.conf`` to ban the given ``user@host`` from using
+that server.
+
+If the optional parameter length is given, the ``K:line`` will be temporary
+(i.e. it will not be stored on disk) and last that long in minutes.
+
+If an IP address is given, the ban will be against all hosts matching
+that IP regardless of DNS. The IP address can be given as a full address
+(``192.168.0.1``), as a CIDR mask (``192.168.0.0/24``), or as a glob
+(``192.168.0.*``).
+
+All clients matching the ``K:line`` will be disconnected from the server
+immediately.
+
+If a reason is specified, it will be sent to the client when they are
+disconnected, and whenever a connection is attempted which is banned.
+
+If the ON part is specified, the ``K:line`` is set on servers matching the
+given mask (provided a matching ``shared{}`` block exists there). Otherwise,
+if specified in a ``cluster{}`` block, the ``K:Line`` will be propagated across
+the network accordingly.
+
+UNKLINE
+-------
+
+::
+
+   UNKLINE user@host [ON servername]
+
+Will attempt to remove a ``K:line`` matching ``user@host`` from ``kline.conf``,
+and will flush a temporary ``K:line``.
+
+XLINE
+-----
+
+::
+
+   XLINE [length] mask [ON servername] [:reason]
+
+Works similarly to ``KLINE``, but matches against the real name field. The
+wildcards are ``*`` (any sequence), ``?`` (any character), ``#`` (a digit) and ``@`` (a
+letter); wildcard characters can be escaped with a backslash. The
+sequence ``\s`` matches a space.
+
+All clients matching the ``X:line`` will be disconnected from the server
+immediately.
+
+The reason is never sent to users. Instead, they will be exited with
+"Bad user info".
+
+If the ON part is specified, the ``X:line`` is set on servers matching the
+given mask (provided a matching ``shared{}`` block exists there). Otherwise,
+if specified in a ``cluster{}`` block, the ``X:line`` will be propagated across
+the network accordingly.
+
+UNXLINE
+-------
+
+::
+
+   UNXLINE mask [ON servername]
+
+Will attempt to remove an ``X:line`` from ``xline.conf``, and will flush a
+temporary ``X:line``.
+
+RESV
+----
+
+::
+
+   RESV [length] [channel | mask] [ON servername] [:reason]
+
+If used on a channel, “jupes” the channel locally. Joins to the channel
+will be disallowed and generate a server notice on ``+y``, and users will
+not be able to send to the channel. Channel jupes cannot contain
+wildcards.
+
+If used on a nickname mask, prevents local users from using a nick
+matching the mask (the same wildcard characters as xlines). There is no
+way to exempt the initial nick from this.
+
+In neither case will current users of the nick or channel be kicked or
+disconnected.
+
+This facility is not designed to make certain nicks or channels
+oper-only.
+
+The reason is never sent to users.
+
+If the ON part is specified, the resv is set on servers matching the
+given mask (provided a matching ``shared{}`` block exists there). Otherwise,
+if specified in a ``cluster{}`` block, the resv will be propagated across
+the network accordingly.
+
+UNRESV
+------
+
+::
+
+   UNRESV [channel | mask] [ON servername]
+
+Will attempt to remove a resv from ``resv.conf``, and will flush a
+temporary resv.
+
+DLINE
+-----
+
+::
+
+   DLINE [length] a.b.c.d [ON servername] [:reason]
+
+Adds a ``D:line`` to ``dline.conf``, which will deny any connections from
+the given IP address. The IP address can be given as a full address
+(``192.168.0.1``) or as a CIDR mask (``192.168.0.0/24``).
+
+If the optional parameter length is given, the ``D:line`` will be temporary
+(i.e. it will not be stored on disk) and last that long in minutes.
+
+All clients matching the ``D:line`` will be disconnected from the server
+immediately.
+
+If a reason is specified, it will be sent to the client when they are
+disconnected, and, if ``dline_reason`` is enabled, whenever a connection is
+attempted which is banned.
+
+``D:lines`` are less load on a server, and may be more appropriate if
+somebody is flooding connections.
+
+If the ON part is specified, the ``D:line`` is set on servers matching the
+given mask (provided a matching ``shared{}`` block exists there, which is
+not the case by default). Otherwise, the D:Line will be set on the local
+server only.
+
+Only ``exempt{}`` blocks exempt from ``D:lines``. Being a server or having
+``kline_exempt`` in ``auth{}`` does *not* exempt (different from ``K/G/X:lines``).
+
+UNDLINE
+-------
+
+::
+
+   UNDLINE a.b.c.d [ON servername]
+
+Will attempt to remove a ``D:line`` from ``dline.conf``, and will flush a
+temporary ``D:line``.
+
+TESTGECOS
+---------
+
+::
+
+   TESTGECOS gecos
+
+Looks up X:Lines matching the given gecos.
+
+TESTLINE
+--------
+
+::
+
+   TESTLINE [nick!] [user@host | a.b.c.d]
+
+Looks up the given hostmask or IP address and reports back on any ``auth{}``
+blocks, D: or K: lines found. If nick is given, also searches for nick
+resvs.
+
+For temporary items the number of minutes until the item expires is
+shown (as opposed to the hit count in STATS q/Q/x/X).
+
+This command will not perform DNS lookups; for best results you must
+testline a host and its IP form.
+
+The given username should begin with a tilde (~) if identd is not in
+use. As of charybdis 2.1.1, ``no_tilde`` and username truncation will be
+taken into account like in the normal client access check.
+
+As of charybdis 2.2.0, a channel name can be specified and the RESV will
+be returned, if there is one.
+
+TESTMASK
+--------
+
+::
+
+   TESTMASK hostmask [gecos]
+
+Searches the network for users that match the hostmask and gecos given,
+returning the number of matching users on this server and other servers.
+
+The hostmask is of the form user@host or user@ip/cidr with \* and ?
+wildcards, optionally preceded by nick!.
+
+The gecos field accepts the same wildcards as xlines.
+
+The IP address checked against is ``255.255.255.255`` if the IP address is
+unknown (remote client on a TS5 server) or 0 if the IP address is hidden
+(``auth{}`` spoof).
+
+LUSERS
+------
+
+::
+   
+   LUSERS [mask] [nick | server]
+
+Shows various user and channel counts.
+
+The mask parameter is obsolete but must be used when querying a remote
+server.
+
+TRACE
+-----
+
+::
+
+   TRACE [server | nick] [location]
+
+With no argument or one argument which is the current server, TRACE
+gives a list of all connections to the current server and a summary of
+connection classes.
+
+With one argument which is another server, TRACE displays the path to
+the specified server, and all servers, opers and -i users on that
+server, along with a summary of connection classes.
+
+With one argument which is a client, TRACE displays the path to that
+client, and that client's information.
+
+If location is given, the command is executed on that server; no path is
+displayed.
+
+When listing connections, type, name and class is shown in addition to
+information depending on the type:
+
+Try.
+    A server we are trying to make a TCP connection to.
+
+H.S.
+    A server we have established a TCP connection to, but is not yet
+    registered.
+
+\?\?\?\?
+    An incoming connection that has not yet registered as a user or a
+    server (“unknown”). Shows the username, hostname, IP address and the
+    time the connection has been open. It is possible that the ident or
+    DNS lookups have not completed yet, and in any case no tildes are
+    shown here. Unknown connections may not have a name yet.
+
+User
+    A registered unopered user. Shows the username, hostname, IP
+    address, the time the client has not sent anything (as in STATS l)
+    and the time the user has been idle (from PRIVMSG only, as in
+    WHOIS).
+
+Oper
+    Like User, but opered.
+
+Serv
+    A registered server. Shows the number of servers and users reached
+    via this link, who made this connection and the time the server has
+    not sent anything.
+
+ETRACE
+------
+
+::
+
+   ETRACE [nick]
+
+Shows client information about the given target, or about all local
+clients if no target is specified.
+
+PRIVS
+-----
+
+::
+
+   PRIVS [nick]
+
+Displays effective operator privileges for the specified nick, or for
+yourself if no nick is given. This includes all privileges from the
+operator block, the name of the operator block and those privileges from
+the auth block that have an effect after the initial connection.
+
+The exact output depends on the server the nick is on, see the matching
+version of this document. If the remote server does not support this
+extension, you will not receive a reply.
+
+MASKTRACE
+---------
+
+::
+
+   MASKTRACE hostmask [gecos]
+
+Searches the local server or network for users that match the hostmask
+and gecos given. Network searches require the ``oper_spy`` privilege and an
+'!' before the hostmask. The matching works the same way as TESTMASK.
+
+The hostmask is of the form ``user@host`` or ``user@ip/cidr`` with ``*`` and ``?``
+wildcards, optionally preceded by ``nick!``.
+
+The gecos field accepts the same wildcards as xlines.
+
+The IP address field contains ``255.255.255.255`` if the IP address is
+unknown (remote client on a TS5 server) or ``0`` if the IP address is hidden
+(``auth{}`` spoof).
+
+CHANTRACE
+---------
+
+::
+
+   CHANTRACE channel
+
+Displays information about users in a channel. Opers with the ``oper_spy``
+privilege can get the information without being on the channel, by
+prefixing the channel name with an ``!``.
+
+The IP address field contains ``255.255.255.255`` if the IP address is
+unknown (remote client on a TS5 server) or ``0`` if the IP address is hidden
+(``auth{}`` spoof).
+
+SCAN
+----
+
+::
+
+   SCAN UMODES +modes-modes [no-list] [list] [global] [list-max number] [mask nick!user@host]
+
+Searches the local server or network for users that have the umodes
+given with + and do not have the umodes given with -. no-list disables
+the listing of matching users and only shows the count. list enables the
+listing (default). global extends the search to the entire network
+instead of local users only. list-max limits the listing of matching
+users to the given amount. mask causes only users matching the given
+nick!user@host mask to be selected. Only the displayed host is
+considered, not the IP address or real host behind dynamic spoofs.
+
+The IP address field contains ``255.255.255.255`` if the IP address is
+unknown (remote client on a TS5 server) or 0 if the IP address is hidden
+(``auth{}`` spoof).
+
+Network searches where a listing is given are operspy commands.
+
+CHGHOST
+-------
+
+::
+
+   CHGHOST nick value
+
+Set the hostname associated with a particular nick for the duration of
+this session. This command is disabled by default because of the abuse
+potential and little practical use.
+
+Miscellaneous commands
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+ADMIN
+-----
+
+::
+
+   ADMIN [nick | server]
+
+Shows the information in the ``admin{}`` block.
+
+INFO
+----
+
+::
+
+   INFO [nick | server]
+
+Shows information about the authors of the IRC server, and some
+information about this server instance. Opers also get a list of
+configuration options.
+
+TIME
+----
+
+::
+
+   TIME [nick | server]
+
+Shows the local time on the given server, in a human-readable format.
+
+VERSION
+-------
+
+::
+
+   VERSION [nick | server]
+
+Shows version information, a few compile/config options, the SID and the
+005 numerics. The 005 numeric will be remapped to 105 for remote
+requests.
+
+STATS
+-----
+
+::
+
+   STATS [type] [nick | server]
+
+Display various statistics and configuration information.
+
+A
+    Show DNS servers
+
+b
+    Show active nick delays
+
+B
+    Show hash statistics
+
+c
+    Show connect blocks
+
+d
+    Show temporary ``D:lines``
+
+D
+    Show permanent ``D:lines``
+
+e
+    Show exempt blocks (exceptions to ``D:lines``)
+
+E
+    Show events
+
+f
+    Show file descriptors
+
+h
+    Show ``hub_mask``/``leaf_mask``
+
+i
+    Show auth blocks, or matched auth blocks
+
+k
+    Show temporary ``K:lines``, or matched ``K:lines``
+
+K
+    Show permanent ``K:lines``, or matched ``K:lines``
+
+l
+    Show hostname and link information about the given nick. With a
+    server name, show information about opers and servers on that
+    server; opers get information about all local connections if they
+    query their own server. No hostname is shown for server connections.
+
+L
+    Like l, but show IP address instead of hostname
+
+m
+    Show commands and their usage statistics (total counts, total bytes,
+    counts from server connections)
+
+n
+    Show blacklist blocks (DNS blacklists) with hit counts since last
+    rehash and (parenthesized) reference counts. The reference count
+    shows how many clients are waiting on a lookup of this blacklist or
+    have been found and are waiting on registration to complete.
+
+o
+    Show operator blocks
+
+O
+    Show privset blocks
+
+p
+    Show logged on network operators which are not set AWAY.
+
+P
+    Show listen blocks (ports)
+
+q
+    Show temporarily resv'ed nicks and channels with hit counts
+
+Q
+    Show permanently resv'ed nicks and channels with hit counts since
+    last rehash bans
+
+r
+    Show resource usage by the ircd
+
+t
+    Show generic server statistics about local connections
+
+u
+    Show server uptime
+
+U
+    Show shared (c), cluster (C) and service (s) blocks
+
+v
+    Show connected servers and brief status
+
+x
+    Show temporary ``X:lines`` with hit counts
+
+X
+    Show permanent ``X:lines`` with hit counts since last rehash bans
+
+y
+    Show class blocks
+
+z
+    Show memory usage statistics
+
+Z
+    Show ziplinks statistics
+
+?
+    Show connected servers and link information about them
+
+WALLOPS
+-------
+
+::
+
+   WALLOPS :message
+
+Sends a WALLOPS message to all users who have the +w umode set. This is
+for things you don't mind the whole network knowing about.
+
+OPERWALL
+--------
+
+::
+
+   OPERWALL :message
+
+Sends an OPERWALL message to all opers who have the +z umode set. +z is
+restricted, OPERWALL should be considered private communications.

doc/oper-guide/conf.py

@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+#
+# Charybdis operator guide documentation build configuration file, created by
+# sphinx-quickstart on Sat Mar 25 10:41:29 2017.
+#
+# This file is execfile()d with the current directory set to its
+# containing dir.
+#
+# Note that not all possible configuration values are present in this
+# autogenerated file.
+#
+# All configuration values have a default; values that are commented out
+# serve to show the default.
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#
+# import os
+# import sys
+# sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('.'))
+
+# -- General configuration ------------------------------------------------
+
+# If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here.
+#
+# needs_sphinx = '1.0'
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be
+# extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom
+# ones.
+extensions = []
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = ['_templates']
+
+# The suffix(es) of source filenames.
+# You can specify multiple suffix as a list of string:
+#
+# source_suffix = ['.rst', '.md']
+source_suffix = '.rst'
+
+# The encoding of source files.
+#
+# source_encoding = 'utf-8-sig'
+
+# The master toctree document.
+master_doc = 'index'
+
+# General information about the project.
+project = u'Charybdis operator guide'
+copyright = u'2009, Jilles Tjoelker'
+author = u'Jilles Tjoelker'
+
+# The version info for the project you're documenting, acts as replacement for
+# |version| and |release|, also used in various other places throughout the
+# built documents.
+#
+# The short X.Y version.
+version = u'3.5'
+# The full version, including alpha/beta/rc tags.
+release = u'3.5'
+
+# The language for content autogenerated by Sphinx. Refer to documentation
+# for a list of supported languages.
+#
+# This is also used if you do content translation via gettext catalogs.
+# Usually you set "language" from the command line for these cases.
+language = None
+
+# There are two options for replacing |today|: either, you set today to some
+# non-false value, then it is used:
+#
+# today = ''
+#
+# Else, today_fmt is used as the format for a strftime call.
+#
+# today_fmt = '%B %d, %Y'
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+# This patterns also effect to html_static_path and html_extra_path
+exclude_patterns = ['_build', 'Thumbs.db', '.DS_Store']
+
+# The reST default role (used for this markup: `text`) to use for all
+# documents.
+#
+# default_role = None
+
+# If true, '()' will be appended to :func: etc. cross-reference text.
+#
+# add_function_parentheses = True
+
+# If true, the current module name will be prepended to all description
+# unit titles (such as .. function::).
+#
+# add_module_names = True
+
+# If true, sectionauthor and moduleauthor directives will be shown in the
+# output. They are ignored by default.
+#
+# show_authors = False
+
+# The name of the Pygments (syntax highlighting) style to use.
+pygments_style = 'sphinx'
+
+# A list of ignored prefixes for module index sorting.
+# modindex_common_prefix = []
+
+# If true, keep warnings as "system message" paragraphs in the built documents.
+# keep_warnings = False
+
+# If true, `todo` and `todoList` produce output, else they produce nothing.
+todo_include_todos = False
+
+
+# -- Options for HTML output ----------------------------------------------
+
+# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages.  See the documentation for
+# a list of builtin themes.
+#
+#html_theme = 'alabaster'
+
+# Theme options are theme-specific and customize the look and feel of a theme
+# further.  For a list of options available for each theme, see the
+# documentation.
+#
+# html_theme_options = {}
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom themes here, relative to this directory.
+# html_theme_path = []
+
+# The name for this set of Sphinx documents.
+# "<project> v<release> documentation" by default.
+#
+# html_title = u'Charybdis operator guide v3.5'
+
+# A shorter title for the navigation bar.  Default is the same as html_title.
+#
+# html_short_title = None
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top
+# of the sidebar.
+#
+# html_logo = None
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to use as a favicon of
+# the docs.  This file should be a Windows icon file (.ico) being 16x16 or 32x32
+# pixels large.
+#
+# html_favicon = None
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
+# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
+# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
+# html_static_path = ['_static']
+
+# Add any extra paths that contain custom files (such as robots.txt or
+# .htaccess) here, relative to this directory. These files are copied
+# directly to the root of the documentation.
+#
+# html_extra_path = []
+
+# If not None, a 'Last updated on:' timestamp is inserted at every page
+# bottom, using the given strftime format.
+# The empty string is equivalent to '%b %d, %Y'.
+#
+# html_last_updated_fmt = None
+
+# If true, SmartyPants will be used to convert quotes and dashes to
+# typographically correct entities.
+#
+# html_use_smartypants = True
+
+# Custom sidebar templates, maps document names to template names.
+#
+# html_sidebars = {}
+
+# Additional templates that should be rendered to pages, maps page names to
+# template names.
+#
+# html_additional_pages = {}
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#
+# html_domain_indices = True
+
+# If false, no index is generated.
+#
+# html_use_index = True
+
+# If true, the index is split into individual pages for each letter.
+#
+# html_split_index = False
+
+# If true, links to the reST sources are added to the pages.
+#
+# html_show_sourcelink = True
+
+# If true, "Created using Sphinx" is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+#
+# html_show_sphinx = True
+
+# If true, "(C) Copyright ..." is shown in the HTML footer. Default is True.
+#
+# html_show_copyright = True
+
+# If true, an OpenSearch description file will be output, and all pages will
+# contain a <link> tag referring to it.  The value of this option must be the
+# base URL from which the finished HTML is served.
+#
+# html_use_opensearch = ''
+
+# This is the file name suffix for HTML files (e.g. ".xhtml").
+# html_file_suffix = None
+
+# Language to be used for generating the HTML full-text search index.
+# Sphinx supports the following languages:
+#   'da', 'de', 'en', 'es', 'fi', 'fr', 'hu', 'it', 'ja'
+#   'nl', 'no', 'pt', 'ro', 'ru', 'sv', 'tr', 'zh'
+#
+# html_search_language = 'en'
+
+# A dictionary with options for the search language support, empty by default.
+# 'ja' uses this config value.
+# 'zh' user can custom change `jieba` dictionary path.
+#
+# html_search_options = {'type': 'default'}
+
+# The name of a javascript file (relative to the configuration directory) that
+# implements a search results scorer. If empty, the default will be used.
+#
+# html_search_scorer = 'scorer.js'
+
+# Output file base name for HTML help builder.
+htmlhelp_basename = 'Charybdisoperatorguidedoc'
+
+# -- Options for LaTeX output ---------------------------------------------
+
+latex_elements = {
+     # The paper size ('letterpaper' or 'a4paper').
+     #
+     # 'papersize': 'letterpaper',
+
+     # The font size ('10pt', '11pt' or '12pt').
+     #
+     # 'pointsize': '10pt',
+
+     # Additional stuff for the LaTeX preamble.
+     #
+     # 'preamble': '',
+
+     # Latex figure (float) alignment
+     #
+     # 'figure_align': 'htbp',
+}
+
+# Grouping the document tree into LaTeX files. List of tuples
+# (source start file, target name, title,
+#  author, documentclass [howto, manual, or own class]).
+latex_documents = [
+    (master_doc, 'Charybdisoperatorguide.tex', u'Charybdis operator guide Documentation',
+     u'Jilles Tjoelker', 'manual'),
+]
+
+# The name of an image file (relative to this directory) to place at the top of
+# the title page.
+#
+# latex_logo = None
+
+# For "manual" documents, if this is true, then toplevel headings are parts,
+# not chapters.
+#
+# latex_use_parts = False
+
+# If true, show page references after internal links.
+#
+# latex_show_pagerefs = False
+
+# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
+#
+# latex_show_urls = False
+
+# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
+#
+# latex_appendices = []
+
+# It false, will not define \strong, \code, 	itleref, \crossref ... but only
+# \sphinxstrong, ..., \sphinxtitleref, ... To help avoid clash with user added
+# packages.
+#
+# latex_keep_old_macro_names = True
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#
+# latex_domain_indices = True
+
+
+# -- Options for manual page output ---------------------------------------
+
+# One entry per manual page. List of tuples
+# (source start file, name, description, authors, manual section).
+man_pages = [
+    (master_doc, 'charybdisoperatorguide', u'Charybdis operator guide Documentation',
+     [author], 1)
+]
+
+# If true, show URL addresses after external links.
+#
+# man_show_urls = False
+
+
+# -- Options for Texinfo output -------------------------------------------
+
+# Grouping the document tree into Texinfo files. List of tuples
+# (source start file, target name, title, author,
+#  dir menu entry, description, category)
+texinfo_documents = [
+    (master_doc, 'Charybdisoperatorguide', u'Charybdis operator guide Documentation',
+     author, 'Charybdisoperatorguide', 'One line description of project.',
+     'Miscellaneous'),
+]
+
+# Documents to append as an appendix to all manuals.
+#
+# texinfo_appendices = []
+
+# If false, no module index is generated.
+#
+# texinfo_domain_indices = True
+
+# How to display URL addresses: 'footnote', 'no', or 'inline'.
+#
+# texinfo_show_urls = 'footnote'
+
+# If true, do not generate a @detailmenu in the "Top" node's menu.
+#
+# texinfo_no_detailmenu = False
+
+
+# -- Options for Epub output ----------------------------------------------
+
+# Bibliographic Dublin Core info.
+epub_title = project
+epub_author = author
+epub_publisher = author
+epub_copyright = copyright
+
+# The basename for the epub file. It defaults to the project name.
+# epub_basename = project
+
+# The HTML theme for the epub output. Since the default themes are not
+# optimized for small screen space, using the same theme for HTML and epub
+# output is usually not wise. This defaults to 'epub', a theme designed to save
+# visual space.
+#
+# epub_theme = 'epub'
+
+# The language of the text. It defaults to the language option
+# or 'en' if the language is not set.
+#
+# epub_language = ''
+
+# The scheme of the identifier. Typical schemes are ISBN or URL.
+# epub_scheme = ''
+
+# The unique identifier of the text. This can be a ISBN number
+# or the project homepage.
+#
+# epub_identifier = ''
+
+# A unique identification for the text.
+#
+# epub_uid = ''
+
+# A tuple containing the cover image and cover page html template filenames.
+#
+# epub_cover = ()
+
+# A sequence of (type, uri, title) tuples for the guide element of content.opf.
+#
+# epub_guide = ()
+
+# HTML files that should be inserted before the pages created by sphinx.
+# The format is a list of tuples containing the path and title.
+#
+# epub_pre_files = []
+
+# HTML files that should be inserted after the pages created by sphinx.
+# The format is a list of tuples containing the path and title.
+#
+# epub_post_files = []
+
+# A list of files that should not be packed into the epub file.
+epub_exclude_files = ['search.html']
+
+# The depth of the table of contents in toc.ncx.
+#
+# epub_tocdepth = 3
+
+# Allow duplicate toc entries.
+#
+# epub_tocdup = True
+
+# Choose between 'default' and 'includehidden'.
+#
+# epub_tocscope = 'default'
+
+# Fix unsupported image types using the Pillow.
+#
+# epub_fix_images = False
+
+# Scale large images.
+#
+# epub_max_image_width = 0
+
+# How to display URL addresses: 'footnote', 'no', or 'inline'.
+#
+# epub_show_urls = 'inline'
+
+# If false, no index is generated.
+#
+# epub_use_index = True

doc/oper-guide/config.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,825 @@
+Server config file format
+=========================
+
+General format
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The config file consists of a series of BIND-style blocks. Each block
+consists of a series of values inside it which pertain to configuration
+settings that apply to the given block.
+
+Several values take lists of values and have defaults preset inside
+them. Prefix a keyword with a tilde (``~``) to override the default and
+disable it.
+
+A line may also be a .include directive, which is of the form::
+
+  .include "file"
+
+and causes file to be read in at that point, before the rest of
+the current file is processed. Relative paths are first tried relative
+to ``PREFIX`` and then relative to ``ETCPATH`` (normally ``PREFIX``/etc).
+
+Anything from a ``#`` to the end of a line is a comment. Blank lines are
+ignored. C-style comments are also supported.
+
+Specific blocks and directives
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Not all configuration blocks and directives are listed here, only the
+most common ones. More blocks and directives will be documented in later
+revisions of this manual.
+
+loadmodule directive
+--------------------
+
+::
+
+   loadmodule "text";
+
+Loads a module into the IRCd. In charybdis 1.1, most modules are
+automatically loaded in. In future versions, it is intended to remove
+this behaviour as to allow for easy customization of the IRCd's
+featureset.
+
+serverinfo {} block
+-------------------
+
+::
+
+   serverinfo {
+        name = "text";
+        sid = "text";
+        description = "text";
+        network_name = "text";
+        network_desc = "text";
+        hub = boolean;
+        vhost = "text";
+        vhost6 = "text";
+   };
+
+The serverinfo {} block defines the core operational parameters of the
+IRC server.
+
+**serverinfo {} variables**
+
+name
+    The name of the IRC server that you are configuring. This must
+    contain at least one dot. It is not necessarily equal to any DNS
+    name. This must be unique on the IRC network.
+
+sid
+    A unique ID which describes the server. This consists of one digit
+    and two characters which can be digits or letters.
+
+description
+    A user-defined field of text which describes the IRC server. This
+    information is used in ``/links`` and ``/whois`` requests. Geographical
+    location information could be a useful use of this field, but most
+    administrators put a witty saying inside it instead.
+
+network\_name
+    The name of the IRC network that this server will be a member of.
+    This is used in the welcome message and ``NETWORK=`` in 005.
+
+hub
+    A boolean which defines whether or not this IRC server will be
+    serving as a hub, i.e. have multiple servers connected to it.
+
+vhost
+    An optional text field which defines an IPv4 address from which
+    to connect outward to other IRC servers.
+
+vhost6
+    An optional text field which defines an IPv6 address from which
+    to connect outward to other IRC servers.
+
+admin {} block
+--------------
+
+::
+
+   admin {
+       name = "text";
+	   description = "text";
+	   email = "text";
+   };
+
+This block provides the information which is returned by the ``ADMIN``
+command.
+
+name
+    The name of the administrator running this service.
+
+description
+    The description of the administrator's position in the network.
+
+email
+    A point of contact for the administrator, usually an e-mail address.
+
+class {} block
+--------------
+
+::
+
+    class "name" {
+            ping_time = duration;
+            number_per_ident = number;
+            number_per_ip = number;
+            number_per_ip_global = number;
+            cidr_ipv4_bitlen = number;
+            cidr_ipv6_bitlen = number;
+            number_per_cidr = number;
+            max_number = number;
+            sendq = size;
+    };
+    
+    class "name" {
+            ping_time = duration;
+            connectfreq = duration;
+            max_number = number;
+            sendq = size;
+    };    
+   
+Class blocks define classes of connections for later use. The class name
+is used to connect them to other blocks in the config file (auth{} and
+connect{}). They must be defined before they are used.
+
+Classes are used both for client and server connections, but most
+variables are different.
+
+**class {} variables: client classes**
+
+ping\_time
+    The amount of time between checking pings for clients, e.g.: 2
+    minutes
+
+number\_per\_ident
+    The amount of clients which may be connected from a single identd
+    username on a per-IP basis, globally. Unidented clients all count as
+    the same username.
+
+number\_per\_ip
+    The amount of clients which may be connected from a single IP
+    address.
+
+number\_per\_ip\_global
+    The amount of clients which may be connected globally from a single
+    IP address.
+
+cidr\_ipv4\_bitlen
+    The netblock length to use with CIDR-based client limiting for IPv4
+    users in this class (between 0 and 32).
+
+cidr\_ipv6\_bitlen
+    The netblock length to use with CIDR-based client limiting for IPv6
+    users in this class (between 0 and 128).
+
+number\_per\_cidr
+    The amount of clients which may be connected from a single netblock.
+
+    If this needs to differ between IPv4 and IPv6, make different
+    classes for IPv4 and IPv6 users.
+
+max\_number
+    The maximum amount of clients which may use this class at any given
+    time.
+
+sendq
+    The maximum size of the queue of data to be sent to a client before
+    it is dropped.
+
+**class {} variables: server classes**
+
+ping\_time
+    The amount of time between checking pings for servers, e.g.: 2
+    minutes
+
+connectfreq
+    The amount of time between autoconnects. This must at least be one
+    minute, as autoconnects are evaluated with that granularity.
+
+max\_number
+    The amount of servers to autoconnect to in this class. More
+    precisely, no autoconnects are done if the number of servers in this
+    class is greater than or equal max\_number
+
+sendq
+    The maximum size of the queue of data to be sent to a server before
+    it is dropped.
+
+auth {} block
+-------------
+
+::
+
+    auth {
+    	user = "hostmask";
+    	password = "text";
+    	spoof = "text";
+    	flags = list;
+    	class = "text";
+    };
+
+auth {} blocks allow client connections to the server, and set various
+properties concerning those connections.
+
+Auth blocks are evaluated from top to bottom in priority, so put special
+blocks first.
+
+auth {} variables
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+user
+    A hostmask (``user@host``) that the auth {} block applies to. It is
+    matched against the hostname and IP address (using :: shortening for
+    IPv6 and prepending a 0 if it starts with a colon) and can also use
+    CIDR masks. You can have multiple user entries.
+
+password
+    An optional password to use for authenticating into this auth{}
+    block. If the password is wrong the user will not be able to connect
+    (will not fall back on another auth{} block).
+
+spoof
+    An optional fake hostname (or ``user@host``) to apply to users
+    authenticated to this auth{} block. In ``STATS i`` and ``TESTLINE``, an
+    equals sign (=) appears before the ``user@host`` and the spoof is shown.
+
+flags
+    A list of flags to apply to this ``auth{}`` block. They are listed
+    below. Some of the flags appear as a special character,
+    parenthesized in the list, before the ``user@host`` in ``STATS i`` and
+    ``TESTLINE``.
+
+class
+    A name of a class to put users matching this auth{} block into.
+
+umodes
+    Additional umodes to apply to the default_umodes upon connect.
+
+auth {} flags
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+encrypted
+    The password used has been encrypted.
+
+spoof\_notice
+    Causes the IRCd to send out a server notice when activating a spoof
+    provided by this auth{} block.
+
+exceed\_limit (>)
+    Users in this auth{} block can exceed class-wide limitations.
+
+dnsbl\_exempt ($)
+    Users in this auth{} block are exempted from DNS blacklist checks.
+    However, they will still be warned if they are listed.
+
+kline\_exempt (^)
+    Users in this auth{} block are exempted from DNS blacklists, k:lines
+    and x:lines.
+
+spambot\_exempt
+    Users in this auth{} block are exempted from spambot checks.
+
+shide\_exempt
+    Users in this auth{} block are exempted from some serverhiding
+    effects.
+
+jupe\_exempt
+    Users in this auth{} block do not trigger an alarm when joining
+    juped channels.
+
+resv\_exempt
+    Users in this auth{} block may use reserved nicknames and channels.
+
+    .. note:: The initial nickname may still not be reserved.
+          
+flood\_exempt (\|) Users in this auth{} block may send arbitrary
+    amounts of commands per time unit to the server. This does not
+    exempt them from any other flood limits. You should use this
+    setting with caution.
+
+no\_tilde (-)
+    Users in this auth{} block will not have a tilde added to their
+    username if they do not run identd.
+
+need\_ident (+)
+    Users in this auth{} block must have identd, otherwise they will be
+    rejected.
+
+need\_ssl
+    Users in this auth{} block must be connected via SSL/TLS, otherwise
+    they will be rejected.
+
+need\_sasl
+    Users in this auth{} block must identify via SASL, otherwise they
+    will be rejected.
+
+exempt {} block
+---------------
+
+::
+
+    exempt {
+    	ip = "ip";
+    };
+
+An exempt block specifies IP addresses which are exempt from ``D:lines`` and
+throttling. Multiple addresses can be specified in one block. Clients
+coming from these addresses can still be ``K/G/X:lined`` or banned by a DNS
+blacklist unless they also have appropriate flags in their auth{} block.
+
+**exempt {} variables**
+
+ip
+    The IP address or CIDR range to exempt.
+
+privset {} block
+----------------
+
+::
+   
+    privset {
+    	extends = "name";
+    	privs = list;
+    };
+
+A privset (privilege set) block specifies a set of operator privileges.
+
+**privset {} variables**
+
+extends
+    An optional privset to inherit. The new privset will have all
+    privileges that the given privset has.
+
+privs
+    Privileges to grant to this privset. These are described in the
+    operator privileges section.
+
+operator {} block
+-----------------
+
+::
+
+   operator "name" {
+    	user = "hostmask";
+    	password = "text";
+    	rsa_public_key_file = "text";
+    	umodes = list;
+    	snomask = "text";
+    	flags = list;
+   };
+
+Operator blocks define who may use the ``OPER`` command to gain extended
+privileges.
+
+**operator {} variables**
+
+user
+    A hostmask that users trying to use this operator {} block must
+    match. This is checked against the original host and IP address;
+    CIDR is also supported. So auth {} spoofs work in operator {}
+    blocks; the real host behind them is not checked. Other kind of
+    spoofs do not work in operator {} blocks; the real host behind them
+    is checked.
+
+    Note that this is different from charybdis 1.x where all kinds of
+    spoofs worked in operator {} blocks.
+
+password
+    A password used with the ``OPER`` command to use this operator {} block.
+    Passwords are encrypted by default, but may be unencrypted if
+    ~encrypted is present in the flags list.
+
+rsa\_public\_key\_file
+    An optional path to a RSA public key file associated with the
+    operator {} block. This information is used by the ``CHALLENGE``
+    command, which is an alternative authentication scheme to the
+    traditional ``OPER`` command.
+
+umodes
+    A list of usermodes to apply to successfully opered clients.
+
+snomask
+    An snomask to apply to successfully opered clients.
+
+privset
+    The privilege set granted to successfully opered clients. This must
+    be defined before this operator{} block.
+
+flags
+    A list of flags to apply to this operator{} block. They are listed
+    below.
+
+**operator {} flags**
+
+encrypted
+    The password used has been encrypted. This is enabled by default,
+    use ~encrypted to disable it.
+
+need\_ssl
+    Restricts use of this operator{} block to SSL/TLS connections only.
+
+connect {} block
+----------------
+
+::
+       
+    connect "name" {
+    	host = "text";
+    	send_password = "text";
+    	accept_password = "text";
+    	port = number;
+    	hub_mask = "mask";
+    	leaf_mask = "mask";
+    	class = "text";
+    	flags = list;
+    	aftype = protocol;
+    };
+
+Connect blocks define what servers may connect or be connected to.
+
+**connect {} variables**
+
+host
+    The hostname or IP to connect to.
+
+    .. note:: Furthermore, if a hostname is used, it must have an
+              ``A`` or ``AAAA`` record (no ``CNAME``) and it must be
+              the primary hostname for inbound connections to work.
+
+send\_password
+    The password to send to the other server.
+
+accept\_password
+    The password that should be accepted from the other server.
+
+port
+    The port on the other server to connect to.
+
+hub\_mask
+    An optional domain mask of servers allowed to be introduced by this
+    link. Usually, "\*" is fine. Multiple hub\_masks may be specified,
+    and any of them may be introduced. Violation of hub\_mask and
+    leaf\_mask restrictions will cause the local link to be closed.
+
+leaf\_mask
+    An optional domain mask of servers not allowed to be introduced by
+    this link. Multiple leaf\_masks may be specified, and none of them
+    may be introduced. leaf\_mask has priority over hub\_mask.
+
+class
+    The name of the class this server should be placed into.
+
+flags
+    A list of flags concerning the connect block. They are listed below.
+
+aftype
+    The protocol that should be used to connect with, either ipv4 or
+    ipv6. This defaults to neither, allowing connection using either
+    address family.
+
+**connect {} flags**
+
+encrypted
+    The value for accept\_password has been encrypted.
+
+autoconn
+    The server should automatically try to connect to the server defined
+    in this connect {} block if it's not connected already and
+    max\_number in the class is not reached yet.
+
+compressed
+    Ziplinks should be used with this server connection. This compresses
+    traffic using zlib, saving some bandwidth and speeding up netbursts.
+
+    If you have trouble setting up a link, you should turn this off as
+    it often hides error messages.
+
+topicburst
+    Topics should be bursted to this server.
+
+    This is enabled by default.
+
+listen {} block
+---------------
+
+::
+
+   listen {
+    	host = "text";
+    	port = number;
+   };
+
+A listen block specifies what ports a server should listen on.
+
+**listen {} variables**
+
+host
+    An optional host to bind to. Otherwise, the ircd will listen on all
+    available hosts.
+
+port
+    A port to listen on. You can specify multiple ports via commas, and
+    define a range by seperating the start and end ports with two dots
+    (..).
+
+modules {} block
+----------------
+
+::
+   
+    modules {
+    	path = "text";
+    	module = text;
+    };
+
+The modules block specifies information for loadable modules.
+
+**modules {} variables**
+
+path
+    Specifies a path to search for loadable modules.
+
+module
+    Specifies a module to load, similar to loadmodule.
+
+general {} block
+----------------
+
+::
+
+    modules {
+    	values
+    };
+
+The general block specifies a variety of options, many of which were in
+``config.h`` in older daemons. The options are documented in
+``reference.conf``.
+
+channel {} block
+----------------
+
+::
+
+    modules {
+    	values
+    };
+
+The channel block specifies a variety of channel-related options, many
+of which were in ``config.h`` in older daemons. The options are
+documented in ``reference.conf``.
+
+serverhide {} block
+-------------------
+
+::
+
+    modules {
+    	values
+    };
+
+The serverhide block specifies options related to server hiding. The
+options are documented in ``reference.conf``.
+
+blacklist {} block
+------------------
+
+::
+
+    blacklist {
+    	host = "text";
+    	reject_reason = "text";
+    };
+
+The blacklist block specifies DNS blacklists to check. Listed clients
+will not be allowed to connect. IPv6 clients are not checked against
+these.
+
+Multiple blacklists can be specified, in pairs with first host then
+reject\_reason.
+
+**blacklist {} variables**
+
+host
+    The DNSBL to use.
+
+reject\_reason
+    The reason to send to listed clients when disconnecting them.
+
+alias {} block
+--------------
+
+::
+
+    alias "name" {
+    	target = "text";
+    };
+
+Alias blocks allow the definition of custom commands. These commands
+send ``PRIVMSG`` to the given target. A real command takes precedence above
+an alias.
+
+**alias {} variables**
+
+target
+    The target nick (must be a network service (umode ``+S``)) or
+    user@server. In the latter case, the server cannot be this server,
+    only opers can use user starting with "opers" reliably and the user
+    is interpreted on the target server only so you may need to use
+    nick@server instead).
+
+cluster {} block
+----------------
+
+::
+   
+    cluster {
+    	name = "text";
+    	flags = list;
+    };
+    
+The cluster block specifies servers we propagate things to
+automatically. This does not allow them to set bans, you need a separate
+shared{} block for that.
+
+Having overlapping cluster{} items will cause the command to be executed
+twice on the target servers. This is particularly undesirable for ban
+removals.
+
+The letters in parentheses denote the flags in ``/stats`` U.
+
+**cluster {} variables**
+
+name
+    The server name to share with, this may contain wildcards and may be
+    stacked.
+
+flags
+    The list of what to share, all the name lines above this (up to
+    another flags entry) will receive these flags. They are listed
+    below.
+
+**cluster {} flags**
+
+kline (K)
+    Permanent ``K:lines``
+
+tkline (k)
+    Temporary ``K:lines``
+
+unkline (U)
+    ``K:line`` removals
+
+xline (X)
+    Permanent ``X:lines``
+
+txline (x)
+    Temporary ``X:lines``
+
+unxline (Y)
+    ``X:line`` removals
+
+resv (Q)
+    Permanently reserved nicks/channels
+
+tresv (q)
+    Temporarily reserved nicks/channels
+
+unresv (R)
+    ``RESV`` removals
+
+locops (L)
+    ``LOCOPS`` messages (sharing this with \* makes ``LOCOPS`` rather similar to
+    ``OPERWALL`` which is not useful)
+
+all
+    All of the above
+
+shared {} block
+---------------
+
+::
+   
+    shared {
+    	oper = "user@host", "server";
+    	flags = list;
+    };
+
+The shared block specifies opers allowed to perform certain actions on
+our server remotely. These are ordered top down. The first one matching
+will determine the oper's access. If access is denied, the command will
+be silently ignored.
+
+The letters in parentheses denote the flags in ``/stats U``.
+
+**shared {} variables**
+
+oper
+    The user@host the oper must have, and the server they must be on.
+    This may contain wildcards.
+
+flags
+    The list of what to allow, all the oper lines above this (up to
+    another flags entry) will receive these flags. They are listed
+    below.
+
+    .. note:: While they have the same names, the flags have subtly
+              different meanings from those in the cluster{} block.
+
+**shared {} flags**
+
+kline (K)
+    Permanent and temporary ``K:lines``
+
+tkline (k)
+    Temporary ``K:lines``
+
+unkline (U)
+    ``K:line`` removals
+
+xline (X)
+    Permanent and temporary ``X:lines``
+
+txline (x)
+    Temporary ``X:lines``
+
+unxline (Y)
+    ``X:line`` removals
+
+resv (Q)
+    Permanently and temporarily reserved nicks/channels
+
+tresv (q)
+    Temporarily reserved nicks/channels
+
+unresv (R)
+    ``RESV`` removals
+
+all
+    All of the above; this does not include locops, rehash, dline,
+    tdline or undline.
+
+locops (L)
+    ``LOCOPS`` messages (accepting this from \* makes ``LOCOPS`` rather similar
+    to ``OPERWALL`` which is not useful); unlike the other flags, this can
+    only be accepted from \*@\* although it can be restricted based on
+    source server.
+
+rehash (H)
+    ``REHASH`` commands; all options can be used
+
+dline (D)
+    Permanent and temporary ``D:lines``
+
+tdline (d)
+    Temporary ``D:lines``
+
+undline (E)
+    ``D:line`` removals
+
+none
+    Allow nothing to be done
+
+service {} block
+----------------
+
+::
+
+    service {
+    	name = "text";
+    };
+
+The service block specifies privileged servers (services). These servers
+have extra privileges such as setting login names on users and
+introducing clients with umode ``+S`` (unkickable, hide channels, etc). This
+does not allow them to set bans, you need a separate shared{} block for
+that.
+
+Do not place normal servers here.
+
+Multiple names may be specified but there may be only one service{}
+block.
+
+**service {} variables**
+
+name
+    The server name to grant special privileges. This may not contain
+    wildcards.
+
+Hostname resolution (DNS)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Charybdis uses solely DNS for all hostname/address lookups (no
+``/etc/hosts`` or anything else). The DNS servers are taken from
+``/etc/resolv.conf``. If this file does not exist or no valid IP
+addresses are listed in it, the local host (``127.0.0.1``) is used. (Note
+that the latter part did not work in older versions of Charybdis.)
+
+IPv4 as well as IPv6 DNS servers are supported, but it is not possible
+to use both IPv4 and IPv6 in ``/etc/resolv.conf``.
+
+For both security and performance reasons, it is recommended that a
+caching nameserver such as BIND be run on the same machine as Charybdis
+and that ``/etc/resolv.conf`` only list ``127.0.0.1``.

doc/oper-guide/index.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+.. Charybdis operator guide documentation master file, created by
+   sphinx-quickstart on Sat Mar 25 10:41:29 2017.
+   You can adapt this file completely to your liking, but it should at least
+   contain the root `toctree` directive.
+
+============================================
+Operators guide for the charybdis IRC server
+============================================
+
+Contents:
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   intro
+   umodes
+   cmodes
+   ucommands
+   commands
+   oprivs
+   config
+
+Indices and tables
+==================
+
+* :ref:`genindex`
+* :ref:`modindex`
+* :ref:`search`
+

doc/oper-guide/intro.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Scope of this document
+======================
+
+This document describes the commands and functions available to
+operators in the charybdis ircd, as used on
+`AthemeNet <http://www.atheme.net>`__.
+
+This document, and various ideas for features of charybdis, have been
+taken from dancer-ircd/hyperion, the ircd used on freenode, mainly
+written by Andrew Suffield and Jilles Tjoelker.
+
+While this document may be of some interest to the users of charybdis
+servers, it is intended as a reference for network staff.
+
+Charybdis is based on ircd-ratbox 2.1.4, although much has changed.
+`ircd-ratbox <http://www.ircd-ratbox.org>`__ is commonly used on efnet,
+and some other networks.

doc/oper-guide/make.bat

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+@ECHO OFF
+
+REM Command file for Sphinx documentation
+
+if "%SPHINXBUILD%" == "" (
+	set SPHINXBUILD=sphinx-build
+)
+set BUILDDIR=_build
+set ALLSPHINXOPTS=-d %BUILDDIR%/doctrees %SPHINXOPTS% .
+set I18NSPHINXOPTS=%SPHINXOPTS% .
+if NOT "%PAPER%" == "" (
+	set ALLSPHINXOPTS=-D latex_paper_size=%PAPER% %ALLSPHINXOPTS%
+	set I18NSPHINXOPTS=-D latex_paper_size=%PAPER% %I18NSPHINXOPTS%
+)
+
+if "%1" == "" goto help
+
+if "%1" == "help" (
+	:help
+	echo.Please use `make ^<target^>` where ^<target^> is one of
+	echo.  html       to make standalone HTML files
+	echo.  dirhtml    to make HTML files named index.html in directories
+	echo.  singlehtml to make a single large HTML file
+	echo.  pickle     to make pickle files
+	echo.  json       to make JSON files
+	echo.  htmlhelp   to make HTML files and a HTML help project
+	echo.  qthelp     to make HTML files and a qthelp project
+	echo.  devhelp    to make HTML files and a Devhelp project
+	echo.  epub       to make an epub
+	echo.  epub3      to make an epub3
+	echo.  latex      to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter
+	echo.  text       to make text files
+	echo.  man        to make manual pages
+	echo.  texinfo    to make Texinfo files
+	echo.  gettext    to make PO message catalogs
+	echo.  changes    to make an overview over all changed/added/deprecated items
+	echo.  xml        to make Docutils-native XML files
+	echo.  pseudoxml  to make pseudoxml-XML files for display purposes
+	echo.  linkcheck  to check all external links for integrity
+	echo.  doctest    to run all doctests embedded in the documentation if enabled
+	echo.  coverage   to run coverage check of the documentation if enabled
+	echo.  dummy      to check syntax errors of document sources
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "clean" (
+	for /d %%i in (%BUILDDIR%\*) do rmdir /q /s %%i
+	del /q /s %BUILDDIR%\*
+	goto end
+)
+
+
+REM Check if sphinx-build is available and fallback to Python version if any
+%SPHINXBUILD% 1>NUL 2>NUL
+if errorlevel 9009 goto sphinx_python
+goto sphinx_ok
+
+:sphinx_python
+
+set SPHINXBUILD=python -m sphinx.__init__
+%SPHINXBUILD% 2> nul
+if errorlevel 9009 (
+	echo.
+	echo.The 'sphinx-build' command was not found. Make sure you have Sphinx
+	echo.installed, then set the SPHINXBUILD environment variable to point
+	echo.to the full path of the 'sphinx-build' executable. Alternatively you
+	echo.may add the Sphinx directory to PATH.
+	echo.
+	echo.If you don't have Sphinx installed, grab it from
+	echo.http://sphinx-doc.org/
+	exit /b 1
+)
+
+:sphinx_ok
+
+
+if "%1" == "html" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b html %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/html
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The HTML pages are in %BUILDDIR%/html.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "dirhtml" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b dirhtml %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/dirhtml
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The HTML pages are in %BUILDDIR%/dirhtml.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "singlehtml" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b singlehtml %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/singlehtml
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The HTML pages are in %BUILDDIR%/singlehtml.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "pickle" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b pickle %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/pickle
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished; now you can process the pickle files.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "json" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b json %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/json
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished; now you can process the JSON files.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "htmlhelp" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b htmlhelp %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/htmlhelp
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the ^
+.hhp project file in %BUILDDIR%/htmlhelp.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "qthelp" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b qthelp %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/qthelp
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the ^
+.qhcp project file in %BUILDDIR%/qthelp, like this:
+	echo.^> qcollectiongenerator %BUILDDIR%\qthelp\Charybdisoperatorguide.qhcp
+	echo.To view the help file:
+	echo.^> assistant -collectionFile %BUILDDIR%\qthelp\Charybdisoperatorguide.ghc
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "devhelp" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b devhelp %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/devhelp
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "epub" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b epub %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/epub
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The epub file is in %BUILDDIR%/epub.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "epub3" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b epub3 %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/epub3
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The epub3 file is in %BUILDDIR%/epub3.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "latex" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b latex %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/latex
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished; the LaTeX files are in %BUILDDIR%/latex.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "latexpdf" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b latex %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/latex
+	cd %BUILDDIR%/latex
+	make all-pdf
+	cd %~dp0
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished; the PDF files are in %BUILDDIR%/latex.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "latexpdfja" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b latex %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/latex
+	cd %BUILDDIR%/latex
+	make all-pdf-ja
+	cd %~dp0
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished; the PDF files are in %BUILDDIR%/latex.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "text" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b text %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/text
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The text files are in %BUILDDIR%/text.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "man" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b man %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/man
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The manual pages are in %BUILDDIR%/man.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "texinfo" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b texinfo %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/texinfo
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The Texinfo files are in %BUILDDIR%/texinfo.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "gettext" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b gettext %I18NSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/locale
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The message catalogs are in %BUILDDIR%/locale.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "changes" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b changes %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/changes
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.The overview file is in %BUILDDIR%/changes.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "linkcheck" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b linkcheck %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/linkcheck
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output ^
+or in %BUILDDIR%/linkcheck/output.txt.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "doctest" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b doctest %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/doctest
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the ^
+results in %BUILDDIR%/doctest/output.txt.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "coverage" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b coverage %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/coverage
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Testing of coverage in the sources finished, look at the ^
+results in %BUILDDIR%/coverage/python.txt.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "xml" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b xml %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/xml
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The XML files are in %BUILDDIR%/xml.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "pseudoxml" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b pseudoxml %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/pseudoxml
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. The pseudo-XML files are in %BUILDDIR%/pseudoxml.
+	goto end
+)
+
+if "%1" == "dummy" (
+	%SPHINXBUILD% -b dummy %ALLSPHINXOPTS% %BUILDDIR%/dummy
+	if errorlevel 1 exit /b 1
+	echo.
+	echo.Build finished. Dummy builder generates no files.
+	goto end
+)
+
+:end

doc/oper-guide/oprivs.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+Oper privileges
+===============
+
+These are specified in privset{}.
+
+oper:admin, server administrator
+--------------------------------
+
+Various privileges intended for server administrators. Among other
+things, this automatically sets umode +a and allows loading modules.
+
+oper:die, die and restart
+-------------------------
+
+This grants permission to use ``DIE`` and ``RESTART``, shutting down or
+restarting the server.
+
+oper:global\_kill, global kill
+------------------------------
+
+Allows using ``KILL`` on users on any server.
+
+oper:hidden, hide from /stats p
+-------------------------------
+
+This privilege currently does nothing, but was designed to hide bots
+from /stats p so users will not message them for help.
+
+oper:hidden\_admin, hidden administrator
+----------------------------------------
+
+This grants everything granted to the oper:admin privilege, except the
+ability to set umode +a. If both oper:admin and oper:hidden\_admin are
+possessed, umode +a can still not be used.
+
+oper:kline, kline and dline
+---------------------------
+
+Allows using ``KLINE`` and ``DLINE``, to ban users by user@host mask or IP
+address.
+
+oper:local\_kill, kill local users
+----------------------------------
+
+This grants permission to use ``KILL`` on users on the same server,
+disconnecting them from the network.
+
+oper:mass\_notice, global notices and wallops
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Allows using server name ($$mask) and hostname ($#mask) masks in ``NOTICE``
+and ``PRIVMSG`` to send a message to all matching users, and allows using
+the ``WALLOPS`` command to send a message to all users with umode +w set.
+
+oper:operwall, send/receive operwall
+------------------------------------
+
+Allows using the ``OPERWALL`` command and umode +z to send and receive
+operwalls.
+
+oper:rehash, rehash
+-------------------
+
+Allows using the ``REHASH`` command, to rehash various configuration files
+or clear certain lists.
+
+oper:remoteban, set remote bans
+-------------------------------
+
+This grants the ability to use the ON argument on ``DLINE``/``KLINE``/``XLINE``/``RESV``
+and ``UNDLINE``/``UNKLINE``/``UNXLINE``/``UNRESV`` to set and unset bans on other
+servers, and the server argument on ``REHASH``. This is only allowed if the
+oper may perform the action locally, and if the remote server has a
+shared{} block.
+
+.. note:: If a cluster{} block is present, bans are sent remotely even
+          if the oper does not have oper:remoteban privilege.
+
+oper:resv, channel control
+--------------------------
+
+This allows using /resv, /unresv and changing the channel modes +L and
++P.
+
+oper:routing, remote routing
+----------------------------
+
+This allows using the third argument of the ``CONNECT`` command, to instruct
+another server to connect somewhere, and using ``SQUIT`` with an argument
+that is not locally connected. (In both cases all opers with +w set will
+be notified.)
+
+oper:spy, use operspy
+---------------------
+
+This allows using ``/mode !#channel``, ``/whois !nick``, ``/who !#channel``,
+``/chantrace !#channel``, ``/topic !#channel``, ``/who !mask``, ``/masktrace
+!user@host :gecos`` and ``/scan umodes +modes-modes global list`` to see
+through secret channels, invisible users, etc.
+
+All operspy usage is broadcasted to opers with snomask ``+Z`` set (on the
+entire network) and optionally logged. If you grant this to anyone, it
+is a good idea to establish concrete policies describing what it is to
+be used for, and what not.
+
+If ``operspy_dont_care_user_info`` is enabled, ``/who mask`` is operspy
+also, and ``/who !mask``, ``/who mask``, ``/masktrace !user@host :gecos`` and ``/scan
+umodes +modes-modes global list`` do not generate ``+Z`` notices or logs.
+
+oper:unkline, unkline and undline
+---------------------------------
+
+Allows using ``UNKLINE`` and ``UNDLINE``.
+
+oper:xline, xline and unxline
+-----------------------------
+
+Allows using ``XLINE`` and ``UNXLINE``, to ban/unban users by realname.
+
+snomask:nick\_changes, see nick changes
+---------------------------------------
+
+Allows using snomask ``+n`` to see local client nick changes. This is
+designed for monitor bots.

doc/oper-guide/ucommands.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+User Commands
+=============
+
+Standard IRC commands are not listed here. Several of the commands in
+the operator commands chapter can also be used by normal users.
+
+ACCEPT
+------
+
+::
+
+   ACCEPT nick, -nick, ...
+
+Adds or removes users from your accept list for umode +g and +R. Users
+are automatically removed when they quit, split or change nick.
+
+::
+
+   ACCEPT *
+
+Lists all users on your accept list.
+
+Support of this command is indicated by the ``CALLERID`` token in
+``RPL_ISUPPORT`` (005); the optional parameter indicates the letter of the
+“only allow accept users to send private messages” umode, otherwise +g.
+In charybdis this is always +g.
+
+CNOTICE
+-------
+
+::
+
+   CNOTICE nick channel :text
+
+Providing you are opped (+o) or voiced (+v) in channel, and nick is a
+member of channel, ``CNOTICE`` generates a ``NOTICE`` towards nick.
+
+``CNOTICE`` bypasses any anti-spam measures in place. If you get “Targets
+changing too fast, message dropped”, you should probably use this
+command, for example sending a notice to every user joining a certain
+channel.
+
+As of charybdis 3.1, ``NOTICE`` automatically behaves as ``CNOTICE`` if you are
+in a channel fulfilling the conditions.
+
+Support of this command is indicated by the ``CNOTICE`` token in
+``RPL_ISUPPORT`` (005).
+
+CPRIVMSG
+--------
+
+::
+
+   CPRIVMSG nick channel :text
+
+Providing you are opped (+o) or voiced (+v) in channel, and nick is a
+member of channel, ``CPRIVMSG`` generates a ``PRIVMSG`` towards nick.
+
+``CPRIVMSG`` bypasses any anti-spam measures in place. If you get “Targets
+changing too fast, message dropped”, you should probably use this
+command.
+
+As of charybdis 3.1, ``PRIVMSG`` automatically behaves as ``CPRIVMSG`` if you
+are in a channel fulfilling the conditions.
+
+Support of this command is indicated by the ``CPRIVMSG`` token in
+``RPL_ISUPPORT`` (005).
+
+FINDFORWARDS
+------------
+
+::
+
+   FINDFORWARDS channel
+
+.. note:: This command is only available if the ``m_findforwards.so``
+          extension is loaded.
+
+Displays which channels forward to the given channel (via cmode +f). If
+there are very many channels the list will be truncated.
+
+You must be a channel operator on the channel or an IRC operator to use
+this command.
+
+HELP
+----
+
+::
+
+   HELP [topic]
+
+Displays help information. topic can be ``INDEX``, ``CREDITS``, ``UMODE``, ``CMODE``,
+``SNOMASK`` or a command name.
+
+There are separate help files for users and opers. Opers can use ``UHELP``
+to query the user help files.
+
+IDENTIFY
+--------
+
+::
+
+   IDENTIFY parameters...
+
+.. note:: This command is only available if the ``m_identify.so``
+          extension is loaded.
+
+Sends an identify command to either NickServ or ChanServ. If the first
+parameter starts with #, the command is sent to ChanServ, otherwise to
+NickServ. The word ``IDENTIFY``, a space and all parameters are concatenated
+and sent as a ``PRIVMSG`` to the service. If the service is not online or
+does not have umode +S set, no message will be sent.
+
+The exact syntax for this command depends on the services package in
+use.
+
+KNOCK
+-----
+
+::
+
+   KNOCK channel
+
+Requests an invite to the given channel. The channel must be locked
+somehow (+ikl), must not be +p and you may not be banned or quieted.
+Also, this command is rate limited.
+
+If successful, all channel operators will receive a 710 numeric. The
+recipient field of this numeric is the channel.
+
+Support of this command is indicated by the ``KNOCK`` token in ``RPL_ISUPPORT``
+(005).
+
+MONITOR
+-------
+
+Server side notify list. This list contains nicks. When a user connects,
+quits with a listed nick or changes to or from a listed nick, you will
+receive a 730 numeric if the nick went online and a 731 numeric if the
+nick went offline.
+
+Support of this command is indicated by the ``MONITOR`` token in
+``RPL_ISUPPORT`` (005); the parameter indicates the maximum number of
+nicknames you may have in your monitor list.
+
+You may only use this command once per second.
+
+More details can be found in ``doc/monitor.txt`` in the source
+distribution.
+
+::
+
+   MONITOR + nick, ...
+
+Adds nicks to your monitor list. You will receive 730 and 731 numerics
+for the nicks.
+
+::
+
+   MONITOR - nick, ...
+
+Removes nicks from your monitor list. No output is generated for this
+command.
+
+::
+
+   MONITOR C
+
+Clears your monitor list. No output is generated for this command.
+
+::
+
+   MONITOR L
+
+Lists all nicks on your monitor list, using 732 numerics and ending with
+a 733 numeric.
+
+::
+
+   MONITOR S
+
+Shows status for all nicks on your monitor list, using 730 and 731
+numerics.

doc/oper-guide/umodes.rst

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+User modes
+==========
+
+``+a``, server administrator
+----------------------------
+
+This vanity usermode is used to denote a server administrator in WHOIS
+output. All local “admin” privileges are independent of it, though
+services packages may grant extra privileges to ``+a`` users.
+
+``+D``, deaf
+------------
+
+.. note:: This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not
+          specific to operators.
+
+Users with the ``+D`` umode set will not receive messages sent to channels.
+Joins, parts, topic changes, mode changes, etc are received as normal,
+as are private messages.
+
+Support of this umode is indicated by the ``DEAF`` token in ``RPL_ISUPPORT``
+(005); the parameter indicates the letter of the umode. Note that
+several common IRCD implementations have an umode like this (typically
+``+d``) but do not have the token in 005.
+
+``+g``, Caller ID
+-----------------
+
+.. note:: This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not
+    specific to operators.
+
+Users with the ``+g`` umode set will only receive private messages
+from users on a session-defined whitelist, defined by the ``/accept``
+command. If a user who is not on the whitelist attempts to send a
+private message, the target user will receive a rate-limited notice
+saying that the user wishes to speak to them.
+
+Network operators are not affected by the callerid whitelist system in
+the event that they need to speak to users who have it enabled.
+
+Support of this umode is indicated by the ``CALLERID`` token in
+``RPL_ISUPPORT`` (005); the optional parameter indicates the letter of
+the umode, otherwise ``+g``.
+
+``+i``, invisible
+-----------------
+
+.. note:: This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not
+          specific to operators.
+
+Invisible users do not show up in ``WHO`` and ``NAMES`` unless you can see them.
+
+``+l``, receive locops
+----------------------
+
+``LOCOPS`` is a version of ``OPERWALL`` that is sent to opers on a single server
+only. With cluster{} and shared{} blocks they can optionally be
+propagated further.
+
+Unlike ``OPERWALL``, any oper can send and receive ``LOCOPS``.
+
+``+o``, operator
+----------------
+
+This indicates global operator status.
+
+``+Q``, disable forwarding
+--------------------------
+
+.. note:: This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not
+          specific to operators.
+
+This umode prevents you from being affected by channel forwarding. If
+enabled on a channel, channel forwarding sends you to another channel if
+you could not join. See channel mode ``+f`` for more information.
+
+``+R``, reject messages from unauthenticated users
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+.. note:: This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not
+          specific to operators.
+
+If a user has the ``+R`` umode set, then any users who are not authenticated
+will receive an error message if they attempt to send a private message
+or notice to the ``+R`` user.
+
+Opers and accepted users (like in ``+g``) are exempt. Unlike ``+g``, the target
+user is not notified of failed messages.
+
+``+s``, receive server notices
+------------------------------
+
+This umode allows an oper to receive server notices. The requested types
+of server notices are specified as a parameter (“snomask”) to this
+umode.
+
+``+S``, network service
+-----------------------
+
+.. note:: This umode can only be set by servers named in a service{}
+          block.
+
+This umode grants various features useful for services. For example,
+clients with this umode cannot be kicked or deopped on channels, can
+send to any channel, do not show channels in ``WHOIS``, can be the target of
+services aliases and do not appear in ``/stats p``. No server notices are
+sent for hostname changes by services clients; server notices about
+kills are sent to snomask ``+k`` instead of ``+s``.
+
+The exact effects of this umode are variable; no user or oper on an
+actual charybdis server can set it.
+
+``+w``, receive wallops
+-----------------------
+
+.. note:: This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not
+          specific to operators.
+
+Users with the ``+w`` umode set will receive ``WALLOPS`` messages sent by opers.
+Opers with ``+w`` additionally receive ``WALLOPS`` sent by servers (e.g. remote
+``CONNECT``, remote ``SQUIT``, various severe misconfigurations, many services
+packages).
+
+``+z``, receive operwall
+------------------------
+
+``OPERWALL`` differs from ``WALLOPS`` in that the ability to receive such
+messages is restricted. Opers with ``+z`` set will receive ``OPERWALL``
+messages.
+
+``+Z``, SSL user
+----------------
+
+This umode is set on clients connected via SSL/TLS. It cannot be set or
+unset after initial connection.
+
+Snomask usage
+=============
+
+Usage is as follows::
+
+  MODE nick +s +/-flags
+
+To set snomasks.
+
+::
+
+   MODE nick -s
+
+To clear all snomasks.
+
+Umode ``+s`` will be set if at least one snomask is set.
+
+Umode ``+s`` is oper only by default, but even if you allow nonopers to set
+it, they will not get any server notices.
+
+Meanings of server notice masks
+===============================
+
+``+b``, bot warnings
+--------------------
+
+Opers with the ``+b`` snomask set will receive warning messages from the
+server when potential flooders and spambots are detected.
+
+``+c``, client connections
+--------------------------
+
+Opers who have the ``+c`` snomask set will receive server notices when
+clients attach to the local server.
+
+``+C``, extended client connection notices
+------------------------------------------
+
+Opers who have the ``+C`` snomask set will receive server notices when
+clients attach to the local server. Unlike the ``+c`` snomask, the
+information is displayed in a format intended to be parsed by scripts,
+and includes the two unused fields of the ``USER`` command.
+
+``+d``, debug
+-------------
+
+The ``+d`` snomask provides opers extra information which may be of interest
+to debuggers. It will also cause the user to receive server notices if
+certain assertions fail inside the server. Its precise meaning is
+variable. Do not depend on the effects of this snomask as they can and
+will change without notice in later revisions.
+
+``+f``, full warning
+--------------------
+
+Opers with the ``+f`` snomask set will receive notices when a user
+connection is denied because a connection limit is exceeded (one of the
+limits in a class{} block, or the total per-server limit settable with
+``/quote set max``).
+
+``+F``, far client connection notices
+-------------------------------------
+
+.. note:: This snomask is only available if the ``sno_farconnect.so``
+          extension is loaded.
+
+Opers with ``+F`` receive server notices when clients connect or disconnect
+on other servers. The notices have the same format as those from the ``+c``
+snomask, except that the class is ? and the source server of the notice
+is the server the user is/was on.
+
+No notices are generated for netsplits and netjoins. Hence, these
+notices cannot be used to keep track of all clients on the network.
+
+There is no far equivalent of the ``+C`` snomask.
+
+``+k``, server kill notices
+---------------------------
+
+Opers with the ``+k`` snomask set will receive server notices when services
+kill users and when other servers kill and save (forced nick change to
+UID) users. Kills and saves by this server are on ``+d`` or ``+s``.
+
+``+n``, nick change notices
+---------------------------
+
+An oper with ``+n`` set will receive a server notice every time a local user
+changes their nick, giving the old and new nicks. This is mostly useful
+for bots that track all users on a single server.
+
+``+r``, notices on name rejections
+----------------------------------
+
+Opers with this snomask set will receive a server notice when somebody
+tries to use an invalid username, or if a dumb HTTP proxy tries to
+connect.
+
+``+s``, generic server notices
+------------------------------
+
+This snomask allows an oper to receive generic server notices. This
+includes kills from opers (except services).
+
+``+u``, unauthorized connections
+--------------------------------
+
+This snomask allows an oper to see when users try to connect who do not
+have an available auth{} block.
+
+``+W``, whois notifications
+---------------------------
+
+.. note:: This snomask is only available if the ``sno_whois.so``
+          extension is loaded.
+
+Opers with ``+W`` receive notices when a ``WHOIS`` is executed on them on their
+server (showing idle time).
+
+``+x``, extra routing notices
+-----------------------------
+
+Opers who have the ``+x`` snomask set will get notices about servers
+connecting and disconnecting on the whole network. This includes all
+servers connected behind the affected link. This can get rather noisy
+but is useful for keeping track of all linked servers.
+
+``+y``, spy
+-----------
+
+Opers with ``+y`` receive notices when users try to join ``RESV``'ed (“juped”)
+channels. Additionally, if certain extension modules are loaded, they
+will receive notices when special commands are used.
+
+``+Z``, operspy notices
+-----------------------
+
+Opers with ``+Z`` receive notices whenever an oper anywhere on the network
+uses operspy.
+
+This snomask can be configured to be only effective for admins.

doc/operguide.txt

@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-
-EFnet Oper Guide
-Last update: 02-21-2002
-Written and maintained by Riedel
-E-Mail: dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
-
- 1.  Commands you should know about
- 2.  The client of your choice
- 3.  Your primary responsibilities
- 4.  Re-routing
- 4.1 Re-routing other servers and remote connects
- 5.  Kills and klines
- 6.  Kill and K-Line requests
- 7.  Happy birthday!
- 8.  Security
- 9.  Know who your friends are
-10.  The TCM bot
-11.  Services 
-12.  G-Lines
-
-
-1. Commands you should know about
-
-  This is no longer covered here. IRCD-hybrid is changing too rapidly, so
-  this section would be outdated in no time ;) For an up-to-date version,
-  please download the latest hybrid at www.ircd-hybrid.org.
-
-
-2. The client of your choice
-
-  There are many IRC clients around for a wide variety of operating systems.
-  Being an IRC Operator doesn't *require* you to use a UNIX client, however
-  I personally prefer UNIX-based clients. If you're familiar with UNIX and
-  use UNIX for opering, I suggest ircII / epic. There are a lot of scripts
-  available for those two clients, and it's not that hard to write scripts
-  yourself to suite your needs. It is important that you know how to operate
-  your client, and familiarize yourself with the options and features. For
-  whatever client you chose this goes for any of them: You should be in
-  control of your client, instead of the client being in control of you.
-
-Resources :
-
-  www.mirc.co.uk	- mIRC (MS-Windows)
-  www.irchelp.org	- a variety of clients and scripts
-  ftp.blackened.com	- several UNIX based clients available
-
-
-3. Your primary responsibilities
-
-  As an IRC Operator, you're responsible for maintaining the server on a
-  real-time basis. You represent your server, and you represent the network.
-  Irresponsible / rude / offensive / stupid behavior may discredit your server
-  and the network. You should focus on the task you were chosen for...
-  maintainance.  Sounds simple, no? It means getting rid of users that abuse
-  the service, enforcing the server's policy and keeping the server linked.
-  Users will ask you questions, and expect you to know all the answers.. after
-  all, you're the oper!
-
-  Be prepared for users trying to fool you, sweet talk you into things you
-  don't want, lie and deceive. Most users are handling in good faith...
-  however, the abusers have learned how to manipulate opers. They have studied
-  the alien creature 'oper' for ages like biologists study animals. Be
-  paranoid, be curious and be suspicious. I can't stress the importancy of that
-  often enough.
-
-  Second priority has the network. You were not chosen to maintain the network
-  but you were chosen to maintain the server. However, you may want to be able
-  to reroute servers. If you see something broken, don't be afraid to fix it.
-  If you do, be sure you fix things and don't make it worse. Before you
-  step into routing, be sure you've familiarized yourself with the network's
-  topology, and be confident enough to perform such actions. (re)routing is
-  covered in the next chapter.
-
-  Opers on the network depend on a trusting relationship. You can usually take
-  the word from an oper. Other opers are considered -trusted-, however, there
-  are exceptions. Sometimes even opers lie to opers to get things done. Don't
-  be afraid to ask for proof of a certain statement, such as logs.
-  This doesn't mean you distrust the oper in question, but -you- and you alone
-  are responsible for your actions. You call the shots on your server, unless
-  your admin says otherwise.
-
-
-4. Re-routing
-
-  Re-routing is not hard, and it's not scary but it is important that you do it
-  right. The commands you'll use are SQUIT and CONNECT. First, a very simple
-  example. Let's say your server, irc.yourserver.com is lagged to it's uplink,
-  irc.uplink.com and you want to reroute your server. You have to think about
-  where you want your server to be linked, and you have to time your reroute.
-  An example topology :
-               
-irc.yourserver.com ---- irc.uplink.com
-                        |      |      \
-                        B      C      D
-                       / \
-                      E   F
-                         / \
-                        G   H --- O
-                      / | \ | \
-                     I  J K L  M
-                                \
-                                 N
-
-  In this case, you're uplinked by irc.uplink.com
-  irc.uplink.com also hubs B, C and D. Server B functions as hub for E and F;
-  F hubs G and H; H hubs L, M and O. G hubs I, J and K. M hubs N.
-  Your server is allowed to connect to server B, F and G. So you consider the
-  servers you're able to connect to. Is the lag caused by a server that uplinks
-  irc.uplink.com ? Use /stats ? irc.uplink.com to determine lag to the other
-  servers. If irc.uplink.com does not respond, the lag is to your uplink. If
-  so, you cannot be sure about the state of the other uplinks, so you'd have to
-  get on a remote server and determine lag by using /stats ? and /trace. For
-  example, you could connect to server N, and /trace yournick. Yournick, being
-  the nick on your server. You'll see which route it takes, and what the
-  problem server is. Example /trace output :
-
-S:[SERVER-N       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-M            ]
-S:[SERVER-M       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-H            ]
-S:[SERVER-H       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-F            ]
-S:[SERVER-F       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-B            ]
-S:[SERVER-B       ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[irc.uplink.com      ]
-S:[irc.uplink.com ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[irc.yourserver.com  ]
-
-  The trace doesn't complete... server-b announces irc.uplink.com, and
-  irc.uplink.com announces your server. Your server should return something
-  like :
-
-S:[irc.yourserver.] OPER [yournick!user@yourhost]
-
-  If it doesn't, we know the lag is only between yourserver and uplink.
-  Usually if there is lag between your server and your uplink, the send-queue
-  rises. This is not always the case. Sometimes your server can write perfectly
-  to your uplink, but not reverse. That is called one sided lag.
-
-  We pick server B to link to. It means we have to SQUIT and CONNECT.
-  To unlink from irc.uplink.com and connect to SERVER_B we'd type:
-  /quote SQUIT irc.uplink.com :reroute
-  /connect SERVER_B
-
-  we *DON'T* SQUIT irc.yourserver.com... and I'll try to explain why:
-  If we wanted to remove hub M from the network, and with it N, we'd issue
-  a SQUIT M. An SQUIT follows a path, relays the SQUIT request to each server
-  in that path. Finally it reaches server H, which is the hub for M. Server H
-  sees the SQUIT and drops the link to M.
-
-  Now a different situation, we want to separate yourserver, uplink, C and D
-  from the rest of the network, in order to reroute. We'd have to SQUIT server
-  B, since we want the -uplink- of server B (being irc.uplink.com) to drop the
-  link to server B.
-
-  If you'd SQUIT irc.yourserver.com, you ask yourserver.com to drop the link to
-  itself, which is impossible. If you SQUIT irc.uplink.com, you ask yourserver
-  to drop the link to uplink, which is what we want to do.
-
-  After the SQUIT and CONNECT, the new situation looks like this :
-
-                        irc.uplink.com
-                        |      |      \
-  irc.yourserver.com -- B      C      D
-                       / \
-                      E   F
-                         / \
-                        G   H --- O
-                      / | \ | \
-                     I  J K L  M
-                                \
-                                 N
-
-  If yourserver is a Hub, it makes the situation more complex, since your
-  actions have more impact.
-
-
-4.1 - Re-routing other servers and remote connects
-
-Example topology :
-
-                        irc.uplink.com
-                        |      |      \
-  irc.yourserver.com -- B      C      D
-                       / \
-                      E   F
-                         / \
-                        G   H --- O
-                      / | \ | \
-                     I  J K L  M
-                                \
-                                 N
-
-  Let's say, hub H is way lagged to F, but G to F is fine... we want to reroute
-  H, and stick H to G.
-
-  We'd do :
-
-  /quote SQUIT serverh :re-routing you babe
-  /connect serverh 6667 serverg
-
-  A global wallops will be sent :
-  !serverg! Remote CONNECT serverh 6667 from ItsMe
-
-  When re-routing, always give the server some time to prevent nick collides.
-  When there is lag, people will connect to another server. When you SQUIT and
-  CONNECT to fast, a lot of those clients will be collided. Also, stick to your
-  territory. How enthusiastic you may be, you cannot route the world. If you're
-  an oper on the US side, stick to the US side when re-routing. Needless to
-  say, if you're EU, keep it to EU ;)
-
-
-5. Kills and klines
-
-  As an oper, you're given the incredible power *cough* of KILL and KLINE.
-  /kill nick reason  disconnects a client from IRC with the specified reason.
-  A /quote kline *evil@*.dude.org :reason here  bans the user from your server.
-  Abusive kills and klines may draw attacks to your server, so always consider
-  if a kline or kill is deserved. If the server gets attacked after a valid
-  kill or kline, well.. tough luck. You should never be 'afraid' to kline
-  anyone on your server. If it's a good reason, make it so. Even if you know
-  it may cause the server to be attacked. Maybe good to think about is this:
-  - if /ignore solves the problem rather than a kick, /ignore
-  - kick if a ban is unneeded
-  - ban if a /kill is unwarranted for
-  - kill rather than kline if that solves the problem
-  - kline when a server ban is really needed.
-
-  You kline a user when you absolutely don't want this user to use the service
-  your server is providing.
-
-  Crosskills (killing users on another server) are another issue. Some admins
-  don't care if users get /kill'ed off their server, for any reason or no
-  reason at all... and other admins are very anal about it. A good way to go
-  (IMO) is to issue a KILL if there is an absolute need for the target user to
-  be disconnected. If there are active opers on that server, let them handle
-  it.  They'll be upset if you /kill a user off their server, without
-  contacting them.  /stats p irc.server.here shows the active opers on a
-  particular server. Some opers have multiple o-lines and are not watching all
-  sessions. If you can't find an active oper on a server, you can 
-  /quote operwall a request for opers from that server.
-
-  Ghost KILLs are another story, an often misunderstood one.
-  When you see a /KILL from an oper with the reason 'ghosted' they usually
-  KILL a client that's about to ping timeout. That is not what a ghost is!
-  To quote Dianora: "a ghost happens because a client misses being killed when
-  it should be. Its a race condition due to nick chasing". In other words,
-  Server X thinks client A has been KILLed, while server Y missed the KILL
-  for that client.
-
-
-6. Kill and K-Line requests
-
-  As previously mentioned, if an oper from another server contacts you and
-  requests a kill or a kline for a local client with a good reason, you can
-  usually trust this request. Opers depend on a trusting relationship. However,
-  since you're responsible for the kill or kline, it is not rude to ask for
-  proof. It depends on the oper making the request how thats interpreted, but
-  the way they respond to asking for proof tells more about them than about
-  you.
-
-  The more and longer you oper, how better you get to know the other opers.
-  You know who is honest, you'll know who are lying and deceiving. Before
-  you acquire this knowledge, you can merely rely on common sense and
-  instincts.  You'll probably make mistakes occasionally, and thats nothing to
-  be ashamed of.  Opers are - despite contrary believes - human.
-
-  Users occasionally will ask you to kill or kline a user/bot too. Some
-  requests are straight-forward and clear, others require you to be cautious. I
-  recommend to always investigate such requests, and when you're confident the
-  request is valid, issue the kill or kline.
-
-
-7. Happy birthday!
-
-  It is a custom on EFnet to birthday /kill opers of whom it is his/her
-  birthday.  Not all opers like this, but typically those opers don't let
-  others know about their birthday. You'll notice that the KILLS say a lot
-  about who likes who and who is friends with who.  Whether you want to
-  participate, is entirely up to you.
-
-
-8. Security
-
-  As with any privilege, you have to handle it cautiously and responsibly.
-  Be sure that your o/O line doesn't get compromised! Oper only from secure
-  hosts. You and only you should know your password. Don't share your oper
-  account, and make your oper password a UNIQUE one. If your o/O line gets
-  compromised, nasty things may/will happen. Imagine an oper with crosskill
-  capabilities who's operline gets 'hacked'... the results are often
-  disastrous and you will lose respect and trust from others. It can cause
-  your oper privileges to be revoked, or even the server to be (temporarily)
-  delinked.
-
-
-9. Know who your friends are
-
-  As an oper you will get a lot of users that want to be 'friends' with you.
-  Users offer you free* access to their *nix servers, ops in channels,
-  unlimited leech access to the biggest and fastest warez sites *gasp* and
-  more. They want favors in return. They say they don't but they truly want
-  something in return. They -expect- something in return. You could either
-  don't respond to such offers, or use them. The last option creates an even
-  more distorted image of opers and doesn't do any good for the user <-> oper
-  relationship.  Your *real* friends are usually the persons who were your
-  friends _before_ you acquired the extra privileges.
-
-
-10. The TCM Bot
-
-  A TCM bot can be a valuable tool for opers. It keeps record of all connected
-  clients, flags clients with multiple connections and has all sorts of other
-  useful commands. There are three different kind of TCM's in use on EFnet,
-  being OOMon, TCM-Dianora and TCM-Hybrid. Every one of them requires you to
-  log in to be able to access the privileged commands. On OOMon you DCC chat
-  the TCM bot and do '.auth yournick yourpass' where yournick is your oper
-  name in your o/O line. In TCM-Dianora and TCM-Hybrid you register with:
-  '.register yourpass', where yourpass is your password ;)
-  All TCM commands start with a period. If you forget the period, the text goes
-  into the 'partyline', where it is echoed to all connected opers.
-
-  Resources :	http://toast.blackened.com/oomon/help
-		http://www.db.net/~db/tcm.html
-
-
-11. Services
-
-  A recent addition to EFNet is Channel Fixer, aka ChanFix. This is an
-  automated service that re-ops clients on opless channels. There are a few
-  restrictions.  First, the channel has to be of significant size for ChanFix
-  to store it in its database. Second, it only logs static addresses.
-
-  How does it work? Periodically it stores information about the channel state
-  in its database, for every channel in there. On every 'run', a channel
-  operator gets one point. These scores make a top-5 of 'most frequent opped
-  clients'.  When a channel becomes opless, ChanFix will join and op the top-5
-  opped clients CURRENTLY IN THE CHANNEL.
-
-  Chanfix can be invoked manually by server administrators. /msg ChanFix
-  chanfix #channel is the command to do it. ChanFix will join, and treat the
-  channel as if it were opless. It lowers TS by one (resulting in a deop of
-  the entire channel) and re-ops the top-5 clients currently in the channel.
-  The Channel Fixer won't log or actively fix channels when there's a split of
-  significant size.  Needless to say, the chanfix command must be used with
-  caution.
-
-
-12. G-Lines
-
-  Oh yes! A G-Line section. Currently, a part of EFNet (EU-EFnet) has G-Lines
-  enabled. This was decided by the EU admin community and is now mandatory
-  within EU-EFnet. In order for a G-Line to be activated, three opers from
-  three different servers need to issue the _exact_ same G-Line. The reason
-  is not counted.
-
-  G-Lines work best when the EU side of EFNet is not fragmented. G-Lines
-  will, however, propogate through a Hybrid 6 hub (but not a CSr hub) even
-  if the hub server has G-Lines disabled. This propogation allows two halves
-  of EU-EFnet to have concurrent G-Lines set even when split by US hub servers.
-
-
-  Questions / Comments / Suggestions are welcome.
-  You can e-mail me: dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
-
-Best regards,
---
-Dennis "Riedel" Vink       ___~___  Email - dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
-Unix System Administrator  \  |  /  Phone - +31 23 5111111
-Vuurwerk Internet           '|.|'   PGP   - 0xD68A7AAB
-
-And on the seventh day, He exited from append mode.
-
-# $Id: operguide.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

doc/opermyth.txt

@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
-
-Date: Thu, 30 Jul 1998 16:21:40-0700 (MST)
-To: operlist@the-project.org
-From: rayp@primenet.com (Ray Powers)
-Subject: The myths of opers....
-
-I've always wanted to write something like this.. Its half rant, half
-fact, so bear with it. Hopefully it will be worth reading.
-
-There's a lot of hate for opers for a lot of reasons. Some are directly
-oper related (i.e. 99% of us are colossal assholes), some are directly
-user related (i.e. 99% of you are raving lunatics), and some is just plain
-misconceptions. I'd like to take a minute to talk about part three in
-hopes of clearing a few things up. This will kind of be in a FAQ form,
-maybe you'll like it,  maybe not, but its worth a shot.
-
-Q: What can an oper on EFnet do.
-A: This is an EXACT list of what we can do:
-        1) /squit a server, separating it from the rest of the net
-        2) /die our server
-        3) /kill a user, this disconnects them from the server they are on
-        4) /kline a hostmask, this bans them from our server
-        5) /dline an ip, this bans them from our server, regardless of 
-           hostmask
-        6) See all invisible users on our server
-        7) Mass Msg/CTCP/notice a hostmask
-        8) Mass Msg/CTCP/notice a server
-        9) See and send Operwall/wallops notices
-
-That's it. We can see more server messages than you, but that's not the
-point.. The point to be shown here is very simple, *none* of these things
-have anything to do with channels. Which leads us to our next question.
-
-Q: What can opers *NOT* do, but keep being asked to anyways?
-A: We can *NOT*:
-        1) Enter a channel that is +i or +k without being invited or 
-           having the key
-        2) See who is inside a +s channel  
-        3) Op ourselves or op you on a channel (unless of course we are a 
-           channel op for that channel)
-        4) Tell you what XXXX's new nick is since they changed it to hide 
-           from you.
-        5) Deop someone for you on a channel (unless of course we are a 
-           channel op for that channel)
-
-Notice a trend, with the exception of 4, all of these are 100% channel
-related. EFnet is made so that opers have *NO* power of channels, for
-better or worse. If we don't help you with these requests, its not because
-we won't, its because we are completely incapable doing so. On the other
-hand....
-
-Q: What can opers do, but won't?
-A: This will be a bit differently done, because I figure I should explain 
-   why opers don't do these things, when they may normally make sense.
-        1) Why won't they kill somebody who has stolen your nick.
-              EFnet has gone on the basis of nicks not being owned, which is 
-           why there is no nickserv on EFnet.  Of course we see opers kill 
-           all the time for nicks, though, so it seems rather hypocrital, 
-           doesn't it?  
-              An oper who kills for his nick will tell you its because the 
-           other person was a bot, was juping his nick, or was imitating an 
-           oper.  It may be true, but it really comes down to the same 
-           feeling you get when your nick is taken "Hey! that's my name! I 
-           don't want that person using my name!" 
-              I personally, do not kill for nicks. If someone takes my nick, 
-           they can have it. Let them get my several hundred messages a day. 
-           :P  But the problem with the oper is this: How does an oper know 
-           that you are really the person that uses that nick, or are you 
-           the guy that wants to nick jupe that nick out from the real guy? 
-           Unless the oper knows you well, they don't.. And saying that 
-           people generally tell the truth means you haven't been on EFnet 
-           very long. 
-              I would prefer to think I am one of the more well respected 
-           people on the net and people still lie to me on a regular basis. 
-           So, the oper is stuck refusing to help because he can't tell who 
-           is who. Remember this line of reasoning, its going to be coming 
-           up a lot. :P
-        2) Why won't they kill that guy nuking/smurfing/ping -f'ing me?
-              This one is simple.  There is no way to prove that somebody is 
-           doing any of these things to you from an opers point of view. All 
-           logs are fakeable, and the oper has no way to firsthand prove its 
-           happening. Your best bet in this situation is to log what you can 
-           and complain loud and long to their ISPs.
-        3) Why won't they help me take my channel back?
-              There's a bunch of answers to this. First, it is popular 
-           opinion at EFnet that channels are not owned, and therefore, if 
-           you lose a channel, you should go make another one.  Notice I 
-           say popular instead of official, because EFnet has never had an 
-           "official" policy on much of anything. 
-              But more and more you see opers killing for takeovers, so why 
-           are they helping their channels and not yours.  
-              Well, first, let's say your channel was taken over, and is now 
-           +smtinlk. How exactly is the oper supposed to find out who is 
-           oped in the channel right now to mass kill them? Even if they do get 
-           all the nicks, they have to somehow manage to kill them all in 
-           one hit, or they'll all just op each other again and it will be 
-           fruitless. Or worse, they could have it all set up, and some 
-           other oper could kill them halfway through because they don't 
-           like mass-kills and it would be all ruined. 
-              Or, let's say the mass-kill goes off, then the channel is 
-           opless and generally speaking, chaos begins. People start 
-           mass-nuking or flooding the channel to clear it out, or just to 
-           be annoying. And there's still a 50/50 chance that takeover
-           people will get the channel back on a split and we'll have to try 
-           to do it all over again.  
-              If you're about to ask why they don't split their server,
-           the answer is very simple: We are not about to screw up roughly 
-           30,000 peoples chatting for your channel. Its rude. This of 
-           course is all based on the fact that we can prove its taken over, 
-           as per the conversation about nicks, we often can't.
-        4) But.. its obvious they took it from me! The topic says 
-           "Ha ha, we took your channel Rick!" for Pete's sake! And 
-           there's only One op, so you can kill him and get the channel 
-           back immediately!
-              This one is a bit more complex, but its really a personal 
-           call. That one op could be a rampant smurfpup with a penis so 
-           tiny he has no choice but to rampantly smurf and synflood anyone 
-           that gets in his way.  This is popularly known on irc as SPS, or 
-           Small Penis Syndrome.  In this case, if the oper does help you 
-           out, they could end up with their server being downed for a day 
-           or two, and it really isn't worth it for your channel, no 
-           offense.
-
-Keep in mind that this is all spoken from the perspective of someone who
-*DOES* help with channels when possible, but understands greatly the
-reasons not to, and judges each situation very carefully.
-
-That's the gist of the information I was trying to get across.  If you
-were cluefull enough to get on operlist, a lot of this may be common
-knowledge to you, but sometimes its good to step back and see why opers do
-what they do a lot of the time. 
-
-Hoping this is of value to SOMEONE....
-
-Ray Powers
-Monkster/MimePunk/PrimeMonk/PacMonk/MtgMonk/Ihavefartoomanynickstonickjupe
-

doc/readme.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Here is the overview of the documents in the doc/ directory.
+
+Subdirectories:
+
+features/               - Documents about features and standards
+technical/              - Technical documents about ircd internals and
+                          protocol information
+sgml/                   - SGML documentation
+
+Files:
+
+ircd.conf.example       - An example ircd.conf file describing most of the
+                          user settable options
+ircd.motd               - A default ircd.motd used by make install
+reference.conf          - A complete example showing all possible config
+                          options
+credits-past.txt        - Credits for the predecessors to Charybdis
+logfiles.txt            - Description of formatting of some logfiles
+server-version-info.txt - Overview of the flags shown in /version
+
+Also in the contrib/ directory you will find:
+example_module.c - An example module, detailing what the code in a module
+		   does.  Useful for building your own modules.

doc/server-version-info.txt

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
                               Server VERSION Info
 
-   $Id: server-version-info 1851 2006-08-24 17:16:53Z jilles $
 
    Copyright (c) 2001 by ircd-hybrid team
    Copyright (c) 2002 ircd-ratbox development team
+   Copyright (c) 2016 Charybdis development team
 
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    When you type /version, you will often see something like this:
 
- ircd-ratbox-1.0rc7(20021120_0). embers.lan egGHIKMpZ6 TS5ow
+ charybdis-3.5.0-rc1(20151011-d09bde1). joestar.interlinked.me :eIKMpSZ6 TS6ow 1US
 
    Ever wondered what those funny chars mean after the version number? Well
    here they are:
@@ -17,12 +17,6 @@
    +----------------------------+
    | 'e'  | USE_EXCEPT          |
    |------+---------------------|
-   | 'g'  | NO_FAKE_GLINES      |
-   |------+---------------------|
-   | 'G'  | GLINES              |
-   |------+---------------------|
-   | 'H'  | HUB                 |
-   |------+---------------------|
    | 'I'  | USE_INVEX           |
    |------+---------------------|
    | 'K'  | USE_KNOCK           |
@@ -33,8 +27,6 @@
    |------+---------------------|
    | 'S'  | OPERS_SEE_ALL_USERS |
    |------+---------------------|
-   | 'T'  | IGNORE_BOGUS_TS     |
-   |------+---------------------|
    | 'Z'  | ZIPLINKS            |
    |------+---------------------|
    | '6'  | IPv6                |
@@ -43,7 +35,7 @@
    |------+---------------------|
    | 'TS' | Supports TS         |
    |------+---------------------|
-   | '5'  | TS Version 5        |
+   | '6'  | TS Version 6        |
    |------+---------------------|
    | 'o'  | TS Only             |
    |------+---------------------|

doc/sgml/oper-guide/charybdis-oper-guide.sgml

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE Book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN" [
-<!ENTITY intro SYSTEM "intro.sgml">
-<!ENTITY oprivs SYSTEM "oprivs.sgml">
-<!ENTITY umodes SYSTEM "umodes.sgml">
-<!ENTITY cmodes SYSTEM "cmodes.sgml">
-<!ENTITY ucommands SYSTEM "ucommands.sgml">
-<!ENTITY commands SYSTEM "commands.sgml">
-<!ENTITY config SYSTEM "config.sgml">
-]>
-<book id="charybdis-oper-guide">
-  <bookinfo>
-    <date>2009</date>
-    <title>Operators guide for the charybdis IRC server</title>
-    <author>
-      <firstname>William</firstname>
-      <surname>Pitcock</surname>
-    </author>
-    <author>
-      <firstname>Jilles</firstname>
-      <surname>Tjoelker</surname>
-    </author>
-    <copyright>
-      <year>2005-2009</year>
-      <holder>William Pitcock and Jilles Tjoelker</holder>
-    </copyright>
-    <legalnotice>
-      <para>
-	Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU
-	General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation
-      </para>
-    </legalnotice>
-  </bookinfo>
-  <toc>
-  </toc>
-  &intro;
-  &umodes;
-  &cmodes;
-  &ucommands;
-  &commands;
-  &oprivs;
-  &config;
-</book>
-<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-omittag:t
-sgml-shorttag:t
-sgml-namecase-general:t
-sgml-general-insert-case:lower
-sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
-sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
-sgml-indent-step:2
-sgml-indent-data:t
-sgml-parent-document:nil
-sgml-exposed-tags:nil
-sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
-sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
-fill-column: 105
-End:
--->

doc/sgml/oper-guide/cmodes.sgml

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-  <chapter id="cmodes">
-    <title>Cmodes</title>
-    <sect1>
-      <title>Meanings of channel modes</title>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+b, channel ban</title>
-	<para>
-	  Bans take one parameter which can take several forms.
-	  The most common form is +b nick!user@host.
-	  The wildcards * and ? are allowed, matching zero-or-more, and
-	  exactly-one characters respectively. The masks will be trimmed to fit the maximum allowable
-	  length for the relevant element.
-	  Bans are also checked against the IP address, even if it resolved or
-	  is spoofed.
-	  CIDR is supported, like *!*@10.0.0.0/8. This is most useful with
-	  IPv6.
-	  Bans are not checked against the real hostname behind any kind
-	  of spoof, except if host mangling is in use (e.g.
-	  <filename>extensions/ip_cloaking.so</filename>):
-	  if the user's host is mangled, their real hostname is checked
-	  additionally, and if a user has no spoof but could enable mangling,
-	  the mangled form of their hostname is checked additionally.
-	  Hence, it is not possible to evade bans by toggling
-	  host mangling.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  The second form (extban) is +b $type or +b $type:data. 
-	  type is a single character (case insensitive) indicating the
-	  type of match, optionally preceded by a tilde (~) to negate the
-	  comparison. data depends on type. Each type is loaded as a module.
-	  The available types (if any)
-	  are listed in the EXTBAN token of the 005 (RPL_ISUPPORT) numeric.
-	  See <filename>doc/extban.txt</filename> in the source distribution
-	  for more information.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  If no parameter is given, the list of bans is returned. All users
-	  can use this form. The plus sign should also be omitted.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Matching users will not be allowed to join the channel or knock
-	  on it. If they are already on the channel, they may not send to
-	  it or change their nick.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+c, colour filter</title>
-	<para>
-	  This cmode activates the colour filter for the channel. This filters out bold, underline,
-	  reverse video, beeps, mIRC colour codes, and ANSI escapes. Note that escape sequences will
-	  usually leave cruft sent to the channel, just without the escape characters themselves.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+e, ban exemption</title>
-	<para>
-	  This mode takes one parameter of the same form as bans, which
-	  overrides +b and +q bans for all clients it matches.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  This can be useful if it is necessary to ban an entire ISP
-	  due to persistent abuse, but some users from that ISP should
-	  still be allowed in. For example:
-	  /mode #channel +be *!*@*.example.com *!*someuser@host3.example.com
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Only channel operators can see +e changes or request the list.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+f, channel forwarding</title>
-	<para>
-	  This mode takes one parameter, the name of a channel (+f #channel). If the channel also has the
-	  +i cmode set, and somebody attempts to join without either being expliticly invited, or having
-	  an invex (+I), then they will instead join the channel named in the mode parameter. The client
-	  will also be sent a 470 numeric giving the original and target channels.
-	</para>
-        <para>
-          Users are similarly forwarded if the +j cmode is set and their attempt to join is throttled,
-	  if +l is set and there are already too many users in the channel
-	  or if +r is set and they are not identified.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          Forwards may only be set to +F channels, or to channels the setter
-          has ops in.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-	  Without parameter (/mode #channel f or /mode #channel +f) the
-	  forward channel is returned. This form also works off channel.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+F, allow anybody to forward to this</title>
-	<para>
-	  When this mode is set, anybody may set a forward from a channel
-	  they have ops in to this channel. Otherwise they have to have ops
-	  in this channel.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+g, allow anybody to invite</title>
-	<para>
-	  When this mode is set, anybody may use the INVITE command on the channel in question. When it
-	  is unset, only channel operators may use the INVITE command.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  When this mode is set together with +i, +j, +l or +r, all channel members can influence who can join.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+i, invite only</title>
-	<para>
-	  When this cmode is set, no client can join the channel unless they have an invex (+I) or are
-	  invited with the INVITE command.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+I, invite exception (invex)</title>
-	<para>
-	  This mode takes one parameter of the same form as bans. Matching
-	  clients do not need to be invited to join the channel when it is invite-only (+i).
-	  Unlike the INVITE command, this does not override +j, +l and +r.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Only channel operators can see +I changes or request the list.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-        <title>+j, join throttling</title>
-        <para>
-          This mode takes one parameter of the form <replaceable>n</replaceable>:<replaceable>t</replaceable>, where <replaceable>n</replaceable> and <replaceable>t</replaceable> are positive integers. Only <replaceable>n</replaceable> users may join in each period of <replaceable>t</replaceable> seconds.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-	  Invited users can join regardless of +j, but are counted as normal.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Due to propagation delays between servers, more users may be
-	  able to join (by racing for the last slot on each server).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+k, key (channel password)</title>
-	<para>
-	  Taking one parameter, when set, this mode requires a user to supply the key in order to join
-	  the channel: /JOIN #channel key.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+l, channel member limit</title>
-	<para>
-	  Takes one numeric parameter, the number of users which are allowed to be in the channel before
-	  further joins are blocked.
-	  Invited users may join regardless.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Due to propagation delays between servers, more users may be
-	  able to join (by racing for the last slot on each server).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+L, large ban list</title>
-	<para>
-	  Channels with this mode will be allowed larger banlists (by default,
-          500 instead of 50 entries for +b, +q, +e and +I together).
-	  Only network operators with resv privilege may set this mode.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+m, moderated</title>
-	<para>
-	  When a channel is set +m, only users with +o or +v on the channel can send to it.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Users can still knock on the channel or change their nick.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+n, no external messages</title>
-	<para>
-	  When set, this mode prevents users from sending to the channel without being in it themselves.
-	  This is recommended.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+o, channel operator</title>
-	<para>
-	  This mode takes one parameter, a nick, and grants or removes channel
-	  operator privilege to that user. Channel operators have full control
-	  over the channel, having the ability to set all channel modes except
-	  +L and +P, and kick users.
-	  Like voiced users, channel operators can always
-	  send to the channel, overriding +b, +m and +q modes and the
-	  per-channel flood limit.
-	  In most clients channel operators are marked with an '@' sign.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  The privilege is lost if the user leaves the channel or server
-	  in any way.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Most networks will run channel registration services (e.g. ChanServ)
-	  which ensure the founder (and users designated by the founder) can
-	  always gain channel operator privileges and provide some features
-	  to manage the channel.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+p, paranoid channel</title>
-	<para>
-	  When set, the KNOCK command cannot be used on the channel
-	  to request an invite, and users will not be shown the
-	  channel in WHOIS replies unless they are on it.
-	  Unlike in traditional IRC, +p and +s can be set together.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+P, permanent channel</title>
-	<para>
-	  Channels with this mode (which is accessible only to network operators with resv privilege) set will not be destroyed
-	  when the last user leaves.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  This makes it less likely modes, bans and the topic will be lost and
-	  makes it harder to abuse network splits, but also causes more
-	  unwanted restoring of old modes, bans and topics after long splits.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+q, quiet</title>
-	<para>
-	  This mode behaves exactly like +b (ban), except that the user may still join
-	  the channel. The net effect is that they cannot knock on the channel,
-	  send to the channel or change their nick while on channel.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-        <title>+Q, block forwarded users</title>
-        <para>
-          Channels with this mode set are not valid targets for forwarding. Any attempt to forward to
-          this channel will be ignored, and the user will be handled as if the attempt was never made (by
-          sending them the relevant error message).
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          This does not affect the ability to set +f.
-        </para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-        <title>+r, block unidentified</title>
-        <para>
-          When set, this mode prevents unidentified users from joining.
-	  Invited users can still join.
-        </para>
-      </sect2>
-      <!-- not planned (jilles)
-      <sect2>
-        <title>+R, quiet unidentified</title>
-        <para>
-          When set, this mode prevents unidentified users from sending to the channel, although they can
-          still join.
-        </para>
-	<para>
-	  Please note that this mode is not implemented in Charybdis 1.0.x, and is documented in
-	  expectation for upcoming Charybdis 1.1.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      -->
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+s, secret channel</title>
-	<para>
-	  When set, this mode prevents the channel from appearing in the
-	  output of the LIST, WHO and WHOIS command by users who are not on
-	  it. Also, the server will refuse to answer WHO, NAMES, TOPIC and
-	  LIST queries from users not on the channel.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+t, topic limit</title>
-	<para>
-	  When set, this mode prevents users who are not channel operators
-	  from changing the topic.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+v, voice</title>
-	<para>
-	  This mode takes one parameter, a nick, and grants or removes voice
-	  privilege to that user. Voiced users can always send to the channel,
-	  overriding +b, +m and +q modes and the per-channel flood limit.
-	  In most clients voiced users are marked with a plus sign.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  The privilege is lost if the user leaves the channel or server
-	  in any way.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-        <title>+z, reduced moderation</title>
-        <para>
-          When +z is set, the effects of +m, +b and +q are relaxed. For each message, if that message
-          would normally be blocked by one of these modes, it is instead sent to all channel operators. This is intended for use in moderated debates.
-        </para>
-        <para>
-          Note that +n is unaffected by this. To silence a given user completely,
-	  remove them from the channel.
-        </para>
-      </sect2>
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-omittag:t
-sgml-shorttag:t
-sgml-namecase-general:t
-sgml-general-insert-case:lower
-sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
-sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
-sgml-indent-step:2
-sgml-indent-data:t
-sgml-parent-document:("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
-sgml-exposed-tags:nil
-fill-column:105
-End:
--->

doc/sgml/oper-guide/intro.sgml

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-  <chapter id="intro">
-    <title>Introduction</title>
-    <sect1>
-      <title>Scope of this document</title>
-      <para>
-	This document describes the commands and functions available to operators in
-	the charybdis ircd, as used on <ulink url="http://www.atheme.net">AthemeNet</ulink>.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-        This document, and various ideas for features of charybdis, have
-	been taken from dancer-ircd/hyperion, the ircd used on freenode,
-	mainly written by Andrew Suffield and Jilles Tjoelker.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	While this document may be of some interest to the users of charybdis servers,
-	it is intended as a reference for network staff.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	Charybdis is based on ircd-ratbox 2.1.4, although much has changed.
-	<ulink url="http://www.ircd-ratbox.org">ircd-ratbox</ulink> is commonly used
-	on efnet, and some other networks.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-omittag:t
-sgml-shorttag:t
-sgml-namecase-general:t
-sgml-general-insert-case:lower
-sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
-sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
-sgml-indent-step:2
-sgml-indent-data:t
-sgml-parent-document: ("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
-sgml-exposed-tags:nil
-fill-column:105
-sgml-validate-command: "nsgmls -e -g -s -u charybdis-oper-guide.sgml"
-End:
--->

doc/sgml/oper-guide/oprivs.sgml

@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-  <chapter id="oprivs">
-    <title>Oper privileges</title>
-    <sect1 id="oprivlist">
-      <title>Meanings of oper privileges</title>
-      <para>
-        These are specified in privset{}.
-      </para>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:admin, server administrator</title>
-	<para>
-	  Various privileges intended for server administrators.
-	  Among other things, this automatically sets umode +a and allows
-	  loading modules.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:die, die and restart</title>
-	<para>
-	  This grants permission to use DIE and RESTART, shutting down
-	  or restarting the server.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:global_kill, global kill</title>
-	<para>
-	  Allows using KILL on users on any server.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:hidden, hide from /stats p</title>
-	<para>
-	  This privilege currently does nothing, but was designed
-	  to hide bots from /stats p so users will not message them
-	  for help.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:hidden_admin, hidden administrator</title>
-	<para>
-	  This grants everything granted to the oper:admin privilege,
-	  except the ability to set umode +a. If both oper:admin and oper:hidden_admin
-	  are possessed, umode +a can still not be used.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:kline, kline and dline</title>
-	<para>
-	  Allows using KLINE and DLINE, to ban users by user@host mask
-	  or IP address.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:local_kill, kill local users</title>
-	<para>
-	  This grants permission to use KILL on users on the same server,
-	  disconnecting them from the network.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:mass_notice, global notices and wallops</title>
-	<para>
-	  Allows using server name ($$mask) and hostname ($#mask) masks in
-	  NOTICE and PRIVMSG to send a message to all matching users, and
-	  allows using the WALLOPS command to send a message to all users
-	  with umode +w set.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:operwall, send/receive operwall</title>
-	<para>
-	  Allows using the OPERWALL command and umode +z to send and
-	  receive operwalls.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:rehash, rehash</title>
-	<para>
-	  Allows using the REHASH command, to rehash various configuration
-	  files or clear certain lists.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:remoteban, set remote bans</title>
-	<para>
-	  This grants the ability to use the ON argument on
-	  DLINE/KLINE/XLINE/RESV and UNDLINE/UNKLINE/UNXLINE/UNRESV to set
-	  and unset bans on other servers, and the server argument on REHASH.
-	  This is only allowed if the oper may perform the action locally,
-	  and if the remote server has a shared{} block.
-	</para>
-	<note><para>
-	  If a cluster{} block is present, bans are sent remotely even
-	  if the oper does not have oper:remoteban privilege.
-	</para></note>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:resv, channel control</title>
-	<para>
-	  This allows using /resv, /unresv and changing the channel
-	  modes +L and +P.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:routing, remote routing</title>
-	<para>
-	  This allows using the third argument of the CONNECT command, to
-	  instruct another server to connect somewhere, and using SQUIT
-	  with an argument that is not locally connected.
-	  (In both cases all opers with +w set will be notified.)
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:spy, use operspy</title>
-	<para>
-	  This allows using /mode !#channel, /whois !nick, /who !#channel,
-	  /chantrace !#channel, /topic !#channel, /who !mask,
-	  /masktrace !user@host :gecos and /scan umodes +modes-modes global list
-	  to see through secret channels, invisible users, etc.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  All operspy usage is broadcasted to opers with snomask +Z set
-	  (on the entire network) and optionally logged.
-	  If you grant this to anyone, it is a good idea to establish 
-	  concrete policies describing what it is to be used for, and
-	  what not.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  If operspy_dont_care_user_info is enabled, /who mask is operspy
-	  also, and /who !mask, /who mask, /masktrace !user@host :gecos
-	  and /scan umodes +modes-modes global list do not generate +Z notices
-	  or logs.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:unkline, unkline and undline</title>
-	<para>
-	  Allows using UNKLINE and UNDLINE.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>oper:xline, xline and unxline</title>
-	<para>
-	  Allows using XLINE and UNXLINE, to ban/unban users by realname.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>snomask:nick_changes, see nick changes</title>
-	<para>
-	  Allows using snomask +n to see local client nick changes.
-	  This is designed for monitor bots.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-omittag:t
-sgml-shorttag:t
-sgml-namecase-general:t
-sgml-general-insert-case:lower
-sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
-sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
-sgml-indent-step:2
-sgml-indent-data:t
-sgml-parent-document: ("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
-sgml-exposed-tags:nil
-fill-column: 105
-sgml-validate-command: "nsgmls -e -g -s -u charybdis-oper-guide.sgml"
-End:
--->

doc/sgml/oper-guide/stylesheet.dsl

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE style-sheet PUBLIC "-//James Clark//DTD DSSSL Style Sheet//EN" [
-<!ENTITY docbook-html.dsl PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN" CDATA DSSSL>
-<!ENTITY docbook-print.dsl PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook Print Stylesheet//EN" CDATA DSSSL>
-]>
-
-<style-sheet>
-<style-specification id="print" use="print-stylesheet">
-<style-specification-body> 
-
-(define %generate-book-titlepage% #t)
-(define %generate-book-titlepage-on-separate-page% #t)
-(define %generate-book-toc% #t)
-(define %generate-book-toc-on-titlepage% #f)
-
-</style-specification-body>
-</style-specification>
-
-<style-specification id="html" use="html-stylesheet">
-<style-specification-body> 
-
-(define %header-navigation% #t)
-(define %section-autolabel% #t)
-(define %root-filename% "index")
-(define %use-id-as-filename% #t)
-(define %css-decoration% #t)
-(define %example-rules% #t)
-
-</style-specification-body>
-</style-specification>
-
-<external-specification id="print-stylesheet" document="docbook-print.dsl">
-<external-specification id="html-stylesheet"  document="docbook-html.dsl">
-</style-sheet>

doc/sgml/oper-guide/ucommands.sgml

@@ -1,239 +0,0 @@
-  <chapter id="ucommands">
-    <title>User Commands</title>
-    <sect1>
-      <title>User commands</title>
-      <para>
-	Standard IRC commands are not listed here.
-	Several of the commands in the operator commands chapter
-	can also be used by normal users.
-      </para>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>ACCEPT</title>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>ACCEPT</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable>,</arg>
-	  <arg choice=plain>-<replaceable>nick</replaceable>,</arg>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>...</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Adds or removes users from your accept list for umode +g and +R.
-	  Users are automatically removed when they quit, split or change
-	  nick.
-	</para>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>ACCEPT</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain>*</arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Lists all users on your accept list.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Support of this command is indicated by the CALLERID token in
-	  RPL_ISUPPORT (005); the optional parameter indicates the letter
-	  of the <quote>only allow accept users to send private messages</quote>
-	  umode, otherwise +g. In charybdis this is always +g.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>CNOTICE</title>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>CNOTICE</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable></arg>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>channel</replaceable></arg>
-	  <arg choice=plain>:<replaceable>text</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Providing you are opped (+o) or voiced (+v) in
-	  <replaceable>channel</replaceable>, and <replaceable>nick</replaceable>
-	  is a member of <replaceable>channel</replaceable>, CNOTICE generates a NOTICE towards
-	  <replaceable>nick</replaceable>.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  CNOTICE bypasses any anti-spam measures in place.
-	  If you get <quote>Targets changing too fast, message dropped</quote>,
-	  you should probably use this command, for example sending a
-	  notice to every user joining a certain channel.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  As of charybdis 3.1, NOTICE automatically behaves as CNOTICE
-	  if you are in a channel fulfilling the conditions.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Support of this command is indicated by the CNOTICE token in
-	  RPL_ISUPPORT (005).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>CPRIVMSG</title>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>CPRIVMSG</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable></arg>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>channel</replaceable></arg>
-	  <arg choice=plain>:<replaceable>text</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Providing you are opped (+o) or voiced (+v) in
-	  <replaceable>channel</replaceable>, and <replaceable>nick</replaceable>
-	  is a member of <replaceable>channel</replaceable>, CPRIVMSG generates a PRIVMSG towards
-	  <replaceable>nick</replaceable>.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  CPRIVMSG bypasses any anti-spam measures in place.
-	  If you get <quote>Targets changing too fast, message dropped</quote>,
-	  you should probably use this command.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  As of charybdis 3.1, PRIVMSG automatically behaves as CPRIVMSG
-	  if you are in a channel fulfilling the conditions.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Support of this command is indicated by the CPRIVMSG token in
-	  RPL_ISUPPORT (005).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>FINDFORWARDS</title>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>FINDFORWARDS</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>channel</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This command is only available if the <filename>m_findforwards.so</filename> extension is loaded.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  Displays which channels forward to the given channel (via cmode +f).
-	  If there are very many channels the list will be truncated.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  You must be a channel operator on the channel or an IRC operator
-	  to use this command.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>HELP</title>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>HELP</command>
-	  <arg><replaceable>topic</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Displays help information. <replaceable>topic</replaceable> can
-	  be INDEX, CREDITS, UMODE, CMODE, SNOMASK or a command name.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  There are separate help files for users and opers. Opers can use
-	  UHELP to query the user help files.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>IDENTIFY</title>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>IDENTIFY</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>parameters...</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This command is only available if the <filename>m_identify.so</filename> extension is loaded.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  Sends an identify command to either NickServ or ChanServ.
-	  If the first parameter starts with #, the command is sent to
-	  ChanServ, otherwise to NickServ.
-	  The word IDENTIFY, a space and all parameters are concatenated
-	  and sent as a PRIVMSG to the service.
-	  If the service is not online or does not have umode +S set, 
-	  no message will be sent.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  The exact syntax for this command depends on the services package
-	  in use.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>KNOCK</title>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>KNOCK</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>channel</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Requests an invite to the given channel. The channel must be
-	  locked somehow (+ikl), must not be +p and you may not be banned
-	  or quieted. Also, this command is rate limited.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  If successful, all channel operators will receive a 710 numeric.
-	  The recipient field of this numeric is the channel.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Support of this command is indicated by the KNOCK token in
-	  RPL_ISUPPORT (005).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>MONITOR</title>
-	<para>
-	  Server side notify list. This list contains nicks. When a user
-	  connects, quits with a listed nick or changes to or from a listed
-	  nick, you will receive a 730 numeric if the nick went online and
-	  a 731 numeric if the nick went offline.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Support of this command is indicated by the MONITOR token in
-	  RPL_ISUPPORT (005); the parameter indicates the maximum number
-	  of nicknames you may have in your monitor list.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  You may only use this command once per second.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  More details can be found in <filename>doc/monitor.txt</filename>
-	  in the source distribution.
-	</para>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR +</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable>,</arg>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>...</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Adds nicks to your monitor list. You will receive 730 and 731
-	  numerics for the nicks.
-	</para>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR -</command>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable>,</arg>
-	  <arg choice=plain><replaceable>...</replaceable></arg>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Removes nicks from your monitor list. No output is generated for
-	  this command.
-	</para>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR C</command>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Clears your monitor list. No output is generated for
-	  this command.
-	</para>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR L</command>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Lists all nicks on your monitor list, using 732 numerics and
-	  ending with a 733 numeric.
-	</para>
-	<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR S</command>
-	</cmdsynopsis>
-	<para>
-	  Shows status for all nicks on your monitor list, using 730 and 731
-	  numerics.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-omittag:t
-sgml-shorttag:t
-sgml-namecase-general:t
-sgml-general-insert-case:lower
-sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
-sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
-sgml-indent-step:2
-sgml-indent-data:t
-sgml-parent-document: ("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
-sgml-exposed-tags:nil
-sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
-fill-column:105
-End:
--->

doc/sgml/oper-guide/umodes.sgml

@@ -1,377 +0,0 @@
-  <chapter id="umodes">
-    <title>Umodes</title>
-    <sect1 id="umodelist">
-      <title>Meanings of user modes</title>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+a, server administrator</title>
-	<para>
-	  This vanity usermode is used to denote a server administrator in WHOIS output.
-	  All local <quote>admin</quote> privileges are independent of it, though services
-	  packages may grant extra privileges to +a users.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+D, deaf</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  Users with the +D umode set will not receive messages sent to
-	  channels. Joins, parts, topic changes, mode changes, etc are
-	  received as normal, as are private messages.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Support of this umode is indicated by the DEAF token in
-	  RPL_ISUPPORT (005); the parameter indicates the letter
-	  of the umode. Note that several common IRCD implementations have
-	  an umode like this (typically +d) but do not have the token in 005.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+g, Caller ID</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  Users with the +g umode set will only receive private messages from users on a
-	  session-defined whitelist, defined by the /accept command. If a user who is not
-	  on the whitelist attempts to send a private message, the target user will receive a rate-limited notice saying that the user
-	  wishes to speak to them.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Network operators are not affected by the callerid whitelist system in the event
-	  that they need to speak to users who have it enabled.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Support of this umode is indicated by the CALLERID token in
-	  RPL_ISUPPORT (005); the optional parameter indicates the letter
-	  of the umode, otherwise +g.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+i, invisible</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  Invisible users do not show up in WHO and NAMES unless you can see them.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <!-- not planned (jilles)
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+I, refuse invite</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  If you have the +I umode set, nobody will be able to issue an INVITE to let you
-	  in to a channel.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  This mode is not yet implemented. It will be implemented in Charybdis 1.1.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      -->
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+l, receive locops</title>
-	<para>
-	  LOCOPS is a version of OPERWALL that is sent to opers on a single
-	  server only. With cluster{} and shared{} blocks they can optionally
-	  be propagated further.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Unlike OPERWALL, any oper can send and receive LOCOPS.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+o, operator</title>
-	<para>
-	  This indicates global operator status.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+Q, disable forwarding</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-          This umode prevents you from being affected by channel forwarding.
-	  If enabled on a channel, channel forwarding sends you to another
-	  channel if you could not join. See channel mode +f for more
-	  information.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+R, reject messages from unauthenticated users</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  If a user has the +R umode set, then any users who are not authenticated
-	  will receive an error message if they attempt to send a private
-	  message or notice to the +R user.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  Opers and accepted users (like in +g) are exempt.
-	  Unlike +g, the target user is not notified of failed messages.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+s, receive server notices</title>
-	<para>
-	  This umode allows an oper to receive server notices.
-	  The requested types of server notices are specified as a
-	  parameter (<quote>snomask</quote>) to this umode.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+S, network service</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This umode can only be set by servers named in a service{}
-	      block.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  This umode grants various features useful for services. For example,
-	  clients with this umode cannot be kicked or deopped on channels,
-	  can send to any channel, do not show channels in WHOIS,
-	  can be the target of services aliases and do not appear in /stats p.
-	  No server notices are sent for hostname changes by services clients;
-	  server notices about kills are sent to snomask +k instead of +s.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  The exact effects of this umode are variable; no user or oper on
-	  an actual charybdis server can set it.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+w, receive wallops</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  Users with the +w umode set will receive WALLOPS messages sent by opers.
-	  Opers with +w additionally receive WALLOPS sent by servers (e.g.
-	  remote CONNECT, remote SQUIT, various severe misconfigurations,
-	  many services packages).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+z, receive operwall</title>
-	<para>
-	  OPERWALL differs from WALLOPS in that the ability to receive such messages is
-	  restricted. Opers with +z set will receive OPERWALL messages.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+Z, SSL user</title>
-	<para>
-	  This umode is set on clients connected via SSL/TLS.
-	  It cannot be set or unset after initial connection.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-    </sect1>
-    <sect1 id="snomaskusage">
-      <title>Snomask usage</title>
-      <para>
-	Usage is as follows:
-      </para>
-      <cmdsynopsis><command>MODE</command> 
-	<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable></arg> 
-	<arg choice=plain>+s</arg>
-	<arg choice=plain><replaceable>+/-flags</replaceable></arg>
-      </cmdsynopsis>
-      <para>
-	To set snomasks.
-      </para>
-      <cmdsynopsis><command>MODE</command> 
-	<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable></arg> 
-	<arg choice=plain>-s</arg>
-      </cmdsynopsis>
-      <para>
-	To clear all snomasks.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	Umode +s will be set if at least one snomask is set.
-      </para>
-      <para>
-	Umode +s is oper only by default, but even if you allow nonopers to
-	set it, they will not get any server notices.
-      </para>
-    </sect1>
-    <sect1 id="snomasklist">
-      <title>Meanings of server notice masks</title>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+b, bot warnings</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers with the +b snomask set will receive warning messages from the server when potential
-	  flooders and spambots are detected.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+c, client connections</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers who have the +c snomask set will receive server notices when clients attach to the
-	  local server.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+C, extended client connection notices</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers who have the +C snomask set will receive server notices when clients attach to the
-	  local server. Unlike the +c snomask, the information is displayed in a format intended
-	  to be parsed by scripts, and includes the two unused fields of the USER command.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+d, debug</title>
-	<para>
-	  The +d snomask provides opers extra information which may be of interest to debuggers.
-	  It will also cause the user to receive server notices if certain assertions fail inside the
-	  server. Its precise meaning is variable. Do not depend on the
-	  effects of this snomask as they can and will change without notice in later revisions.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+f, full warning</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers with the +f snomask set will receive notices when a user
-	  connection is denied because a connection limit is exceeded
-	  (one of the limits in a class{} block, or the total per-server
-	  limit settable with /quote set max).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+F, far client connection notices</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This snomask is only available if the <filename>sno_farconnect.so</filename> extension is loaded.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  Opers with +F receive server notices when clients connect or
-	  disconnect on other servers. The notices have the same format
-	  as those from the +c snomask, except that the class is ? and
-	  the source server of the notice is the server the user is/was on.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  No notices are generated for netsplits and netjoins.
-	  Hence, these notices cannot be used to keep track of all
-	  clients on the network.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  There is no far equivalent of the +C snomask.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+k, server kill notices</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers with the +k snomask set will receive server notices when
-	  services kill users and when
-	  other servers kill and save (forced nick change to UID) users.
-	  Kills and saves by this server are on +d or +s.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+n, nick change notices</title>
-	<para>
-	  An oper with +n set will receive a server notice every time a local user changes their nick,
-	  giving the old and new nicks.
-	  This is mostly useful for bots that track all users on a single server.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+r, notices on name rejections</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers with this snomask set will receive a server notice when somebody tries to use an
-	  invalid username, or if a dumb HTTP proxy tries to connect.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+s, generic server notices</title>
-	<para>
-	  This snomask allows an oper to receive generic server notices.
-	  This includes kills from opers (except services).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+u, unauthorized connections</title>
-	<para>
-	  This snomask allows an oper to see when users try to connect who do not have an
-	  available auth{} block.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+W, whois notifications</title>
-	<para>
-	  <note>
-	    <para>
-	      This snomask is only available if the <filename>sno_whois.so</filename> extension is loaded.
-	    </para>
-	  </note>
-	  Opers with +W receive notices when a WHOIS is executed on them
-	  on their server (showing idle time).
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+x, extra routing notices</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers who have the +x snomask set will get notices about servers
-	  connecting and disconnecting on the whole network. This includes
-	  all servers connected behind the affected link. This can get
-	  rather noisy but is useful for keeping track of all linked
-	  servers.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+y, spy</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers with +y receive notices when users try to join RESV'ed (<quote>juped</quote>) channels. 
-	  Additionally, if certain extension modules are loaded, they will
-	  receive notices when special commands are used.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-      <sect2>
-	<title>+Z, operspy notices</title>
-	<para>
-	  Opers with +Z receive notices whenever an oper anywhere on the
-	  network uses operspy.
-	</para>
-	<para>
-	  This snomask can be configured to be only effective for admins.
-	</para>
-      </sect2>
-    </sect1>
-  </chapter>
-<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
-Local variables:
-mode: sgml
-sgml-omittag:t
-sgml-shorttag:t
-sgml-namecase-general:t
-sgml-general-insert-case:lower
-sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
-sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
-sgml-indent-step:2
-sgml-indent-data:t
-sgml-parent-document: ("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
-sgml-exposed-tags:nil
-fill-column: 105
-sgml-validate-command: "nsgmls -e -g -s -u charybdis-oper-guide.sgml"
-End:
--->

doc/technical/README.TSora

@@ -1,330 +0,0 @@
-                       Protocol changes for +TSora
-                       ---------------------------
-
-
-Note: 
-
-The protocols described here implement TimeStamps on IRC channels and 
-nicks. The idea of IRC TimeStamps was started on Undernet, and first 
-implemented by Run <carlo@runaway.xs4all.nl>. The protocols used here 
-are not exactly the same as the ones used on Undernet; the nick-kill 
-handling is very similar and must be credited to Run, while the 
-"TimeStamped channel description" protocol is quite different.
-
-
-
-TSora servers keep track of which version of the TS protocol (if any) 
-their neighboring servers are using, and take it into account when 
-sending messages to them. This allows for seamless integration of TS 
-servers into a non-TS net, and for upgrades of the protocol.
-
-Each server knows which is the lowest and the highest version of the
-TS protocol it can interact with; currently both of these are set to 1:
-
-#define TS_CURRENT 1		/* the highest TS ver we can do */
-#define TS_MIN 1		/* the lowest TS ver we can do  */
-
-
-Timings and TS versions:
-========================
-
-. Keep a 'delta' value to be added to the result of all calls to time(),
-  initially 0.
-
-. Send a second argument to the PASS command, ending in the 'TS' string.
-
-. Send a
-
-  SVINFO <TS_CURRENT> <TS_MIN> <STANDALONE> :<UTC-TIME>
-  
-  just after "SERVER", where <STANDALONE> is 1 if we're connected to 
-  more TSora servers, and 0 if not, and <UTC-TIME> is our idea of the 
-  current UTC time, fixed with the delta.
-
-. When we receive a "SVINFO <x> <y> <z> :<t>" line from a connecting 
-  server, we ignore it if TS_CURRENT<y or x<TS_MIN, otherwise we
-  set a flag remembering that that server is TS-aware, remember the TS 
-  version to use with it (min(TS_CURRENT, x)). Additionally, if this is 
-  our first connected TS server, we set our delta to t-<OUR_UTC> if
-  z==0, and to (t-<OUR_UTC>)/2 if z!=0. The SVINFO data is kept around
-  until the server has effectively registered with SERVER, and used
-  *after* sending our own SVINFO to that server.
-
-
-Explanations:
-
-  Servers will always know which of their directly-linked servers can do 
-  TS, and will use the TS protocol only with servers that do understand 
-  it. This makes it possible to switch to full TS in just one 
-  code-replacement step, without incompatibilities.
-
-  As long as not all servers are TS-aware, the net will be divided into 
-  "zones" of linked TS-aware servers. Channel modes will be kept 
-  synchronized at least within the zone in which the channel was 
-  created, and nick collisions between servers in the same zone will 
-  result in only one client being killed.
-
-  Time synchronization ensures that servers have the same idea of the 
-  current time, and achieves this purpose as long as TS servers are 
-  introduced one by one within the same 'zone'. The merging of two zones 
-  cannot synchronize them completely, but it is to be expected that 
-  within each zone the effective time will be very close to the real 
-  time. 
-
-  By sending TSINFO after SERVER rather than before, we avoid the extra 
-  lag created by the identd check on the server. To be able to send 
-  immediately a connect burst of either type (TS or not), we need to 
-  know before that if the server does TS or not, so we send that 
-  information with PASS as an extra argument. And to avoid being 
-  incompatible with 2.9 servers, which check that this second argument 
-  begins with "2.9", we check that it *ends* with "TS".
-
-  The current time is only used when setting a TS on a new channel or 
-  nick, and once such a TS is set, it is never modified because of 
-  synchronization, as it is much more important that the TS for a 
-  channel or nick stays the same across all servers than that it is 
-  accurate to the second.
-
-  Note that Undernet's 2.8.x servers have no time synchronization at 
-  all, and have had no problems because of it - all of this is more to 
-  catch the occasional server with a way-off clock than anything.
-
-
-NICK handling patches (anti-nick-collide + shorter connect burst):
-==================================================================
-
-. For each nick, store a TS value = the TS value received if any, or our 
-  UTC+delta at the time we first heard of the nick. TS's are propagated 
-  to TS-aware servers whenever sending a NICK command.
-
-. Nick changes reset the TS to the current time.
-
-. When sending a connect burst to another TS server, replace the 
-  NICK/USER pair with only one NICK command containing the nick, the 
-  hopcount, the TS, the umode, and all the USER information.
-
-  The format for a full NICK line is:
-  NICK <nick> <hops> <TS> <umode> <user> <host> <server> :<ircname>
-
-  The umode is a + followed by any applying usermodes.
-
-  The format for a nick-change NICK line is:
-  :<oldnick> NICK <newnick> :<TS>
-
-. When a NICK is received from a TS server, that conflicts with an 
-  existing nick:
-  + if the userhosts differ or one is not known:
-    * if the timestamps are equal, kill ours and the old one if it
-      was a nick change
-    * if the incoming timestamp is older than ours, kill ours and 
-      propagate the new one
-    * if the incoming timestamp is younger, ignore the line, but kill 
-      the old nick if it was a nick change
-  + if the userhosts are the same:
-    * if the timestamps are equal, kill ours and the old one if it
-      was a nick change
-    * if the incoming timestamp is younger, kill ours and propagate
-      the new one
-    * if the incoming timestamp is older, ignore the line but kill
-      the old nick if it was a nick change
-
-. When a NICK is received from a non-TS server that conflicts with
-  an existing nick, kill both.
-
-. Do not send "Fake Prefix" kills in response to lines coming from TS 
-  servers; the sanitization works anyway, and this allows the "newer
-  nick overruled" case to work.
-
-Explanations:
-
-  The modified nick-introduction syntax allows for a slightly shorter 
-  connect-burst, and most importantly lets the server compare 
-  user@host's when determining which nick to kill:  if the user@host
-  is the same, then the older nick must be killed rather than the
-  newer.
-
-  When talking to a non-TS server, we need to behave exactly like one
-  because it expects us to. When talkign to a TS server, we don't kill
-  the nicks it's introducing, as we know it'll be smart enough to do it
-  itself when seeing our own introduced nick.
-
-  When we see a nick arriving from a non-TS server, it won't have a TS, 
-  but it's safe enough to give it the current time rather than keeping 
-  it 0; such TS's won't be the same all across the network (as long as 
-  there is more than one TS zone), and when there's a collision, the TS 
-  used will be the one in the zone the collision occurs in.
-
-  Also, it is important to note that by the time a server sees (and 
-  chooses to ignore) a nick introduction, the introducing server has 
-  also had the time to put umode changes for that nick on its queue, so 
-  we must ignore them too... so we need to ignore fake-prefix lines 
-  rather than sending kills for them. This is safe enough, as the rest 
-  of the protocol ensures that they'll get killed anyway (and the 
-  Undernet does it too, so it's been more than enough tested). Just for 
-  an extra bit of compatibility, we still kill fake prefixes coming from 
-  non-TS servers.
-
-  This part of the TS protocol is almost exactly the same as the 
-  Undernet's .anc (anti-nick-collide) patches, except that Undernet 
-  servers don't add usermodes to the NICK line.
-
-
-TimeStamped channel descriptions (avoiding hacked ops and desynchs):
-====================================================================
-
-. For each channel, keep a timestamp, set to the current time when the
-  channel is created by a client on the local server, or to the received 
-  value if the channel has been propagated from a TS server, or to 0 
-  otherwise. This value will have the semantics of "the time of creation 
-  of the current ops on the channel", and 0 will mean that the channel 
-  is in non-TS mode.
-
-  A new server protocol command is introduced, SJOIN, which introduces 
-  a full channel description: a timestamp, all the modes (except bans),
-  and the list of channel members with their ops and voices. This 
-  command will be used instead of JOIN and of (most) MODEs both in 
-  connect bursts and when propagating channel creations among TS 
-  servers. SJOIN will never be accepted from or sent to users.
-
-  The syntax for the command is:
-
-  SJOIN <TS> #<channel> <modes> :[@][+]<nick_1> ...  [@][+]<nick_n>
-
-  The fields have the following meanings:
-
-  * <TS> is the timestamp for the channel
-
-  * <modes> is the list of global channel modes, starting with a +
-    and a letter for each of the active modes (spmntkil), followed
-    by an argument for +l if there is a limit, and an argument for
-    +k if there's a key (in the same order they were mentioned in
-    the string of letters).
-
-    A channel with no modes will have a "+" in that field.
-
-    A special value of "0" means that the server does not specify the 
-    modes, and will be used when more than one SJOIN line is needed
-    to completely describe a channel, or when propagating a SJOIN
-    the modes of which were rejected.
-
-  * Each nick is preceded by a "@" if the user has ops, and a "+" if
-    the user has a voice. For mode +ov, both flags are used.
-
-  SJOINs will be propagated (when appropriate) to neighboring TS 
-  servers, and converted to JOINs and MODEs for neighboring non-TS 
-  servers.
-  
-  To propagate channels for which not all users fit in one 
-  SJOIN line, several SJOINs will be sent consecutively, only the first
-  one including actual information in the <mode> field.
-  
-  An extra ad-hoc restriction is imposed on SJOIN messages, to simplify 
-  processing: if a channel has ops, then the first <nick> of the first 
-  SJOIN sent to propagate that channel must be one of the ops.
-
-  Servers will never attempt to reconstruct a SJOIN from JOIN/MODE 
-  information being received at the moment from other servers.
-
-. For each user on a channel, keep an extra flag (like ops and voice)
-  that is set when the user has received channel ops from another 
-  server (in a SJOIN channel description), which we rejected (ignored). 
-  Mode changes (but NOT kicks) coming from a TS server and from someone 
-  with this flag set will be ignored. The flag will be reset when the 
-  user gets ops from another user or server.
-
-. On deops done by non-local users, coming from TS servers, on channels 
-  with a non-zero TS, do not check that the user has ops but check that 
-  their 'deopped' flag is not set. For kicks coming from a TS server, do 
-  not check either. This will avoid desynchs, and 'bad' modechanges are 
-  avoided anyway. Other mode changes will still only be taken into 
-  account and propagated when done by users that are seen as having ops.
-
-. When a MODE change that ops someone is received from a server for a 
-  channel, that channel's TS is set to 0, and the mode change is 
-  propagated. 
-
-. When a SJOIN is received for a channel, deal with it in this way:
-  * received-TS = 0: 
-    + if we have ops or the SJOIN doesn't op anyone, SJOIN propagated
-      with our own TS.
-    + otherwise, TS set to 0 and SJOIN propagated with 0.
-  * received-TS > 0, own-TS = 0: 
-    + if the SJOIN ops someone or we don't have ops, set our TS to the
-      received TS and propagate.
-    + otherwise, propagate with TS = 0.
-  * received-TS = own-TS: propagate.
-  * received-TS < own-TS: 
-    + if the SJOIN ops someone, remove *all* modes (except bans) from 
-      the channel and propagate these mode changes to all neighboring
-      non-TS servers, and copy the received TS and propagate the SJOIN.
-    + if the SJOIN does not op anyone and we have ops, propagate
-      with our own TS.
-    + otherwise, copy the received TS and propagate the SJOIN.
-  * received-TS > own-TS: 
-    + if the SJOIN does not introduce any ops, process and propagate
-      with our own TS.
-    + if we have ops: for each person the mode change would op, set the 
-      'deopped' flag; process all the JOINs ignoring the '@' and '+' 
-      flags; propagate without the flags and with our TS.
-    + if we don't have ops: set our TS to the received one, propagate
-      with the flags.
-
-
-Explanations:
-
-  This part of the protocol is the one that is most different (and 
-  incompatible) with the Undernet's: we never timestamp MODE changes, 
-  but instead we introduce the concept of time-stamped channel 
-  descriptions. This way each server can determine, based on its state 
-  and the received description, what the correct modes for a channel 
-  are, and deop its own users if necessary. With this protocol, there is 
-  *never* the need to reverse and bounce back a mode change. This is
-  both faster and more bandwith-effective.
-
-  The end goal is to have a protocol will eventually protect channels 
-  against hacked ops, while minimizing the impact on a mixed-server net. 
-  In order to do this, whenever there is a conflict between a TS server 
-  and a non-TS one, the non-TS one's idea of the whole situation 
-  prevails. This means that channels will only have a TS when they have 
-  been created on a TS-aware server, and will lose it whenever a server 
-  op comes from a non-TS server. Also, at most one 'zone' will have a TS 
-  for any given channel at any given time, ensuring that there won't be 
-  any deops when zones are merged. However, when TS zones are merged, if 
-  the side that has a TS also has ops, then the TS is kept across the 
-  whole new zone. Effective protection will only be ensured once all 
-  servers run TS patches and channels have been re-created, as there is 
-  no way servers can assign a TS to a channel they are not creating 
-  (like they do with nicks) without having unwanted deops later.
-
-  The visible effects of this timestamped channel-description protocol 
-  are that when a split rejoins, and one side has hacked ops, the other 
-  side doesn't see any server mode changes (just like with Undernet's
-  TS), but the side that has hacked ops sees:
-
-  * first the first server on the other side deopping and devoicing 
-    everyone, and fixing the +spmntkli modes
-  * then other users joining, and getting server ops and voices
-
-  The less obvious part of this protocol is its behavior in the case 
-  that the younger side of a rejoin has servers that are lagged with 
-  each other. In such a situation, a SJOIN that clears all modes and 
-  sets the legitimate ones is being propagated from one server, and 
-  lagged illegitimate mode changes and kicks are being propagated in the 
-  opposite direction. In this case, a kick done by someone who is being 
-  deopped by the SJOIN must be taken into account to keep the name list 
-  in sync (and since it can only be kicking someone who also was on the 
-  younger side), while a deop does not matter (and will be ignored by 
-  the first server on the other side), and an opping *needs* to be 
-  discareded to avoid hacked ops.
-
-  The main property of timestamped channel descriptions that makes them 
-  a very stable protocol even with lag and splits, is that they leave a 
-  server in the same final state, independently of the order in which 
-  channel descriptions coming from different servers are received. Even 
-  when SJOINs and MODEs for the same channel are being propagated in 
-  different direction because of several splits rejoining, the final 
-  state will be the same, independently of the exact order in which each 
-  server received the SJOINs, and will be the same across all the 
-  servers in the same zone.
-
-